Ultrasonic Sensors - Mercado Ideal HYDEPAR… · ultrasonic sensors As a result of ......

UltrasonicSensorsCatalog Vol. 105

These are the tenets that influence all of our actionsas we fulfill our daily responsibilities.

Corporateheadquartersfor Hyde ParkElectronics…Builders of the

world’s finestultrasonicsensors

As a result of

continued growth,

spanning more

than four decades,

Hyde Park built a

world-class corpo-

rate headquarters

in Dayton, Ohio.

The facility houses

all operations of the

company including

a research and

development center.

An advanced sensor

applications laboratory

and a customer

applications training

center provide

distributors and

customers, from all

over the world, access

to the most advanced,

up-to-date technical

information.

To contribute to each customer’s opportunity for success byfostering relationships that create the finest in world-class sensingand control solutions.

Our ValuesThe manner in which we at Hyde Park go about accomplishing our

mission is based upon inner values that guide us in our everydaybusiness relationships to ensure the success of this company.

PeopleOur most valuable asset...

the source of our ideas,energy, solutions, personality,and reputation.

RelationshipsThe uniqueness of Hyde Park stems, in large part, from

the “partnering” relationships that exist between ourcustomers, distributors, suppliers, and employees. Fromthese relationships comes a synergism which is of mutualbenefit to all.

ProfitsThe final result of how well we serve our

customers...the measure of our contribution to theiropportunities for success...the requirement forsurvival and growth.

The Principles That Guide Us♦ Loyalty to the customer first and foremost♦ Product quality shall be at the highest possible level and never compromised♦ Integrity is everything in all our relationships

Our Mission

ProductsFrom our people come the

finest quality products and themost effective solutions to ourcustomers’ needs. Our productsare a reflection of our people.

© Copyright 2004 Hyde Park Electronics LLC

SM500s SM500s SM500sSM500s SM500s SM500s








CT1000s CT1000s CT1000sCT1000s CT1000s CT1000s

CT1000s CT1000s CT1000s


CT1000s CT1000s CT1000s

VIRTU VIRTU VIRTU VIRTUVIRTU VIRTU VIRTU VIRTU

VIRTU VIRTU VIRTU VIRTUVIRTU VIRTU VIRTU VIRTU

Hyde Park Product Overview

12 mm and Flat-profile Ultrasonic SensorsSUPERPROX® SM300 Series Sensors

The world’s first proximity sensor to offer an extended sensingrange up to 102 mm (4") and detects objects of any material inharsh environments. Models available in either field program-mable or fixed field from the factory.

Ultrasonic SensorsSUPERPROX® SM500 Series Sensors

Easy push-button setup teach mode, sensing range up to2 meters, operates in the harshest environments. Availableversions include no delay, dual-level, on/off delay, synchronizedand gate-controlled, container motion, and analog.

18 mm and Flat-profile Ultrasonic SensorsSUPERPROX® SM600 Series Sensors

Mounts easily in limited spaces, detects objects as small as0.127 mm diameter, narrow beam, faster response. Availableversions include small object, analog, and edge detection. Alsoavailable in stainless steel and plastic housing. The SM600FPpackage has DeviceNet communication capability.

30 mm Ultrasonic SensorsSUPERPROX® SM900 Series Sensors

Easy to mount, as powerful as larger SM500 series,factory configured to specific applications, with sensingranges of 1, 2, and 8 meters. Versions include proximitywith on/off output, dual-level, and analog output. TheSM900 series also offers DeviceNet communicationcapability. Stainless steel-faced transducer, available fordetection in severe, corrosive-type environments.

Ultrasonic Counting SensorsSUPERPROX® CT1000 Series Counting Sensors

Counts separated, staggered, back-to-back, irregular shaped,and “patterned” bottles with a high degree of accuracy. Operatesin the harshest environments.

i

18 mm and Dual-mount Ultrasonic SensorsVIRTUTM VM Series Sensors

The new sensor from Hyde Park featuring 18 mm or dual-mount body styles, a first for ultrasonics. Ranges up to 20 in.and available in connector or cable style. Small size makes iteasy to mount in many applications.



SM400s SM400s SM400s


SM100s SM100sSM100s SM100s SM100s

SUPERPROX+ SUPERPROX+SUPERPROX+ SUPERPROX+

SUPERPROX+ SUPERPROX+

SS100s SS100s SS100sSS100s SS100s SS100s

SS100s SS100s SS100sSS100s SS100s SS100s






SM100s

PYTHON POWER PYTHON POWER

SUPERPROX+


SUPERPROX+


PYTHON POWER PYTHON POWERPYTHON POWER PYTHON POWER

Python PowerAC/DC Power Supply/Output Converter

Accessory that allows a DC sensor to be installed where onlyAC power is available through an in-line AC/DC power supply andan integral TRIAC switch.

Ultrasonic Thru-beam SensorsMICROSONIC® SM800 Series Sensors

Mounts in limited space, detects objects assmall as 12.7 mm diameter, sensing range up to40 inches. Small object version available. Alsoavailable in stainless steel and plastichousing.


Detects nearly any object, compatible with mostlogic systems, and programmable controllers, needs nosensitivity adjustments. Also available as a remoteversion.


Our smallest thru-beam series to date, available in12 mm threaded barrel and flat-profile housings.Mounts in limited space with sensing range up to 8inches. Ideal for intricate edge and gap sensingapplications. Fast response option available.

Configuration Package for Field Programmingof SUPERPROX® SensorsSUPERPROX+TM

Combined with the Model AC441A configurator interface allows user toload either standard or customer sensing configurations in to theSUPERPROX SC300FP, SC600, and the SC900 sensor series.

Hyde Park Product Overview (cont.)

Web Inspection SystemMICROSONIC® SS100 Series Sensors & Controller

Detects broken plies, tears, or small holes, eliminatesdowntime, immune to changing colors or materials.

ii

TE

CH

NIC

AL S

OLU

TIO

NS

OV

ER

VIE

WV

IRT

U™

VM

SE

RIE

SS

UP

ER

PR

OX

® P

RO

XIM

ITY

SE

NS

OR

S

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® T

HR

U-B

EA

M

SE

NS

OR

S

PY

TH

ON

PO

WE

R™

AN

D

AP

PE

ND

IX

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION

Product Overview ____________________________________________________________ i-iiHyde Park Capabilities ______________________________________________________ 1-1

TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS OVERVIEW

Applications/Sensors ________________________________________________________ 2-1Product Applications ________________________________________________________ 2-3Formulas___________________________________________________________________ 2-9Sensing Terms _____________________________________________________________ 2-11Sensing Considerations ____________________________________________________ 2-23

VIRTU™ VM SERIES SENSORS

Model VM1 and VM18 Series, Proximity________________________________________ 3-1

SUPERPROX® PROXIMITY SENSORS

SUPERPROX 300 Series Introduction __________________________________________ 4-1Model SM300 Series, Proximity ___________________________________________ 4-3Model SM302 Series, Dual-level__________________________________________ 4-11

SUPERPROX 500 Series Introduction _________________________________________ 4-19Model SM500 Series, On/Off No Delay ____________________________________ 4-23Model SM502 Series, Dual-level/Latches __________________________________ 4-31Model SM503 Series, On/Off with Delays __________________________________ 4-41Model SM504 Series, Synchronized/Gate _________________________________ 4-47Model SM505 Series, Proximity Motion ____________________________________ 4-53Model SM506 Series, Analog Output _____________________________________ 4-61

SUPERPROX 600 Series Introduction _________________________________________ 4-71Model SM600 Series, Long-range Proximity _______________________________ 4-73Model SM602 Series, Dual-level__________________________________________ 4-85Model SM606 Series, Analog Output _____________________________________ 4-93Model SM607 Series, Small-target Detection ____________________________ 4-101

SUPERPROX 900 Series Introduction _______________________________________ 4-107Model SM900 Series, Proximity ________________________________________ 4-111Model SM902 Series, Dual-level________________________________________ 4-119Model SM906 Series, Analog Output ___________________________________ 4-129

SUPERPROX Model CT1000 Counting Sensor _______________________________ 4-139SUPERPROX+

TM____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 4-145

SUPERPROX+ Software _______________________________________________ 4-145SC Sensor Series _____________________________________________________ 4-146Model AC441A _______________________________________________________ 4-148

DEVICENETTM

___________________________________________________________________ 4-149

MICROSONIC® THRU-BEAM SENSORSMICROSONIC 100/400/700/800 Series Introduction _____________________________ 5-1

Model SM100 Series, Thru-beam Sensing __________________________________ 5-3Model SM400 Series, Miniature Thru-beam Sensing ________________________ 5-13Model SM700 Series, Remote Thru-beam Sensing _________________________ 5-25Model SM800 Series, Miniature Thru-beam Sensing ________________________ 5-33

Model SS100 Web Sensing System __________________________________________ 5-43

Table of Contents, cont.

PYTHON POWER™

Python Power AC/DC Power Supply/Output Converter ___________________________ 6-1

APPENDIX

Accessories ________________________________________________________________ 7-1

Fax Form __________________________________________________________________ 7-5

Warranty ___________________________________________________________________ 7-6

Hyde Park Capabilities

SensingSolutions YouCan Trust...

BecauseWe Build theWorld’sFinestUltrasonicSensors

For more than 40 years, HydePark has been refining ultrasonictechnology and we’ve emergedas the world leader. In thebeginning, we served primarilythe container, food processing,beverage, and packagingindustries. Today, we serve abroad spectrum of industriesfrom automobiles to textiles, filmto pharmaceuticals, soappowders to facial tissue...wherever there are requirementsfor efficient, high-speed machineor line control.

The reliability of Hyde Parkultrasonic sensors is unparal-leled in the industry. Regardlessof how hostile the environment,our ultrasonic sensors simply donot quit. Your line never goesdown due to sensor failure. Andthey do not have to be replaced,unlike photoelectrics. Hyde Parkultrasonic sensors are not acommodity. They are aninvestment in a more cost-effective operation whichtranslates to greater return oninvestment and increasedprofitability.

As for applications, we havethe expertise to solve yoursensing challenge with the rightsolution the first time, custom-ized to your specific application.Hyde Park people are creativeproblem-solvers and offercustomer service that cannot bematched. When you call HydePark you will not encounter

electronic menus or cannedmessages. You’ll be able to talkto knowledgeable people eagerto be of service in fulfilling yoursensing needs.

Sensing... UltrasonicTechnology

Sensing the object is thebeginning of any high-speedmachine control function...thehigher the sensing reliability, thehigher the efficiency of thecontrol. Using the latest inultrasonic technology, Hyde Parkdesigns and manufacturesreliable noncontact sensors forthe most difficult applications.Depending on the application,Hyde Park offers variations ofthree sensing modes: proximity,retroreflective, and thru-beam.

EnvironmentallyReliable

Completely self-contained andsealed, Hyde Park ultrasonicsensors are virtually unaffectedby changing light conditions,colors, dust, splashing food,messy liquids, caustic cleaning

Testing

Facilities:Facilities:Facilities:Facilities:Facilities: Our state-of-the-art facility.TTTTTesting:esting:esting:esting:esting: Every Hyde Park sensor under-goes thorough testing before it is shippedto the customer.

Facility

1-1

Training

solutions, frequent washdowns, andhumidity. With other types of sensors,one or a combination of these conditionscan cause unreliable sensing...resultingin periodic stopping to check, clean,and sometimes readjust the sensors.

Object ReliableFor many conventional sensors, some

objects are difficult to detect. Thispresents the possibility of false signalsor no signals at all... resulting in erraticmachine performance and productioninterruption. Because Hyde Parksensors utilize sound energy rather thanlight, they are reliable and effective in

detecting a variety of objects as small as0.003 inch. Transparent or opaque,plastic or glass, metal or non-metal,uniquely shaped, different sizes orcolors, green beans or soap powder...Hyde Park sensors detect them all.

Versatile, Fast, and CostEffective

Easy to set up and operate, andcompatible with most logic systems andprogrammable controllers, Hyde Parkultrasonic sensors are used today tomonitor all aspects of the productionprocess while controlling machinesrunning at speeds in excess of 2000

Detail:Detail:Detail:Detail:Detail: Miniature circuit boards receive microscopic

solders with the help of this 4X microscope.

TTTTTraining:raining:raining:raining:raining: School of Sensing Solutiions classes are

an invaluable part of our Distributor Program.

Service:Service:Service:Service:Service: Real people offering real service.

TTTTTesting:esting:esting:esting:esting: Shield-room excludes ambient electromag-

netic noise during product testing.

Detail

Testing

units per minute (upm). No need to useone type of sensor for one requirement,and a different type for another whenchances are excellent you can save timeand money by standardizing with HydePark sensors for all your sensingrequirements. And, they are virtuallymaintenance free.

To meet the broad sensing require-ments of the industries we serve, HydePark offers families of ultrasonic sensors,each one associated with a differentsensing mode.

1-2

Service

Shipping

Design

Testing

Inspection:Inspection:Inspection:Inspection:Inspection: Circuit boards undergo stringent

inspection before being approved for use in Hyde

Park products.

Shipping:Shipping:Shipping:Shipping:Shipping: All labels and operating instructions are

computerized to ensure accurate product information

prior to shipment.

TTTTTesting:esting:esting:esting:esting: Ultrasonic sensors run overnight to assure

full function in high temperature applications.

Design:Design:Design:Design:Design: Designing the right sensor for the job.

Engineering:Engineering:Engineering:Engineering:Engineering: Creative sensing solutions in

the making.

Inspection

Engineering

1-3

TE

CH

NIC

AL

SO

LU

TIO

NS

OV

ER

VIE

W

Application Sensor

Absence of objects ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

All-materials detection in harsh environments ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Backup detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Belt-position monitoring ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Bin-level detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Cap-in-proper-position detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Coding activation on paperboard cartons & cases ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Coil (e.g., aluminum), end-of detection ■ ■ ■

Container accumulation detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Container counting ■

Container detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Container detection at filler ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Container indexing along a split conveyor into twoseparate lines ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Container motion detection on mass-wide orsingle-file conveyors ■

Container orientation ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Container (including PET) detection for triggeringlaser marking printer ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Container (small) detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Conveyor applications ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Conveyor speed/product level (on conveyor belt) control ■ ■ ■ ■

Dancer loop monitoring and control ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Detection of jams on single-file conveyor ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Differential heights detection ■

Distance measuring ■ ■ ■ ■

Dough (in bin or hopper) level detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Down-container detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Edge detection ■ ■

Emptying process control including completedraw-down prevention ■ ■ ■ ■

End-of-line-stop detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Feeder bowl level detection & control ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Filler-level control ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Filling process control including overflow prevention ■ ■ ■ ■

Flow control of cans on mass conveyors ■ ■ ■

Gap detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Gate-controlled sensing of multiple objects ■

Glue bead/drop detection ■ ■ ■

Glue pot level (305°F) detection ■ ■ ■ ■

High-level-in-bin & alarm detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Ink level detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Jam detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Label (including edge) detection ■ ■

Applications/Sensors

2-1

VM

1 &

VM

18S

M30

0 &

FP

SM

500

SM

502

SM

503

SM

504

SM

505

SM

506

SM

600

SM

600F

PS

M60

2S

M60

2FP

SM

606

SM

606F

PS

M60

7S

M60

7FP

SM

900

SM

902

SM

906

CT1

000

SM

100

SM

700

SM

800

& F

PS

M40

0 &

FP

SS

100

■ All sensors in series

Large container detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Laser marking actuation on PET beverage containers ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Lead edge detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Level control in small vessels ■ ■ ■ ■

Liquid or slurry level ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Loop monitoring & control ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Low-level-in bin & alarm detection ■ ■ ■ ■

Maintaining a specific level in tanks & hoppers ■ ■ ■ ■

Mass-to-single-file container jam prevention detection ■ ■ ■ ■

Missing parts detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Missing ply detection ■

Moving part (all materials) detection ■ ■ ■ ■

Object detection in severe, corrosive environments ●

Object-in-area detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Objects with round or irregular shapes andnonperpendicular profiles ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Oil (hot/cold) level detection & control ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

On-demand-controlled detection ■

Paper web control ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Part-to-part distinguishing ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Plastic extrusion detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Proximity/Position-of-object detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Ply break ■

Roll-diameter monitoring & control ■ ■ ■ ■

Roll (end of) detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Roll-speed monitoring & control ■ ■ ■ ■

Seal (foil/tamper-proof/safety) detection ■ ■

Seam/splice detection ■

Severe, corrosive chemical level monitoring and control ● ●

Silo (tall tank) level detection ▲ ▲

Small-container detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Soap extrusion ■ ■ ■ ■

Solid (grain, vegetables, soap, powder, chips) levels ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Synchronized sensing of multiple objects ■

Tank level alarm detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Tension monitoring & control ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Thin wire, thread detection ■ ■

Valve (electro-mechanical) monitoring & control ■ ■ ■ ■

Variable-speed motors & pumps modulation ■ ■

Vehicle detection ▲

Web break/hole detection ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Web loop (e.g., paper) control ■ ■ ■ ■

Application Sensor

2-2

VM

1 &

VM

18S

M30

0 &

FP

SM

500

SM

502

SM

503

SM

504

SM

505

SM

506

SM

600

SM

600F

PS

M60

2S

M60

2FP

SM

606

SM

606F

PS

M60

7S

M60

7FP

SM

900

SM

902

SM

906

CT1

000

SM

100

SM

700

SM

800

& F

PS

M40

0 &

FP

SS

100

■ All sensors in series▲ SUPERPROX SM900 long range series with range up to 8 m (26')

● SUPERPROX SM900 stainless steel-faced transducer series

Note: This list is but a sampling of the many applications in which Hyde Park’s ultrasonic sensors are an effective solution. For assistance indetermining the proper sensor for a given application, please call your Hyde Park distributor or Hyde Park Electronics today.

TE

CH

NIC

AL

SO

LU

TIO

NS

OV

ER

VIE

W

High LimitLevel

Low LimitLevel

SensingWindow

Supply conveyorstops whensensing partsoutside ofsensingwindow

Product Applications

BackgroundTarget Sensing Window

Feeder Bowl Supply ControlSUPERPROX® SM503 Series

Dual Level High-Low Latch ControlDetection of LiquidsSUPERPROX SM902A-8 Series

Conveyor Jam & Backup DetectionSUPERPROX SM503 Series

SUPERPROX SM506 for Roll Diameter Monitoring andSUPERPROX SM500 for End of Roll Detection

Continuous or Two-PointTension ControlSUPERPROX SM502 &SM506 Series(Sensors can be mountedon top or bottom side of loop)

Broken WebDetectionSUPERPROX SM500& SM503 Series

Web ProcessControl SensingFunctions

2-3

PaperEmbossingRoll

SteelEmbossingRoll

SS100

POWER100–240 VDC

OUTPUT0 VDC–380 VAC

5A MAXBROKEN PLY

OUTPUT0 VDC–380 VAC

5A MAXFAULT

TRANSMITTERPOWER

(CONNECT NOTHINGELSE TO THESE

TERMINALS)POSITIONSENSOR

EX

TE

RN

AL

CA

LIB

RA

TE

SENSORS15 VDC MAX

#1 #2 #3

+15

V

CO

M

INP

UT

+15

V

CO

M

INP

UT

+15

V

CO

M

INP

UT

+15

V

CO

M

INP

UT

PO

WE

R

CO

M

PO

WE

R

CO

M

PO

WE

R

CO

M

AC

AC

+ View Settings -

Calibrate ResetIndicators

Flat Profile

18 mm

Broken Paper Ply DetectionMICROSONIC® SS100 System

Label Edge Detection onCarrier WebSUPERPROX SM607 Series

Accurate High SpeedCounting of Cylindri-cal Clear ObjectsMICROSONIC SM100 &SM800 Series

Glue Bead DetectionSUPERPROX SM607 Series

High Level Limit

LowLevelLimit

High Level DetectionSUPERPROX® SM902A-8 Series

2-4

FarLimit

NearLimit

SensingWindow

FixedBackgroundTarget

Full or Empty Case InspectionSUPERPROX SM504 Series

Clear Bottle DetectionFor Friendlier EnvironmentsSUPERPROX®

SM600 Series

Background Targets

Bottle Flow

LaserMarker

Trigger or Gate-Control & Backup Detection

End ViewTop View

SUPERPROX SM600 SeriesSUPERPROX SM505 SeriesMotion Detection Sensor

Broken Wire/ThreadDetectionSUPERPROX SM607 Series

2-5

TE

CH

NIC

AL

SO

LU

TIO

NS

OV

ER

VIE

W

Missing Cap DetectionLow Cap SupplyAutomatically Stops Fillerand CapperSUPERPROX® SM300 Series

Dual Level High-Low LatchControl DetectionSUPERPROX SM902A-8 Series

High SpanLimit Level

Low SpanLimit Level

Continuous LevelMonitoringSUPERPROX SM606 SeriesAnalog Output Sensor

Up to 72"(Dependent upon

MICROSONIC sensor model set)

Lead Edge or Backup Detec-tionMICROSONIC SM100 or SM800 Series

Clear Bottle DetectionHostile orSevere-DutyEnvironments

MICROSONIC®

Thru-beamSensors

2-6

High Limit

Low Limit

SM350A-228

2-7

Container DetectionSUPERPROX SM300FP Series

Metal Material DetectionSUPERPROX SM300 Series

Clear Web DetectionSUPERPROX SM300 Series

Missing Cap DetectionSUPERPROX SM300 Series

Container DetectionSUPERPROX SM600FP Series

SM

350A

-228

SM350A-228

SM350A-228

SM350A-228

TE

CH

NIC

AL

SO

LU

TIO

NS

OV

ER

VIE

W

Background Targets

Container Flow

ContainerStop

Far Limit

Near Limit

Single Filer Jam ProtectionSUPERPROX® Model SM5X2X-114Dual Level Latch Control Sensor

2-8

Single File Conveyor Container CountingSUPERPROX® CT1500 Series

Clear Cellophane Panel DetectionSUPERPROX SM300FP Series

4"

Far Limit

Cellophane Panel

TE

CH

NIC

AL S

OLU

TIO

NS

OV

ER

VIE

W

Formulas

To Calculate:Maximum container rate (MCR) on conveyor in containers per minuteGiven: CP = container pitch (container-to-container spacing) in inches

RP = recommended sample pitch (distance resolution) in inchesSP = sampling period of sensor (cycle time) in seconds

Formula: RP x 60 seconds = MCR containers per minuteCP x SP

Example: CP = 4 inchesRP = 0.25 inchSP = 0.003 seconds

Calculation: 0.25 x 60 seconds = 1250 containers per minute4 x 0.003

To Calculate:Required sensor sample period (SP)Given: CS = conveyor speed in inches per second

RP = recommended sample pitch (distance resolution) in inchesFormula: RP = SP seconds

CSExample: CS = 100 inches/sec.

RP = 0.25 inchesCalculation: 0.25 = 0.0025 sec. (or 2.5ms)

100

To Calculate:Sample pitch (SD) or distance between samplesGiven: CS = conveyor speed in inches per second

SP = sensor sample period in secondsFormula: CS x SP = SD inchesExample: CS = 100 inches/sec.

SP = .0005 secondsCalculation: 100 x .0005 = .05 inches

To Calculate:Window edge drift (WS) due to temperature change.(SM600, SM607 only. SM606 is temperature compensated)Given: The window edges will drift at the rate of 1.7% per 10°C

WE = window edge in question given as distance from sensor face in inchesTD = temperature shift in degrees Celsius

Formula: 0.017 x TD x WE = WS in inches10

Example: WE = 2 inchesTD = 20°C

Calculation: 0.017 x 20 x 2 = .068 inches10

Note: The speed of sound increases as the temperature rises therefore the window edges will appear tomove toward the sensor as the temperature increases.

To Calculate:Object distance (D) from inner window edge using 0-10V analog sensor, indirect type.Given: VOUT = output in volts

WW = window width in inchesFormula: VOUT x WW = D in inches

10Example: VOUT = 3.3 volts

WW = 4.625 inchesCalculation: 3.3 x 4.625 = 1.526 inches from the inside window edge

10

2-9

To Calculate:Object distance (D) from inner window edge using 4-20mA analog, indirect type sensor.Given: IOUT = output in milli-Amps

WW = window width in inchesFormula: (IOUT-4) x WW = D in inches

16Example: IOUT = 15mA

WW = 4.625 inchesCalculation: (15-4) x 4.625 = 3.18 inches from the inside window edge

16

To Calculate:Sonic beam diameter (D)*Given: L = distance of sensor in inches

BS = beam spread in degreesFormula: 2 x L x tan(BS/2) = D in inchesExample: L = 4 inches

BS = 7 degrees (SM600)Calculation: 2 x 4 x tan(7/2) = 0.489 inch diameter*NOTE: Since the beam spread in degrees changes with distance from the sensor, this calculation is

approximate. For more accurate calculation, ask your distributor or Hyde Park for a beam plot.

To Calculate:Minimum hole-size diameter (D) through which to detect*Given: L = distance of hole from sensor in inches

BS = beam spread in degreesS = safety factor

Formula: S x 2 x L x tan(BS/2) = D in inchesExample: L = 4 inches

BS = 7 degrees (SM600)S = 1.2 (20% safety factor)

Calculation: 1.2 x 2 x 4 tan(7/2) = 0.587 inch diameter*NOTE: Since the beam spread in degrees changes with distance from the sensor, this calculation is

approximate. For more accurate calculation, ask your distributor or Hyde Park for a beam plot.

Formulas, con't

2-10

TE

CH

NIC

AL S

OLU

TIO

NS

OV

ER

VIE

W

SIDE VIEW

TOP VIEW

MICROSONIC SM100

SUPERPROX SM500

OBJECT

OBJECT

90˚90˚

XMITTER RCVR

90˚90˚

90˚

90˚

BACKGROUND

Sensing Terms

absorbent materialsThose object materials that

absorb some or all of thetransmitted ultrasonic energyrather than reflect it back to thesensor. For example, granularproducts, foam rubber materials,and certain textiles and papersmay need a stronger transmittedsignal for reliable detection.Detection of foam surfaces fromsoaps and similar products isalso difficult and should betested prior to installation.

accuracyIn ultrasonic analog sensing

specifications, it is the relation-ship between output magnitudeand actual object position,expressed in terms of the span.Using the Model SM506 analogsensor with a 4 to 20 mA outputas an example: If the sensor isset up with a 20" span betweenthe near and far limit and thesensor’s output current reads12 mA, the object is expected tobe 10" from the near limit. Theaccuracy specification indicatesa possible maximum objectposition error of +0.50% of thespan, or 0.1" (0.005 x 20). Thismeans the distance at 12 mAcan vary between 9.9" and 10.1"in that span.

acousticinterference

An intense acoustical noisegenerated near the sensor whichmay interfere with the sensor’soperation. Offending noisesources are usually well abovethe range of hearing. Commonsources of this type of acousticalinterference may be: air nozzles,machine vibration, and slidingfriction. Another source ofacoustic interference, known as“cross talk,” can result when anultrasonic sensor responds tothe signal from an adjacentultrasonic sensor. While this canbe eliminated by repositioningthe sensors, the Hyde ParkSUPERPROX® Model SM504sensors are designed to operateadjacent to other SM504 sensorswithout cross talk interference.

air movementand densities

See Sensing Considerationssection on 2-23.

air pressureSee Sensing Considerations

section on 2-23.

ALARMS push-buttonA push-button on the alarm

models of the Hyde ParkSUPERPROX® Model SM500family of sensors is used to settwo discrete alarm set points(near/far, high/low) anywherewithin the sensing range wherealarm outputs are required toprotect equipment from potentialdamage. The Model SM502dual-level series and SM506analog series have this push-button.

ALARM set pointIn using either the Hyde Park

Model SM502/602/902 dual-levelor SM506 analog series sensors,the point within the sensingrange where an alarm outputis generated.

alignmentThe positioning of a sensor so

that the maximum amount of theemitted sound energy reachesthe receiving sensor. For pulse-echo types of sensors in objectand background mode, thetransmitted beam of the sensorshould be perpendicular to theobject or background target,respectively. For thru-beam

2-11

types of sensors, alignmentrefers to the extent to which aline, perpendicular to the face ofboth transmitter and receiver,passes through the center ofeach face. In some situations,perfect alignment is not desir-able and better results areobtained if the receiver is tiltedabout 10 degrees out of align-ment.

alternating current(AC)

An electric current thatperiodically reverses direction ofelectron flow. The rate at which afull cycle occurs in a given unitof time (usually a second) iscalled the frequency of thecurrent. A sinusoidal currentrated at a given frequency,usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz.

ambientThe environmental conditions

in and around the sensing area(e.g., humidity, light intensity,temperature, air speed).

ambientacoustical noise

See Sensing Considerationssection on 2-23.

ambienttemperature

The temperature (in Centigradeor Fahrenheit) of the environmentin which the sensor is operating.

ampere (Amp)A standard unit of current. It is

defined as theamount of currentthat flows when onevolt of emf (electro-motive force) isapplied across oneOhm of resistance.An Ampere ofcurrent is producedby one Coulomb ofcharge passing apoint in onesecond.

analogA representation

of data by continu-ously variablequantities, e.g.,

voltage or current.

NearAnalogLimit

AnalogSpan

FarAnalogLimit

Sensing Range51 to 965 mm (2.0 to 38.0")

or120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79.0")

Deadband

0 VDC10 VDC

4mA20mA

10 VDC0 VDC

20mA4mA

or

analog limitsIn Hyde Park’s analog sensors, the near

and far boundaries that are set with theLIMITS push-button, within which the

background sensing modeFor Hyde Park’s SUPERPROX® ultra-

sonic sensors, this sensing mode isrecommended when detecting objects

with round or irregular shapesand non-perpendicular pro-files. The background mode,using a unique secondaryecho lock-out function,enables the sensor, with afixed, background target, tooperate as a universal, all-materials-type, break-beamdetector.

After setting the windowlimits on the fixed target (SeeFigure 1 below), make sure

the ultrasonic transmission path be-tween the sensor and the target is clearof obstructions.

Once set, the sensor accepts only thefirst (primary) ultrasonic pulse echoreceived from the target within thewindow limits as shown in Figures 1 and2. In this mode, the echo is receivedand detected as an object not present.Object presence is detected when theobject interrupts the sonic pulse

transmission path between the sensorand the fixed target, as shown in Figures2 , 4, and 5.

As a result of the secondary lock-outfunction, the sensor is permitted toreceive only the primary echo after eachsonic pulse. All subsequent secondaryechoes are “locked out”. If the first echoreceived from the object travels a lesserdistance than the first echo from the fixedtarget window, that object is detected asbeing present.

As shown, if the echo off an object isnot received (Object #1, Figure 4), or ifthe first echo is received off an objectthat is outside the window limits (Object#2, Figure 5). the object is detected asbeing present.

background suppressionAn ultrasonic sensor’s capability to

disregard any or all pulse-echo returnsfrom objects located outside or beyondwhere the far sensing window limit is set.

backup detectionAn application in which the sensor is

used to detect either the presence ofobjects (e.g., containers, that haveaccumulated at a particular point in theconveyor line) or when the movement ofback-to-back containers is such that abackup condition is determined.

beamUltrasonic waves emitted from the

sensor’s transmitter. The waves diverge,approximating a cone shape until en-vironmental attenuation “pinches off” thecone. The beam cone angle is includedin the sensor’s specification.

beam angleThe angle at which the pulses of sound

energy expand from the transmitter, thusdefining the cone of the sonic beam.Illustrated below are angle A of 20o forthe Hyde Park Model SM500 2 meter

object detection and control takesplace. In the SUPERPROX® ModelSM506 series, these limits are identifiedby the analog output selected: 0 to 10VDC or 4 to 20 mA. The position ofmaximum output is determined by theconfiguration Switch 1 position. In theDIR position, the maximum analogoutput occurs at the limit (Near) closestto the sensor. In the INV position, themaximum analog output occurs at thelimit (Far) farthest from the sensor.

analog responseThe speed at which the continuously

variable quantity (output voltage orcurrent) follows the object position. Twomethods are typically used to measurethis: step response and frequencyresponse. Step response is the time(typically in ms) required for the voltageor current to change to a certain percentof the final value. Frequency responseis another way to measure analogresponse. Imagine a SUPERPROX®

analog sensor monitoring a rotatingcam. As the cam rotates faster andfaster, the unit becomes less accurate inits measurement. The frequency wherethe measured value of the differencebetween minimum and maximum isone-half the true difference is often usedas a measure of frequency response. InHyde Park’s analog sensors, it is thechange in analog output relative to thechange in position of an object sensedwithin the near and far span limits ofthe Model SM506 or SM606 series.

attenuationThe lessening of sensing energy

caused by environmental elements suchas dirt, dust, moisture, or other contami-nants in the sensing area. Attenuation ismeasured as a ratio or as the logarithmof a ratio (decibel).

Figure 1

Figure 2

Pulse

Primary Echo Received -Detected As Object

Not Present

Pulse

SENS

ING

WIN

DOW

OBJE

CT #

1

Pulse

Primary Echo ReceivedDetected As Object

Present OBJE

CT #

2

INNE

R LI

MIT

OUTE

R LI

MIT

No Echo Received -Detected As Object

Present

FIXE

D BA

CKGR

OUND

TAR

GET

6.5 mm6.5 mm

Figure 3

Figure 4

Figure 5

range series and angle B of 10o for theSM500 1 meter range series. The statedincluded angle of the Hyde Park sensors’sonic beams ranges from 7o to 20o

depending upon the model and is onlyan approximation. The beam plot (shownon next page) of a particular sensormodel provides more accurate informa-tion.

A = 20 degreesB = 10 degrees

BA

2-12

beam plotDeveloped from data collected at

20o C, zero air flow, the points definingthe boundaries and shape of the HydePark sonic beam. Below is shown thebeam plot for the SM606 analog sensor.The boundaries were established usinga 10 cm x 10 cm (3.94" x 3.94") object“target” positioned parallel to the sensor

multiple of (most likely twice) thedistance traveled by a secondary echooff the foreground object. As shown inFigure 3, Object #3 is properlypositioned halfway between the sensor

face. The plot is valid for targets equal toor larger than 10 cm x 10 cm. Pointsdefining the boundaries of the plot arerepresented by the target edge closestto the beam axis. These and other plotsare available from Hyde Park uponrequest.

break-beam sensingSee thru-beam sensing on 2-20.

“CE” markThe CE mark on Hyde Park sensor

products indicates a guarantee ofconformity to entry requirements forproducts sold in the European market.

chemical compatibilityThe capability of a sensor to avoid

damage to its components caused bychemicals. Hyde Park’s SUPERPROX®

and MICROSONIC® ultrasonic sensorswill resist most chemicals including mostfood/beverage products. An optionalfluorosilicone rubber face is available toresist petroleum-based hydrocarbonsand a variety of other chemicals.

coincidental secondaryecho condition

This is a condition associated withusing the Hyde Park SUPERPROX®

proximity sensor in the object mode(Figure 1, next column).

When an object is properly positionedbetween the sensor and the window(See Figures 2 and 3), the ultrasonicpulse from the sensor will reflectrepeatedly between the sensor and theobject, thus creating a series of second-ary echoes. A coincidental secondaryecho condition exists when the distancetraveled by the primary echo of anobject at or within the window limits is a

Pulse

Primary EchoReceived and

Accepted

Pulse

Primary Echo Received

Secondary Echo Ignored

SECO

NDAR

YZO

NE

SENS

ING

WIN

DOW

OBJE

CT #

2

OBJE

CT #

1

Pulse


Secondary EchoAccepted

OBJE

CT #

3

INNE

R LI

MIT

OUTE

R LI

MIT

d2d

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

and the inner window limit and ismistakenly detected as if it were Object#1. Exercise caution when considering aSUPERPROX® application to avoid this“false echo” condition.

commonA circuit ground, the return path of

charge to a power supply. Frequently,this point has the same potential(voltage) as a true earth ground, but thisis not guaranteed.

cone diameterThe diameter of the sonic beam cross

section at a specific distance out fromthe sensor and beyond the deadband.

configuration switchesA set of dip switches, located in the

control compartment of the largeSUPERPROX® ultrasonic sensors, usedto set up the sensor for its intendedapplication. See the Product Informationsection.

connectorA device used to join or break two

circuits easily and when required. Also,a Hyde Park sensor connection style thatprovides a quick connect and discon-nect service for the user.

continuous load currentThe flow of charge from an output to

an external unit.

continuous waveThe type of ultrasonic sensing used in

Hyde Park’s MICROSONIC® thru-beamsensors in which a separate transmittergenerates ultrasonic energycontinuously with very shortinterruptions of the transmitter beameasily detected by a separate and

Beam

Wid

th (c

m)

7

5

3

1

-1

-3

-5

-70 5 10 15 20 25

SM606A-674

Beam Width (cm)SM606A-674dead-bands

SM606A SONIC BEAM BOUNDARY

2-13

TE

CH

NIC

AL S

OLU

TIO

NS

OV

ER

VIE

W

properly aligned receiver. See thru-beam (or break-beam) sensing onpage 2-20.

control compartmentThe area in the back of the

SUPERPROX® Model SM500 familysensors, behind the square cover,that contains a variety of configurationswitches, push-buttons, and apotentiometer used to set up thesensor for a given application.See Product Information section.

couplerThe silicone material, which when

attached to the piezoelectric crystal inthe Hyde Park sensor, serves as theface of the sensor and is used to amplifythe sound wave signal and “push” itthrough the air. This coupler provides alink that transports the sound energy orsignal from the crystal to the outside air.This is necessary because air presentsa resistance that would greatly inhibitthe sensing range were it not for theboost provided by the silicone coupler.

crosstalkSee acoustic interference on 2-11.

crystalAn electronic device made of quartz

and having crystalline piezoelectricproperties. In ultrasonic terminology,crystal refers to the piezo element, aceramic made of lead, zirconium, andtitanate which is used as part of thebasic element of the transducer.

current consumptionFlow of charge required from the

power supply by the unit in order tooperate properly.

current loop or signal cur-rent loop (4-20 mA)

A type of analog sensor output thatimpresses a current across the con-nected load. The impressed currentranges from 4-20 mA. This type of outputis less susceptible to electrical noise.

current pulseA burst of electrical energy. A rapid

increase in the flow of charge followedby a return to the original rate of flow.

current sinking outputSee NPN current sinking output on 2-

17.

current sourcing output See PNP current sourcing output on2-17.

POWER

1CR

LOW LEVELLIMIT

2CR

HIGH LEVELLIMIT

3CR

1CRPUMP-IN CONTROL

3CR2CR

3CR PUMPSOLENOID

4CR

2CR

PUMP-OUT CONTROL4CR1CR

4CR PUMPSOLENOID

cycle timeSee response time on 2-18.

Dairy 3A Sanitary Stan-dards

A set of voluntary standards for-mulated by joint government, supplier,and consumer effort to ensure that alldairy equipment can be thoroughlycleaned to prevent unsanitary conditions.Sensor housings, made of NORYL®

plastic meet these standards for HydePark sensors and are available in gray todistinguish them from the standard blueULTEM® housing.

deadbandThe minimum allowable distance out

from the sensor for reliable objectdetection. It is determined by a time

DeviceNet interface. DeviceNet is a 4-wire, self-powered, multiplexed serialcommunications bus. In a typical app-lication, the Hyde Park sensor isplugged into the bus, usually with othersensors and actuators, which all drawtheir operating power from the bus. Amaster device, usually a PLC, coordi-nates communication activities on thebus: polling sensors and controllingactuators. The benefits of this type ofinterconnect scheme include: alpha-numeric-based information exchangebetween Hyde Park sensors and theDeviceNet network, universal sensorhardware for a multitude of applications,and improved error/fault reportingcapability.

differential heightinspection

A sensing application in which anarray of Hyde Park SUPERPROX® ModelSM504 series sensors are programmedto simultaneously detect various specificheights and produce an output when aspecific height is not detected.

digital outputA discrete output that is always in one

of two stable states.

diodeA two-layer semiconductor that allows

current to flow in only one direction -from anode to cathode.

dip switchOne or more switches housed in a

“dual in-line package” and soldered intoa circuit board, thus providing a smalland economical switch. In Hyde Parkultrasonic sensors, the tiny switches inthe control compartment of theSUPERPROX® Model SM5XX seriessensors used to configure the sensor fora given application. See Product Infor-mation section.

direct current (DC)Electrical current whose electrons flow

in one direction only. It may be constantor pulsating as long as its movement isin the same direction.

direct/inverse outputRefers to the polarity of the analog out-put. “Direct” output means that thevoltage or current decreases as anobject moves away from the sensor.“Inverse” output means that the voltageor current increases as an object movesaway from the sensor.

dual-level on/off latchA logic function in which an input

signal to the latch module causes the

module’s output to turn on. The outputremains on until a signal is applied to asecond input to reset the latch. The“latch” function is usually implemented ina hardware module or PLC software.The on-board microprocessor in the

SUPERPROX® Model SM502/602/902series dual-level control sensor modelsperforms a stand-alone on/off logic latchcontrol with respect to a preset high andlow limit switch point. This eliminates theneed for any external control relay orprogrammable controller program logicto perform either a pump-in or a pump-out level control application. In thepump-in mode, the sensor output latcheson when the level drops to the low levellimit and latches off when the level risesto the high level limit. In the pump-outmode, the sensor output latches on whenthe level rises to the high level limit andlatches off when the level drops to thelow level limit. The preceding diagramillustrates the on/off relay latch controllogic emulated by a SUPERPROX® dual-level control sensor.

dual-level sensingOne of several sensing techniques

within the capabilities of Hyde Parkultrasonic sensors, where the user setstwo limits, a high level and a low level,within which the level of a product is to becontrolled through a discrete on/off out-put. See information on the Model SM502/602/902 series sensors for a full explana-tion of the three versions available.

echoThe ultrasonic energy which reflects off

an object and returns to the detector.

electrostaticRefers to motionless electrical char-

ges. Charges exert mechanical forces on

SENSING RANGES

51 to 965 mm120 mm to 2 m

NEAR RANGE51 mm/120 mm

PUSHBUTTONADJUSTABLELIMITS OVER

SENSING RANGE

FARWINDOW LIMIT

NEARWINDOW LIMIT

DEADBAND

SENSINGWINDOW

period beginning when the transducer isenergized, producing a sound wave, and

when the resulting oscillations from thatsound wave diminish to the point where itis possible for the transducer to accu-rately receive its echo. This space or“blind zone” in front of the sensor is notreliable for object detection. For HydePark ultrasonic sensors, the deadbandcan extend from 14 mm (0.75") to 203mm (8") from the sensor, depending onthe model selected.

delay on/off controlThe output of a sensor may be de-

layed until a fixed time after the eventoccurred which triggered the output.Generally, the state of the sensor muststay constant or the timer will restart.Delay on refers to the time intervalbetween when the sensor detects theobject and when the output changesstate. Delay off refers to the time intervalbetween when the sensing ceases andwhen the output changes state.

DELAYS push-buttonA push-button on the SUPERPROX®

Model SM503 series sensors used to seton and off delay times.

DeviceNet CapabilityHyde Park's SM600FP flat-profile and

SM900 sensors are available with a

2-14

each other which can be used togenerate ultrasonic waves.

environmentalcompatibility

Hyde Park sensors are capable ofoperating in a variety of environmentsand conditions, including selectedacids, bases, salts, hydrocarbons, oils,solvents, food products, and others.

ESD (electrostaticdischarge)

The sudden discharge of electricalcharge. The charge is commonly builtup as a result of sliding friction betweendissimilar materials (shoes and carpet).The potentials may reach 50 kilovolts(kv) in dry environments. This phenom-enon may cause destruction of electricalequipment if not protected.

ETL safety labelThe label which guarantees that ad-

vertised Hyde Park AC-powered sensorshave been approved by a nationallyrecognized laboratory and comply withfederal law.

false echoSee Coincidental Secondary Echo

Condition on 2-13.

far (low) limitThe boundary of the sensing “window”

farthest from the Hyde Park sensor.

fixed sensing window(width)

A defined space in front of the sensorwithin which object detection takesplace. The Hyde Park Model SM600family of proximity sensors have fixedsensing window widths.

fluorosilicone rubberFluorosilicone rubber is an elastomer

that is resistant to all food products andchemicals, including many solvents andpetroleum-based products found inindustry. Many of Hyde Park’s sensorsuse this material as an ultrasoniccoupling material (see coupler on 2-13).

foreground suppressionAn ultrasonic sensor’s capability to

disregard any or all pulse-echo returnsfrom objects located between the sen-sor and where the near sensing windowlimit is set.

frequencyThe number of times a periodic action

occurs in a unit of time. The number of

hertz (Hz, the unit of frequency, onecycle per second) that an electric cur-rent completes in one second.

frequency driftA percent of deviation from a specific

number of cycles per second (Hz) for agiven sonic or ultrasonic waveform.

gain adjustmentDetermines the degree of sensitivity

for a sensor.

gain settingSeveral SUPERPROX® sensor models

are capable of operating at high or lowgain. Higher gain can overcome signalloss due to poor reflective surfaces, highenvironmental temperature, etc. Chooselow gain if stray echo or secondary echoproblems occur.

gap detectionSensing for either voids or spaces

between containers on a conveyor linesystem. Upon sensing a gap, the sensorcan be used to automatically start, stop,or modulate speed of associated in-lineconveyors and machinery.

gate-controlled sensingA unique feature of the SUPERPROX®

Model SM504 series sensors in whichthey perform periodic sensing ofmultiple objects or locations. Dependingon the application, one or more of thesesensors are triggered with a switchingdevice to prevent possible false sensoroutputs due to changing foregroundobject conditions.

groundReferring to earth ground, used as a

return for electric currents and as anarbitrary zero of potential. It is importantat high power levels mainly for safetyreasons. Also refers to the electronicchassis or enclosure ground or to DCcommon (voltage reference to thenegative side of a DC power supply).

hermetic sealAn air-tight seal. All Hyde Park sensors

are hermetically sealed to withstandharsh environments.

hertz (Hz)The international unit of frequency,

equal to one cycle per second. HydePark sensors operate at a frequency of75 kHz, 200 kHz, and 500 kHz.

hysteresisMeans “to lag behind”. An electronic

design consideration for ultrasonicsensors such that the point at which the

sonic echo is received by the sensor isdifferent than the release point of theoutput. This differential prevents theoutput of a sensor from oscillatingnear switching points. It is also afunction of the number of echoes thatmust come from either inside oroutside the window to switch thesensor’s output.

impedanceMeasured in Ohms, total opposition

a circuit, cable, or component offers toalternating current (AC) at a given fre-quency. Impedance includes resistance,inductive reactance, and capacitivereactance.

inputThe signal (voltage or current) applied

to a circuit to cause the output of thatcircuit to change state. Also, the ter-minals, jack, or receptacle provided forreception of the input signal.

input voltageThe power source required by an

electric or electronic device (e.g., aself-contained sensor) in order for thedevice to operate properly.

intrinsic safetyA design technique applied to elec-

trical equipment (e.g., sensors andswitches) and wiring for hazardouslocations. The technique involveslimiting electrical and thermal energy toa level below that required to ignite aspecific hazardous atmosphere.Intrinsic safety design often eliminatesthe requirement for expensive andawkward explosion-proof enclosures.

IP ratingA rating system which defines the

suitability of sensor and sensor systemenclosures for various environments.Similar to NEMA ratings for enclosures.Hyde Park ultrasonic sensors are ratedIP66 and IP67 and carry the followingprotection levels:

IP66 - dust tight, strong jets of water(hose down)

IP67 - dust tight, submersion in waterfor up to 30 minutes at 1m

isolated output (or input)A type of input or output that floats

electrically from its host circuit. This typeof circuit may be used to break groundloops.

jam detectionSensing for a backup of containers on

a conveyor line system due to either

2-15

TE

CH

NIC

AL S

OLU

TIO

NS

OV

ER

VIE

W

down-stream container jams or machin-ery stop conditions. Upon sensing ajam, the sensor can be used to auto-matically alert an operator or stopassociated up-stream conveyors andmachinery until the jam is clear.

kHzKilohertz, 1000 Hertz

latch (latching logic)See dual-level on/off latch on 2-14.

LED (light emitting diode)A semiconductor device that emits

incoherent light formed by the P-Njunction. Light intensity is roughlyproportional to electrical current flow.LEDs are used in Hyde Park sensors toindicate power on, object in view, outputstatus, etc.

limit adjustmentresolution

The smallest allowed distance that alimit can be changed.

LIMITS push-buttonA push-button in the SUPERPROX®

family of sensors used to set the positionof limits, within which the detection ofobjects and levels takes place.

linearityThe deviation from a best-fit straight

line representing the slope of an analogoutput. Using the Model SM506 with 4 to20 mA output as an example, the linearityis +0.10% of the span. If the span is 20",the linearity is a +0.02" deviation aboveor below the best-fit straight line repre-senting the slope of the output.

linear outputCharacteristic of analog ultrasonic

sensors (e.g., Hyde Park SUPERPROX®

Model SM506 series), the output has a“straight-line” relationship to the sensingdistance between the near and farsensing limits.

line transientsVoltage or current fluctuations on

power conductors or input/output con-ductors. The transients are usuallycaused by noisy electrical equipmentsuch as frequency-modulated motordrives or electro-mechanical relays. Thenoise may be conducted into the wiresor induced magnetically or capacitively.

loadA device through which current flows

and has a voltage drop across it.

load resistanceResistance is the ratio of voltage to

current flow, V/I, measured in Ohms(Ω). Load resistance is that resistanceseen by current from an output. Mostsensors have a limit on how small resis-tance can be, since small resistanceleads to excessive current flow andpossible damage. Sensors with a 4-20mA output have a limit on how large theload resistance can be since the sensormay not have enough voltage to impressa current.

logic/actuationThe capability of the sensor to make

decisions and control actuation. HydePark’s Model SM500/600/900 families of“smart” sensors have this capability.

loss of echoFor Hyde Park sensors, it occurs when

the sensor does not receive echoes froman object within its sensing range formore than one second. When this occurs,the sensor’s output automatically switchesoff. When the sensor again receivesechoes from the object it will either switchor remain in the same state depending onwhere the echoes are received rel-ative tothe control limits. Some other sensorsallow one or several cycles to pass beforeindicating loss of echo and going to apredetermined output state.

mAAbbreviation for milliAmpere. 1/1000 of

an Ampere.

microprocessor-basedintelligence

One of the more noteworthy advancesin ultrasonic technology which has givenultrasonics such features as errorcompensation and computer interfacecapability, opening the door to newcontrol applications. For Hyde Parkultrasonic “smart” sensors, it is thecapability to “learn" their surroundings,ignore non-target objects in the sensingrange, make decisions, and controlactuation consistently, operation afteroperation.

MICROSONIC®

The registered trademark of the HydePark line of ultrasonic thru-beam sensors.

motion detectionSensing for a slowdown or stopping of

back-to-back containers on a conveyorline system due to either down-streammachinery slowdown or stop conditions.Upon sensing a slowdown or stop inmotion, the sensor can be used to

automatically alert an operator or stopassociated up-stream conveyors andmachinery until the back-to-backcontainers begin moving again.

multiplexingA design in which an electronic control

circuit interrogates each sensor of anarray in sequence. Different functionssharing the same hardware, usuallyeach function having exclusive use for alimited, but recurring time.

near (high) limitThe boundary of the sensing “window”

nearest to the sensor.

NEMA (National ElectricalManufacturers Association)Enclosure Standards

A set of guidelines established byNEMA to determine levels of physicalprotection an enclosure, like a sensorhousing, needs for various environments.Such a surrounding case is constructedto provide a degree of protection topersonnel against incidental contact withthe enclosed equipment against speci-fied environmental conditions.

A brief description of the NEMAenclosure standard types used in themanufacture of Hyde Park ultrasonicsensors follows:

NEMA 1NEMA 1NEMA 1NEMA 1NEMA 1 intended for indoor useprimarily to provide a degree of protec-tion against contact with the enclosedequipment.

NEMA 3NEMA 3NEMA 3NEMA 3NEMA 3 intended for outdoor useprimarily to provide a degree of protec-tion against windblown dust, rain, sleet,and external ice formation.

NEMA 4NEMA 4NEMA 4NEMA 4NEMA 4 intended for indoor oroutdoor use primarily to provide adegree of protection against windblowndust and rain, splashing water, andhose-directed water.

NEMA 4XNEMA 4XNEMA 4XNEMA 4XNEMA 4X intended for indoor oroutdoor use primarily to provide adegree of protection against corrosion,windblown dust and rain, splashingwater, and hose-directed water.

normally closed (N.C.)For a relay output, this implies the two

contacts are connected, with connectionbroken only when the “sensing event”occurs. Other outputs are similar: NPNoutput at ground floats when eventoccurs. PNP output at voltage floatswhen event occurs.

normally open (N.O.)Similar to normally closed (N.C.)

except “not” connected.

2-16

SENSOR

+VDC

BASE

COLLECTOR

EMITTER

DCCOMMON

NPN

LOAD

NORYL®

Optional to the user, the plasticmaterial used in the housing (case) ofHyde Park sensors which has beenapproved for USDA-Dairy 3A SanitaryStandards. Hyde Park sensor housingsmade of NORYL® are gray to distinguishthem from the blue ULTEM® housings.

NPNA type of transistor which requires apositive power supply, NPN refers to the

object surface areaversus distance to sensor

See Sensing Considerations sectionon 2-23.

off-delay timeRefers to the time delay between when

the sensor stops sensing an object andwhen the output state switches inactive.The Hyde Park SUPERPROX ModelSM503 series sensors provide both on-and off-delays.

off-state leakage currentThe current that flows even when an

output is off. For most transistors, this isin the μA range and is negligible. Butsolid state AC relays can allow μA toflow which sometimes causes problemswith PLC inputs.

on-delay timeRefers to the time delay between when

the sensor starts sensing an object andwhen the output state switches active.The Hyde Park SUPERPROX ModelSM503 series sensors provide both onand off time delays.

open collectorOpen collector NPN describes a

transistor output that sinks load current tocommon when the output is “on” (ener-gized). When the output is “off”, nocurrent flows. A pull-up resistor or othertype of load is usually provided by theuser.

Open collector PNP describes atransistor output that sources currentfrom the sensor supply when the output is“on”. A pull-down resistor or other type ofload is usually provided by the user.

structure of a transistor, i.e., excess hole(P) “sandwiched" between two excesselectron (N) materials. This transistor hasthe characteristic that current injectedinto the base (P) allows current flow fromcollector to emitter as long as the basevoltage is about 1/2 V higher than theemitter. In practice, NPN outputs areused to connect loads to ground.

NPN currentsinking output

The output of a DCdevice that switchesground (DCcommon) to aload. The load isconnectedbetween theoutput of thedevice and thepositive side ofthe powersupply. The switchingcomponent is usually anopen collector NPNtransistor, with its emittertied to the negative side of the supplyvoltage.

object (target)The material, liquid, solid, transparent,

moving or static that is being detectedby the sensor in a given application.

object sensing modeOne of two operational modes

(the other is background) in whichthe SUPERPROX® Model SM500,SM503, and SM504 sensors operate asa universal, all-materials-type, proximitysensor. Sensing in this mode is done byfirst setting the window limits as shownin the illustration and ensuring that theobject surface is properly positionedin-line and parallel with the sensor face.In this mode, the sensor accepts allultrasonic pulse echoes received offobjects that are either at or within thewindow limits shown in blue. All otherechoes, excluding coincidental second-ary echoes, received off objects outsidethe window limits are ignored.

WindowLimits

Object

2-17

+VDC

SENSOR

DCCOMMON

COLLECTOR

EMITTER

BASEPNP

LOAD

TE

CH

NIC

AL S

OLU

TIO

NS

OV

ER

VIE

W

oscillateChange state in a regular, periodic

fashion like, for example, a sine wave.

outputThe useful power or signal delivered

by a circuit or device.

output load rangeThe set of all values of impedance or

resistance which can be connected toan output.

piezoLiterally, related to pressure. Used to

refer to a material which exhibits thepiezoelectric effect.

piezoelectricThe phenomenon of expansion along

one axis when subjected to an electricfield or production of an electric field whenmechanically strained along an axis. Usedto generate and sense ultrasound.

PNPA type of transistor which sources

current, PNP refers to the structure of atransistor, that is a thin layer of excesselectron (N) semiconductor “sand-wiched” between two layers of excesshole (P) semiconductor. This transistorhas the characteristic that currentinjected into the base (N) allows currentflow between the emitter and thecollector (the two P layers) as long asthe base is about a 1/2 V lower than theemitter. In a sensor with a PNP output,this emitter is usually internally con-nected to the sensor power pin. Inpractice, PNP outputs are used toprovide power to loads which areconnected to ground. See the diagramunder “PNP current sourcing output" onpage 2-18.

PNP current sourcing out-put

The output of a DCdevice that switchespositive DC to aload. The load isconnectedbetween theoutput of thedevice and theground (DCcommon) side ofthe power supply. Theswitching component isusually an opencollector PNP transistor,with its emitter tied tothe positive side of thesupply voltage.

potentiometerA variable resistor, directly controlled

by a dial, knob, or lever, used mostcommonly to produce a voltage propor-tional to a variable of interest, e.g., timedelay, rate, etc. On the Hyde ParkSUPERPROX® Model SM505 seriesmotion sensor, the rate potentiometersets the minimum threshold rate atwhich the sensor output switches eitheroff or on, depending whether there is adecrease or an increase in the containermotion rate. The delay on potentiometeron the same model series sets theminimum delay time before the outputswitches from off to on after containermovement resumes at or above thesetting of the rate potentiometer.

pottingSealing by filling with a substance to

exclude moisture. Hyde Park sensorsare potted with an epoxy.

power/connection typeThe second numerical digit in the

Hyde Park sensor model number whichindicates the AC or DC voltage rangeand the type of connection, connector,or cable style.

power consumptionThe product of current and voltage,

normally measured in watts. The powerused by a device such as a Hyde Parksensor.

power supplyA device that provides the source of

power (current and voltage). Regulatedsupplies are recommended for use withHyde Park products.

proximity sensingThe technique used to determine

whether an object has come closeenough to a sensor to trigger an output.For Hyde Park sensors, it is the detectionof object presence when the object is infront of the sensor and within the sensingrange and sensing “window” of thesensor.

pull-up resistorLoad resistor connected between NPN

open-collector (sinking) output and loadvoltage (usually supply voltage). Thiscreates an output voltage. Lower valueswill help reduce electrical noise pick-upon the output cable.

pull-down resistorLoad resistor connected between PNP

open-collector (sourcing) output and

common. This creates an output voltage.Lower values will help reduce electricalnoise pick-up on the output cable.

pulseA current or voltage which changes

abruptly from one value to another andback to the original value in a finite lengthof time. Used to describe one particularvariation in a series of wave motions.

push-buttonconfiguration

The arrangement of push-buttons thatare used to setup a Hyde Park ultrasonicsensor for a specific sensing applica-tion.

PVCPolyvinyl Chloride, a popular plastic

used extensively in sanitary plumbing,automotive, and household applications.Hyde Park’s sensor cable is jacketedwith PVC and meets FDA requirementsfor intermittant contact with food.

rate potentiometerA potentiometer whose position is

proportional to a speed, e.g., a sensoron a can line might trigger when thespeed exceeds a certain value set bythe rate potentiometer.

reflector angleThe angle between the reflective

surface of a target and the beam-axis ofthe sensor. The optimum angle forsensor performance is 90o.

remote type sensorA sensor where the small piezo

elements are far from the sensor. HydePark sensors with the remote sensingheads are typically used in extremelytight areas where it is impossible tomount and use a regular style sensor.

repeatabilityDescribes the error in reporting the

position of an object (or the position of awindow edge) as the object is removedto another location then replaced inexactly the same location.

resistanceIn DC circuits, the opposition a

material offers to current flow, measuredin ohms (Ω). In AC circuits, it is the realcomponent of impedance, and may behigher than the value measured at DC.(Note that “real” is used in the math-ematical sense of “not imaginary.”)

resolutionThe smallest change capable by an

analog output. Resolution may appear ina specification in several ways: asinches of a set span or, depending uponthe type of output, in volts or current ofan analog output level. This specifica-tion does not indicate accuracy.

response potentiometerA potentiometer whose setting is

proportional to the delay and filteringapplied to an output.

response time(also called sensing rate or cycletime)

In ultrasonic sensing, the elapsed timebetween the transmission of a pulse andthe pulse echo reception. The responsetimes for Hyde Park ultrasonic sensorsvary from 0.5 milliseconds for the ModelSM600 series to 200 milliseconds for theModel SM500 series. The faster theresponse time, the greater the sensor’scapability of detecting a quickly chang-ing object position and the shorter thesensing range. The Model SM606analog sensor, with a response time of0.5 ms, samples at the rate of 2,000times every second within a fixedwindow of 1.5 to 2 inches from thesensor.

retroreflectiveEnergy which impinges on an object is

reflected back toward the source.

reverse polarityInterchanging the connections, usually

power connections, so that what wasconnected to the higher voltage is nowconnected to the lower voltage.

RS232An ANSI standard for serial communi-

cation which defines voltages, signals,and connections. This is the mostcommon “standard.” It is used on mostpersonal computers and is simple toimplement. A Hyde Park sensor with theRS232 feature means that the sensorcan communicate with a terminal orsimple lap top computer.

sensing limitsThe boundaries, near and far, high

level and low level, that define thesensing window. See “sensing window”.

sensing modeThe arrangement of the Hyde Park

SUPERPROX® Model SM500, SM503,and SM504 sensors, through a simpledip switch, to function or operate in aparticular manner. See object sensingmode on 2-17 and background sensing

2-18

mode on 2-12.

sensing rangeThe total possible sensing capability

of the sensor, beginning after the dead-band, and extending out as far as thesensor is able to reach effectively. HydePark SUPERPROX® sensors have sen-sing ranges up to 79 inches. Hyde ParkMICROSONIC® thru-beam sensors havesensing ranges from zero to72 inches.

sensing windowFor Hyde Park’s SUPERPROX® sen-

sors, it is the volume of space in front ofthe sensor within which the objectdetection takes place. This space isdefined two-dimensionally by two limits,near and far, high and low. Suitableobjects that are present at or withinthese limits, and reflect sound energyback to the receiver, will cause thesensor’s output to change (shortest andlongest elapsed time for valid echoreturns). The window is adjustable in theModel SM500 family sensors and fixedin the Model SM600 family sensors.

sensor angle (withrespect to a smooth, flat surface)

The angle created by the beam axisand its perpendicular, the latter repre-sented by a smooth flat surface of anobject. Hyde Park specifications call forthis angle to be 90o ± 10o. If the flat-

object surface is severely tilted awayfrom the perpendicular of the beam axis,the echo is deflected away from thesensor, preventing the object from beingdetected.

sensor functionalityRefers to what the user wants the

sensor to do. The five recognizedfunctions are: presence/absence,positioning, inspection, conditionmeasurement, or identification.

serial communicationsA method of passing information

sequentially, one bit at a time.

shape of the objectSee Sensing Considerations section

on 2-23.

shieldA conductive envelope around the

primary conductors that provide anelectronic barrier to electromagneticinterference. All Hyde Park sensors areshielded to limit the amount of RFenergy emitted by the sensor, a require-ment for CE approval. They are alsoshielded to prevent unwanted externalnoise from affecting sensor operation.

shielded cableA cable that is protected against

electrical and magnetic noise pickup.Cable may be shielded by a variety ofmethods and materials. Aluminum foil ismost common but is less effective atlower frequencies than the braid-type ofshield.

silicone rubberSilicone rubber is an elastomer that is

resistant to all food products and manychemicals found in industry. Many ofHyde Park’s sensors use it as anultrasonic coupling material (see“coupler” on 2-13). It is pliable yetdamage-resistant nature makes it idealfor coupling ultrasonic energy to the air.

single file conveyorsensing mode

The setup configuration of a HydePark SUPERPROX® Model SM505motion sensor to detect the movement ofcontainers on single file conveyors.

sinkingCurrent flows into the connection.

NPN transistors are usually currentsinking outputs.

“smart” sensorThe capability of a sensor to use the

information or data it has detected and,through its microprocessor, to actuate aspecific outcome in a specific applicationsetting. For example, Hyde Park’s “smart”SUPERPROX® sensors use a discriminat-ing microprocessor and push-buttonsetup program to detect only the desig-nated object within the sensing windowwhile ignoring other foreground, lateral,and background objects. Anotherexample is the Hyde Park dual-levelsensor that detects the level at which apump is to be turned on or off andoutputs a signal causing the pump to turneither on or off. The same sensor can beconfigured to sound an alarm at aspecific level.

sonic frequencyFrequency of the acoustic wave

expressed in thousands of cycles-per-second (kHz). Generally, higher fre-quencies will have higher attenuationrates in air. Hyde Park Model SM500proximity sensors have a frequency of200 kHz; Model SM100/700 thru-beamsensors have a frequency of 180 kHz;Model SM600 miniature proximity andModel SM800 miniature thru-beamsensors have a frequency of 500 kHz.

sourcingCurrent flows out of the connection.

PNP transistors are usually currentsourcing outputs.

spanThe distance between the set sensing

limits (near and far) of a sensor with ananalog output (e.g., Hyde Park ModelSM506 series and Model SM606 series).

step responseRefers to the time it takes a sensor

output to respond to an instantaneouschange in object position.

SUPERPROX®

The registered trademark of the HydePark line of ultrasonic proximity sensors.

surface-to-beam angleSee Sensing Considerations section

on 2-23.

surface reflectionproperties

See Sensing Considerations sectionon 2-23.

switching rateThe frequency of a binary signal.

synchronized sensingCoordinating the sampling time of one

sensor to other events. Frequently usedwith multiple sensors to eliminate interfer-ence occurring according to a commonschedule. An example of synchronizedsensing is the use of an array ofSUPERPROX® Model SM504 seriessensors to detect a full-case condition.

temperatureSee Sensing Considerations section

on 2-23.

temperature dependence A specification that indicates the

amount of apparent position drift withrespect to temperature drift. For ex-ample, if the span is set to 20" and thetemperature drifts 8oC, then the sensor’s

SENSING RANGES

51 to 965 mm120 mm to 2 m

NEAR RANGE51 mm/120 mm

PUSHBUTTONADJUSTABLELIMITS OVER

SENSING RANGE

FARWINDOW LIMIT

NEARWINDOW LIMIT

DEADBAND

SENSINGWINDOW

2-19

TE

CH

NIC

AL S

OLU

TIO

NS

OV

ER

VIE

W

energy and the receivers convert soundenergy into electrical energy.

TRIACA solid state device used to switch AC

currents. The SM52X and SM57X havean AC switch output.

turbulenceMotion of air which rapidly fluctuates in

direction and velocity. With reference tosensing, the unstable condition of the airin and around the sensing application.This condition can cause dispersion anddeflection of the transmitted soundenergy. The maximum sensing range isreduced by the weakened or divertedenergy due to this condition and thusshould be tested prior to operation.

ULTEM®

A trademark for a high temperature,high strength plastic (polyetherimide)manufactured by The General ElectricCompany and used in the housings ofHyde Park ultrasonic sensors.

ultrasonic operatingprinciple

Ultrasonic sensors have an acoustictransducer which is vibrating at ultra-sonic frequencies. The pulses areemitted in a cone-shaped beam andaimed at a target object. Pulses re-flected by the target to the sensor aredetected as echoes. The devicemeasures the time delay between eachemitted and echo pulse to accuratelydetermine the sensor-to target distance.The Hyde Park SUPERPROX® sensordetermines this distance by measuringthe elapsed time between the transmis-sion of a pulse and the pulse echoreception. The transmitted pulse beginsa time clock; the first returned pulseecho stops the clock. Given the elapsedtime, the sensor software calculates thedistance traveled by the pulse from thesensor to the object, using the formula,D = TVs/2, where D = distance from thesensor to the object; T = elapsed timebetween transmission and reception ofan energy pulse; and Vs = velocity ofsound … approximately 1100 feet persecond. During operation, the calcu-lated distance (D) between the sensorand the object is compared to thedistance associated with the sensingwindow limits (see definition on 2-19). IfD is at or within these limits, an output isgenerated. The output remains on untilthe echo either does not return or itreturns from outside the window limits atwhich time it switches off.

OBJECT

HOLE

TRANSMITTER RECEIVER

output will drift and the apparent objectposition will shift by 0.0096" (0.006% ofspan/ oC or 0.00006 x 20" x 8). TheSUPERPROX® Model SM50X and SM60Xanalog sensor series have temperaturesensors embedded in their housingswhich compensates for changes inambient temperature.

thru-beam (or break-beam)sensing

A sensing technique in which theobject to be detected passes betweenan aligned transmitter and receiver. TheHyde Park MICROSONIC® sensors,used in this technique, are defined ascontinuous-wave devices in which the

transmitter emits a continuous ultrasonicbeam which is picked up by thereceiver. When an object passesbetween the transmitter and receiverand breaks the beam, object presenceis detected and the output of thereceiver switches. Or, when a holeallows the beam to pass through to thereceiver, the output of the receiverswitches.

transducerA device used to convert one form

of energy into another form of energy.The transducer in the Hyde ParkSUPERPROX® sensors converts electri-cal energy into transmitted soundenergy and then, through its receiver,converts the reflected sound energy(echo) into electrical energy. TheMICROSONIC® sensor transmittersconvert electrical energy into sound

2-20

ultrasonic soundPressure waves with a frequency that

is above the range of human hearing...orabove approximately 20,000 cycles persecond (20 kHz). Ultrasonic technologyuses electrical energy and a ceramiccrystal (transducer) tuned to a specificfrequency, to produce and detectmechanical energy in the form of wavesof energy. Hyde Park ultrasonic sensorsuse a piezoelectric type crystal that istuned to a specific frequency:

75 kHz for the SUPERPROX® ModelSM900 - 8 series

180 kHz for the MICROSONIC®

Model SM100/700 series200 kHz for the SUPERPROX®

Model SM500/900 series and theMICROSONIC® Model SM800thru-beam series

500 kHz for the SUPERPROX®

Model SM300 and SM600 proximityseries and MICROSONIC® ModelSM800 thru-beam series

VACVoltage, alternating current

volt (v)A unit of electrical pressure. One volt

is the electrical pressure that will causeone Ampere of current to flow throughone Ohm of resistance.

voltageElectrical potential or electromotive

force expressed in volts.

warrantyAn assurance by the seller of property

that the goods or property are asrepresented or will be as promised.See Hyde Park’s Warranty information inthe Warranty section of this catalog.

wattA unit of electrical power. One watt is

equivalent to the power represented byone Ampere of current with a pressure ofone volt in a DC circuit.

web break detection andmaterial sag control

In this application, the manufacturermust constantly monitor and controlmaterial sag, as well as check for breaksin a web. In the automatic productionprocess illustrated here, a machinedraws material from the roll, processesit, then transfers it to the next stage. Inthe event of a process slowdown ormachine jam, the material between therollers will sag. The SM506 sensor, withan analog output, will detect the changein sheet-to-sensor distance. The output

LogicController

Detec

ting

Nonde

tecti

ng

Detec

ting

Detec

ting

AUTOPROCESS

SM506ANALOG SENSOR

SM500PROXIMITY SENSOR

(SAG)

( BREAK IN WEB)

2-21

of the sensor instructs the variablespeed drive controlling the feed roll toslow down. The SM500 proximity sensormonitors material as it exits the process,and detects breakage. When a breakoccurs, the process must stop and theroller be refed. By locating the sensor atthe outlet side, a break can be stoppedbefore the rollers downstream runthemselves empty and have to be re-fed.

windowSee sensing window on 2-19.

window-edge accuracyDimensional point of repeatability to

detect an object at either near or farsensing window limit set points.

TE

CH

NIC

AL S

OLU

TIO

NS

OV

ER

VIE

W

TE

CH

NIC

AL

SO

LU

TIO

NS

OV

ER

VIE

W

Sensing Considerations

When considering aSUPERPROX® sensor for aparticular application, certainultrasonic sensing fundamentalsshould be understood to ensuretop performance.

Shape of the ObjectAlmost all object shapes can

be sensed, provided enoughreflected ultrasonic energyreaches the sensor. Smooth, flatobjects, positioned perpendicu-lar to the beam axis, are easierto detect than round objects. Acylindrical object can bedetected at a greater distancethan a spherical object with thesame diameter. It is best todetermine the sensing suitabilityof a given object under actualconditions.

Object Surface Areaversus Distance toSensor

The amount of ultrasonicenergy reflected back to thesensor from the object dependslargely on the object surfacearea and its distance from thesensor. If an object is positioned,for example, 200 mm (8") fromthe sensor, the received echo isapproximately 4 times strongerthan if the object is at 400 mm(16"). Thus, it is possible that theecho strength from an objectwith a small surface area,placed at the maximum sensingdistance, may be too weak todetect.

Surface ReflectionProperties

Almost all materials reflectultrasonic energy and can bedetected. Ultrasonic energy,striking a flat, hard, smoothsurface, perpendicular to thetransmitted sonic beam, is theideal condition for reliabledetection.

Conversely, materials withcoarse, textured surfaces diffuseor absorb much of the transmit-ted energy. For example,granular products, foam rubbermaterials, and certain textilesand papers may need a strongertransmitted signal for reliabledetection. Detection of foam

surfaces from soaps and similarproducts is also difficult andshould be tested prior toinstallation.

15°

Surface-to-BeamAngle

If a smooth, flat-object surfaceis severely tilted away from theperpendicular of the beam axis,the echo is deflected away fromthe sensor, preventing the objectfrom being detected.

Correct

Wrong

EnvironmentalFactors

The environment in which thesensing application takes placemust also be considered.

Ambient AcousticalNoise

Intense acoustical noisegenerated near the sensor mayinterfere with its operation.Offending noise sources areusually well above the range ofhearing. Common sources ofthis type of noise may be: airnozzles, machine vibration, andsliding friction.

TemperatureThe velocity of sound in air is

temperature dependent. Thehigher the temperature, thehigher the velocity of sound.While the sensor is designed tocompensate for gradualchanges in temperature, acuteambient temperature changescan adversely affect the sensor’sperformance. This includescausing a sudden shift in thesensing window. If a hot object isto be detected, experiment bypositioning the sensor so it isaimed at a cooler portion of theobject. Also make sure thesensor is not sensing throughhot air currents generated by theobject as illustrated below.

Air PressureUltrasonic sensors are not

intended for use in differentialpressure environments. Normalatmospheric pressure changeshave no significant effect on theperformance of the sensors.

Air Movement andDensities

Air currents, turbulence, andlayers of different air densitiescan cause dispersion anddeflection of the transmittedenergy. The maximum sensingrange is reduced by the weak-ened or diverted energy due tounstable air conditions.

Stable

Unstable(May consider lossof echo feature or

longer range sensor)

2-23

Pulse

Primary EchoReceived and

Accepted

Pulse


Secondary Echo Ignored

SECO

NDAR

YZO

NE

SENS

ING

WIN

DOW

OBJE

CT #

2

OBJE

CT #

1

Pulse


Secondary EchoAccepted

OBJE

CT #

3

INNE

R LI

MIT

OUTE

R LI

MIT

d2d

Pulse

Primary Echo Received -Detected As Object

Not Present

Pulse

SENS

ING

WIN

DOW

OBJE

CT #

1

Pulse

Primary Echo ReceivedDetected As Object

Present OBJE

CT #

2

INNE

R LI

MIT

OUTE

R LI

MIT

No Echo Received -Detected As Object

Present

FIXE

D BA

CKGR

OUND

TAR

GET

6.5 mm6.5 mm

Object Sensing ModeThe object mode enables the SUPERPROX® sensor to

operate as a universal, all-materials-type, proximitydetector.

Sensing in this mode is done by first setting the windowlimits as shown in Figure 1 and ensuring that the objectsurface is properly positioned in-line and parallel (SeeFigure 2) with the sensor face.

In this mode, the sensor accepts all ultrasonic pulseechoes received from objects that are either at or withinthe window limits as shown in Figures 2 and 3a. Allechoes, excluding coincidental secondary echoes(explained below), received from objects outside thewindow limits (See Figure 3b) are ignored.

Coincidental SecondaryEcho Condition

When an object is properly positioned between thesensor and the window (See Figures 3b and 3c), theultrasonic pulse from the sensor will reflect repeatedlybetween the sensor and the object, thus creating a seriesof secondary echoes.

A coincidental secondary echo condition exists whenthe distance traveled by the primary echo from an objectat or within the window limits is a multiple of (most likelytwice) the distance traveled by a secondary echo from theforeground object. As shown in Figure 3c, object #3 isproperly positioned halfway between the sensor and theinner window limit and is mistakenly detected as if it wereobject #1. Exercise caution when considering aSUPERPROX® application to avoid this condition.

Background Sensing ModeThis mode is recommended when detecting objects

with round or irregular shapes and non-perpendicularprofiles.

The background mode, using a unique secondary echolockout function, enables the SUPERPROX® sensor, with afixed background target, to operate as a universal, all-materials-type, break-beam detector.

After setting the window limits on the fixed target (SeeFigure 4), make sure the ultrasonic transmission pathbetween the sensor and the target is clear of obstructions.

Once set, the sensor accepts only the first (primary)ultrasonic pulse echo received from the target within thewindow limits as shown in Figures 4 and 6a. In this mode,the echo is received and detected as an object notpresent. Object presence is detected when the objectinterrupts the sonic pulse transmission path between thesensor and the fixed target, as shown in Figures 5, 6b,and 6c.

As a result of the secondary lock-out function, the sensoris permitted to receive only the primary echo after eachsonic pulse. All subsequent secondary echoes are“locked out”.

If the first echo received from the object travels a lesserdistance than the first echo from the fixed target window,that object is detected as being present.

As shown, if the echo of an object is not received (Figure6b, object #1),or if the first echo is received from an objectthat is outside the window limits (Figure 6c, object #2), theobject is detected as being present.

Figure 1 Figure 2

Figure 3a

Figure 3b

Figure 3c

Figure 3

Figure 4 Figure 5

Figure 6a

Figure 6b

Figure 6c

Figure 6

2-24

VIR

TU

™ V

M S

ER

IES

Model VM Series

• Sensing range of50.8 mm (2") up to508 mm (20")

• Dual-mount flat-profile body style and18 mm barrel

• Sinking (NPN) or asourcing (PNP) out-put available

• Rugged duty designfor harsh enviroments

• Simple remote push-button accessoryavailable for teachingof sensing limits

• NEMA 4X, IP67

• CE certified

VIRTUTM

UltrasonicProximitySensors

3-1

the sensing face. This sleeksensor is virtually impervious tothe effects of splashing food,caustic cleaning solutions, andchanging light conditions orcolors. Shielding and filteringmake the fully encapsulatedsensor resistant to radiated orconducted energy.

OperationThe Virtu Model VM series is a

self-contained, pulse-echo,proximity sensing device thatboth transmits and receivessonic energy within a 508 mm(20") maximum sensing range.Operating on 12 to 24 VDC, andemploying the latest piezoelec-tric and microprocessor technol-ogy, Virtu sensors detect onlythose designated objects within aset “window” and ignore allsurrounding sonic interference.

Prior to operation, a simple andeasy “teach” function is used toset the sensing window limitsthrough either a remote or inlinecable push-button. A near andfar limit for a desired sensingwindow can be set anywherewithin the sensing range andmay be set to either encompassthe full sensing range or be assmall as 6 mm (0.25").

The sensor is equipped with atwo-color status LED to show thestate of the output. When theoutput is active, the LED isamber, regardless of whether theoutput is normally open orclosed. When the output is notactive, the LED is green. TheLED also serves to show the

The next generationcompact ultrasonicproximity sensoroutperforming manyother sensor types inboth application andcost.

The new Virtu™ ultrasonicsensor developed by Hyde Parkfeatures sensing ranges from50.8 mm ( 2") up to 508 mm (20").This versatile, powerful proximitysensor sells for under $100, aprice breakthrough for superiorultrasonic technology.

Virtu's dual-mount body style,with its M18 x 1 threaded snout0.89" long and a 1.49" rectangu-lar body for a total length of only2.38", and tough VALOX® housingmake it not only ideal for manyOEM applications but also anunfailing performer for an array ofpackaging applications, includ-ing food and beverage. Availablein cable or connector style, Virtuis the first sonic compact sensorto offer a dual mounting feature.Iit operates on 12 to 24 VDC andprovides either a sinking (NPN)or a sourcing (PNP) output. Virtualso has teach-in windowcapability, and no downtime isrequired for sensor recalibrationwhen colors, materials, orshapes change.

With protection ratings of NEMA4X and IP67, this CE certifiedsensor is resistant to dust, 100%humidity, most acids and bases,and high pressure washdownsthat often leave water buildup on

sensing status of the sensor.With a normally open output andan object in the sensing window,the LED will be amber and switchto green when the object leavesthe sensing window, switching offthe output. With a normallyclosed output and an object inthe sensing window, the LED willbe green and switch to amberwhen the object leaves thesensing window, switching on theoutput.

Setting the WindowLimits

Before operating the sensor,you should teach the sensor thesensing window. The sensingwindow is the distance betweenthe near and far limits. To teachthe limits, press and hold thepush-button. The LED fastflashes amber and then afterholding the push-button for 3seconds, the LED slowly flashesgreen indicating the sensor is inteach mode. Release the push-button, and the LED continuesslowly flashing green indicatingthe sensor is waiting for the firstlimit. Place a target at either limit,and press and release the push-button. While the push-button ispressed with a target present, theLED turns amber indicating avalid echo is being detected.After teaching the sensor the firstlimit successfully, the LED slowlyflashes amber indicating thesensor is waiting for the secondlimit. Place a target at thesecond limit, then press andrelease the push-button. Whilethe push-button is pressed with atarget present, the LED turnsamber indicating a valid echo isbeing detected. After teachingthe sensor the second limit, thetwo limits are saved in non-volatile memory. The LED fastflashes green for 3 seconds toindicate the limits were success-fully saved. The limits can be setin either order.

To teach the default window of25.4 mm (1.0" ), while the sensoris in teach mode requesting thefirst limit (LED slowly flashinggreen), place a target parallel tothe sensor face at the center ofthe desired window. Press andrelease the push-button twice insuccession within one second.The LED fast flashes green

3-2

indicating the limits weresuccessfully saved. This sets thelimits 12.7 mm (0.5 in.) in front ofand behind the front surface ofthe target.

If not using an optional push-button, the process is similar.The white teach wire (pin 2) canbe grounded to the blue DCreturn wire (pin 3) to simulate thepushing of the button. All LEDindications and the teachsequence is identical to thepreviously detailed process.

While setting either limit, if noecho is detected, the LED fastflashes green and amberindicating no object is detected.After 5 seconds, the sensorresumes operation with the oldlimits. If either limit is not set in30 seconds, a limit timeoutoccurs, the LED flashes greenand amber for 3 secondsindicating the error. The sensorthen resumes operating with theold limits.

How Does It Work?During teach and operation,

the Virtu sensor continually andaccurately measures the elapsedtime from the first pulse echoreceived after each pulsetransmission. The transmittedpulse begins a time clock toregister the elapsed time of thefirst received pulse echo. Giventhe elapsed time, the sensorsoftware calculates the distancetraveled out to the object orsurface and back to the sensor,using the formula D=TVs/2,where: D = distance from thesensor to the object; T = elaspedtime between the pulse transmis-sion and its first received echo;Vs = the velocity of sound,approximately 335 meters (1100feet) per second.

During operation, the calcu-lated distance (D) between the

Blk

Brn

Wht

Blu

NPNSinking Output

+VDC

InputTeach

DC Com

DC Com

TeachInput

+VDC

Sourcing OutputPNP

Blu

Wht

Brn

Blk

BROWN 1+VDC

PNP/SourcingBLACK 4BLUE 3

DC Com

DC Com

BLUE 3

WHITE 2Teach Input

BLACK 4NPN/Sinking

+VDCBROWN 1

Teach InputWHITE 2

Electrical WiringThe sensor cable must be run

in conduit, free of any AC poweror control wires.

NPN Cable Style WireNPN Cable Style WireNPN Cable Style WireNPN Cable Style WireNPN Cable Style Wire(dual-mount model only)

PNP Cable Style WirePNP Cable Style WirePNP Cable Style WirePNP Cable Style WirePNP Cable Style Wire(dual-mount model only)

NPN Micro Connector StyleNPN Micro Connector StyleNPN Micro Connector StyleNPN Micro Connector StyleNPN Micro Connector Style(dual-mount model only)

PNP Micro Connector StylePNP Micro Connector StylePNP Micro Connector StylePNP Micro Connector StylePNP Micro Connector Style(dual-mount model only)

sensor and the object is compared tothe distances associated with thewindow limits. These limits are shown inthe illustration as Dwi and Dwo. If D iswithin these limits, an output is activatedor deactivated, depending whethernormally open or normally closed. Theoutput remains in such state until theecho does not return or it returns fromoutside the window limits.

3-3

INTERNAL EXTERNALBROWN

BLUE

LOAD

CurrentLimit

NPN

BLACK

ComDC

(+)DC

DC(+)

DCCom

PNP

BLUE

BROWN

EXTERNALINTERNAL

LOAD

BLACK

CurrentLimit

2-color LED is amberwhen output is on (object within window)and green when output is off (no object in window).

DeadbandErratic operationwithin this range

Black Wire(Sinking /

N PN )

0.0 mm(0.0 in.)

50.8 mm(2.0 in.)

Near Limit

FarLimit

508 mm(20 in.)


N PN )

LED isAmber

LED isGreen

The sensing window is determined by a teachable near and far limit, which can be set anywherebetween the deadband (50.8 mm / 2.0 in) and the maximum sensing range (508 mm / 20 in.).The sensing window is taught using either an inline pushbutton switch or by grounding the teach wire.

Maximum Sensing Range

Sensing Window


N PN )

LED isAmber


N PN )

LED isAmber

Output StyleNPN OutputNPN OutputNPN OutputNPN OutputNPN Output

PNP OutputPNP OutputPNP OutputPNP OutputPNP Output

Output TypeNPN - Normally Closed OutputNPN - Normally Closed OutputNPN - Normally Closed OutputNPN - Normally Closed OutputNPN - Normally Closed Output

PNP - Normally Open OutputPNP - Normally Open OutputPNP - Normally Open OutputPNP - Normally Open OutputPNP - Normally Open Output

2-color LED is amberwhen output is on (object within window)and green when output is off (no object in window).


Black Wire(Sourcing/

PNP)

0.0 mm(0.0 in.)

50.8 mm(2.0 in.)

Near Limit

FarLimit

508 mm(20 in.)


PNP)

LED isAmber

LED isGreen


Maximum Sensing Range

LED isGreen

Sensing Window

LED isGreen

V+ V+


PNP)

V+


PNP)

V+

VM

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

-200

-100

0

100

200

0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 25.0

RANGE

-2

-1

0

1

2

mm

cm

inches

deadband

sonic pattern measured by moving a large flat surface into the beam inches

Beam PlotsThe following plots, developed from data collected at

20oC, zero air flow, defines the boundaries and shape ofthe sonic beam for the Virtu series sensors.

The boundaries were established using a 10 cm x 10cm (3.94" x 3.94") “target” positioned parallel to the sensorface. The plot for each sensor series is valid for targetsequal to or larger than 10 cm x 10 cm. Beam boundariesare determined by moving the large flat target into thebeam while the plane of the target is held perpendicular tothe beam axis.

In each sensor series, the plot extends from the end ofthe “deadband” on the left to the end of the sensing rangeon the right. The sensor is illustrated in the middle leftmargin.

These and other plots are available from Hyde Parkupon request.

VIR

TU

™ V

M S

ER

IES

3-4

Model Reference Guide - VM SeriesUse the guide below to ensure the correct model number is specified for the application. Please note that

not all sensor model combinations are available.

EXAMPLE MODEL: VM 1 - P NO - QUltrasonic Miniature Proximity SeriesModel Type1... Dual-mount, flat-profile18..18 mm barrel

Output TypeN...NPN sinking outputP... PNP sourcing output

Output StyleNO...Normally openNC...Normally closed

Connection Types ...No designator indicates 3m (10’) cable style connection*Q...Quick disconnect – 4 pin “micro” connector

* only available on the dual-mount body style

Accessories

AC130AC130AC130AC130AC130 Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cableassembly, 5 m (16') (for barrel and flat-profile micro sensors)

SHIELD NOT CONNECTEDTAT CONNECTT OR END

STRIP-BACK JACKETAND FOIL 2"L

HYDE PARK CABLE - 106271PP(4-cond.) 5m LONG, BLACK

BLACK REF.

STRAIGHT CONNECTT OR HEAD:WOODHEAD SERIES 8032X

ZINC,EPOXY COAY TING (E COAAA T)AA

BLUE

BROWN12

34 BLACK

WHITE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

1 2

34

1.722

1.300

1.475

2.350

0.354

0.413

M18x1 6g

0.709( )18mm

0.050

0.354

0.650

0.950

0.175

1.225

3.2mm THRU (2x)M12x1 6g

Quick Disconnect Style(VALOX® Plastic) VM1-XXX-X

Dimensions

PB100PB100PB100PB100PB100 In-line accessory push-button for teachingwindow limits (for Virtu series sensors).

18 mm Barrel Style(VALOX® Plastic) VM18-XXX-X

3.056"

0.654"

1.701"

0.191"

Ø18mm

(Ø0.709)

0.350"

M12x1 CONN.

M18x1

THREAD

(1)

(4)OUT

(2)(3)

-

+

BU (3)

NC (2)

OUT(4) BK(1) BN

+

-

PUSHBUTTON

M12x1 CONNECTOR

BLACK REF.

M12x1 NYLON

CONNECTOR

BLUE REF.

3-5

General SpecificationsSensing [TA = 20°C (68° F)]

Sensing Range:50 mm (2") to 508 mm (20")(large flat objects)

Sonic Frequency: 300 kHzMinimum-size Detection:

2.5 mm (0.098") diameter rod or 1.0 mm (.039")bar at a distance of 200 mm (8")Note: Smaller object may not be detected atcloser distances

Maximum Angular Deviation: ± 5° on a 100 mm x 100 mm (4" x 4")flat target at a distance of 508 mm (20")

Sonic Cone Profile:see beam plot on page 3-3

Limit Position Accuracy:± 1.6 mm (0.062") max.

Repeatability:± 0.7mm (0.027") or better

Power Requirements

Supply Voltage:12VDC to 24VDC ± 10%, regulated supply

Current Consumption:40 mA max. (excluding load)

Power Consumption:1.0 W max. (excluding load)

Output

Sinking Output (NPN Model VM1-NXX):Maximum on-state voltage: 0.75 V @ 100 mAMaximum load current: 100 mAMaximum applied voltage: 30 VDC

Sourcing Output (PNP Model VM1-PXX):Maximum on-state voltage drop: 1.10 V @ 100mAMaximum load current: 100mAOutput voltage: VSupply - 1.10 V @ 100mA

Input-Teach Setup

Contact Closure (push-button) to common. Internal 115KΩ pull-up to 5VInput Voltage Range

Setup Input Active 0V to 1VSetup Input Inactive 2.5V to 5VMax Voltage without Damage -30V to 30V

Response Time

15.0 ms on/ 15.0 ms off max

Indicators

Green LED: Illuminated if output is offAmber LED: Illuminated if output is onNote: Green and Amber LEDs are never illuminatedsimultaneously

Connections

Cable style models:24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket4-conductor, 3m (10') long

Connector style models:8 mm, circular 4-pole, male micro connector

Protection

Power Supply: Current-limited over-voltage, ESD,reverse polarityOutput: Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, reversepolarityInput: Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, reversepolarity

Environmental

Operating Temperature Range:-30° to 70°C (-22° to 152°F)

Storage Temperature Range:-40° to 85°C (-40° to 185°F)

Operating Humidity: 100% non-condensingProtection Ratings: NEMA 4X, IP67Chemical Resistance: Resists most acids andbases, including most food products

VM SeriesProximity

S e l e c t i o n C h a r t

Powe

r Vers

ion 12

/24 V

DC

Cabl

e

Quick

Disc

onne

ct

Note

s

Model No.

Conn.Style

Range Window

Sensing

Transducer

Materials Housing Type Style

NPN

sinkin

g

PNP

sour

cing

Norm

ally

open

Norm

ally

close

d

Epox

y

VALO

X

V M 1 - N N O ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

V M 1 - N N C ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

V M 1 - N N O - Q ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

V M 1 - N N C - Q ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

V M 1 - P N O ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

V M 1 - P N C ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

V M 1 - P N O - Q ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

V M 1 - P N C - Q ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

Outputs

VM18-PNC ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

V M 1 8 - P N O - Q ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

V M 1 8 - P N C - Q ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

See page 7-1 for accessory photos.

V M 1 8 - N N O ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

V M 1 8 - N N C ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

V M 1 8 - N N O - Q ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

V M 1 8 - N N C - Q ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

V M 1 8 - P N O ■ ■ 508 mm (20”) Teachable ■ ■ ■ ■

VIR

TU

™ V

M S

ER

IES

PBT

VIR

TU

™ V

M S

ER

IES

Model VM Analog Series

3-7

OperationThe Virtu™ Analog series is a self-

contained, pulse-echo, analog sensingdevice that both transmits and receivessonic energy within a 508 mm (20")maximum sensing range. Operatingon 15 to 24 VDC, and employing thelatest piezoelectric and microprocessortechnology, Virtu™ sensors detectonly those designated objects within aset “window” and ignore all surround-ing sonic interference.

Prior to operation, a simple and easy“teach” function is used to set thesensing window limits through eithera remote or in-line cable push-button.A near and far limit for a desiredsensing window can be set anywherewithin the sensing range and may beset to either encompass the fullsensing range or be as small as 6 mm(0.25").

The sensor is equipped with threeLED's to show the sensing status.The amber LED is off when an objectis within the sensing window. Thegreen LED is on when an object isbeing sensed within the range of thesensor. The orange LED indicates therelative value of the analog output andvaries in intensity according to theoutput. The higher the current orvoltage output, the brighter theorange LED.

Setting the WindowLimits

Before operating the sensor, youshould teach the sensor the sensingwindow. The sensing window is thedistance between the near and farlimits. To teach the limits, press andhold the push-button. The amber

The next generation ofcompact ultrasonicanalog sensors thatoutperforms manyother sensor types inall types of applica-tions.

The new Virtu™ Analog ultrasonicsensor developed by Hyde Parkfeatures sensing ranges from 50.8 mm( 2") up to 508 mm (20").

Virtu's dual-mount body style, withits M18 x 1 threaded snout 0.89" longand a 1.49" rectangular body for atotal length of only 2.38", and toughVALOX® housing make it not onlyideal for many OEM applications butalso an unfailing performer for anarray of packaging applications,including food and beverage.Available in cable or connector style,Virtu™ is the first sonic compactsensor to offer a dual mountingfeature. It operates on 15 to 24VDC. Virtu™ also has teach-inwindow capability, and no downtimeis required for sensor recalibrationwhen colors, materials, or shapeschange.

With protection ratings of 4X andIP67, this CE certified sensor isresistant to dust, 100% humidity,most acids and bases, and highpressure washdowns that often leavewater buildup on the sensing face.This sleek sensor is virtually impervi-ous to the effects of splashing food,caustic cleaning solutions, andchanging light conditions or colors.Shielding and filtering make the fullyencapsulated sensor resistant toradiated or conducted energy.

• Auto Slope technology,direct and inverse

• Sensing range of50.8 mm (2") up to 508mm (20")

• Dual-mount flat-profile body style and18 mm barrel

• Rugged duty design forharsh environments

• Simple remote push-button accessory avail-able for teaching ofsensing limits

• 4X, IP67

• CE certified

VIRTUTM Analog

UltrasonicSensors

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

™™™™ ™ V

M S

ER

IES

VM

SE

RIE

S V

M S

ER

IES

VM

SE

RIE

S V

M S

ER

IES

LED fast flashes and then afterholding the push-button for threeseconds, the green LED slowly flashesindicating the sensor is in teach mode.Release the push-button, and thegreen LED continues slowly flashingindicating the sensor is waiting for thefirst limit. Place a target at thedistance corresponding to the analogminimum (0 V or 4 mA), then pressand release the push-button. Whilethe push-button is pressed with atarget present, the amber LED turnson indicating a valid echo is beingdetected. After teaching the sensorthe first limit successfully, the amberLED slowly flashes indicating thesensor is waiting for the second limit.Place a target at the distancecorresponding to the analog maxi-mum (10 V or 20 mA), then pressand release the push-button. Whilethe push-button is pressed with atarget present, the amber LED turnson indicating a valid echo is beingdetected. After teaching the sensorthe second limit, the two limits aresaved in non-volatile memory. Thegreen LED fast flashes for 3 secondsto indicate the limits were successfullysaved.

While setting either limit, if noecho is detected, the green and amberLED fast flashes indicating no objectis detected. After 5 seconds, thesensor resumes operation with the oldlimits. If either limit is not set in 30seconds, a limit timeout occurs, theLED flashes green and amber for 3seconds indicating the error. Thesensor then resumes operating withthe old limits.

If not using an optional push-button, the process is similar. Thewhite teach wire (pin 2) can begrounded to the blue DC return wire(pin 3) to simulate the pushing of thebutton. All LED indications and theteach sequence is identical to thepreviously detailed process.

3-8

How Does It Work?During teach and operation, the

Virtu™ sensor continually andaccurately measures the elapsed timefrom the first pulse echo received aftereach pulse transmission. Thetransmitted pulse begins a time clockto register the elapsed time of the firstreceived pulse echo. Given theelapsed time, the sensor softwarecalculates the distance traveled out tothe object or surface and back to thesensor, using the formula D=TVs/2,where: D = distance from the sensorto the object; T = elasped timebetween the pulse transmission and itsfirst received echo; Vs = the velocity ofsound, approximately 335 meters(1100 feet) per second.

During operation, the calcu-lated distance (D) between thesensor and the object is com-pared to the distances between thesensor and the analog span limits.These limits are shown in theillustration as Dwi and Dwo. If D isat or within the analog span limits, anoutput value for D, relative to theanalog span limits is generated.

Electrical WiringThe sensor cable must be run

in conduit, free of any AC poweror control wires.

DD

SHADED AREAREPRESENTS THE

FIXED SENSINGWINDOW

DwiNear Limit

Dwo

Far Limit

ECHO

PULSE

OBJECT

Blk

Brn

Wht

Blu

0-10VOutput

+VDC

InputTeach

DC Com

DC Com

TeachInput

+VDC

Blu

Wht

Brn

Blk 4-20VOutput

BROWN 1+VDC

4-20mA OutputBLACK 4BLUE 3

DC Com

DC ComBLUE 3

WHITE 2Teach Input

BLACK 40-10V Output

+VDCBROWN 1

Teach InputWHITE 2

Cable Style Model(dual mount model only)

4-20 mA

Micro Connector Style0-10 V

4-20 mA

0-10V

3-9

Output Style

Output TypeDirect SlopeDirect SlopeDirect SlopeDirect SlopeDirect Slope

VM

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

-200

-100

0

100

200

0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 25.0

RANGE

-2

-1

0

1

2

mm

cm

inches

deadband


Beam PlotsThe following plots, developed from data collected at

20oC, zero air flow, defines the boundaries and shape ofthe sonic beam for the Virtu series sensors.

The boundaries were established using a 10 cm x 10cm (3.94" x 3.94") “target” positioned parallel to the sensorface. The plot for each sensor series is valid for targetsequal to or larger than 10 cm x 10 cm. Beam boundariesare determined by moving the large flat target into thebeam while the plane of the target is held perpendicular tothe beam axis.

In each sensor series, the plot extends from the end ofthe “deadband” on the left to the end of the sensing rangeon the right. The sensor is illustrated in the middle leftmargin.

These and other plots are available from Hyde Parkupon request.

Orange LED indicatesmagnitude of analogoutput.


0.0 mm(0.0 in.)

50.8 mm(2.0 in.)

Near Limit

FarLimit

508 mm(20 in.)


Sensing Window

Amber LED

Green LED

Orange LED

No EchoDetected

OFF ONON ON ON OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON ON

ON

ON

OFF

20mA/10 Volts

4mA/0 VoltsOutput Voltage

Orange LED indicatesmagnitude of analogoutput.


0.0 mm(0.0 in.)

50.8 mm(2.0 in.)

Near Limit

FarLimit

508 mm(20 in.)


Sensing Window

Amber LED

Green LED

Orange LED

No EchoDetected

OFFON ONONON OFF

ON

OFF

ON

ON ON

ON

ON

OFF

20mA/10 Volts

4mA/0 VoltsOutput Voltage

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

BROWN

BLUE

LOAD0-10V

BLACK

ComDC

(+)DC

WHITE

(1)

(3)

(4)

(2)

+

TEACH

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

BROWN

BLUE

4-20mA

BLACK

ComDC

(+)DC

WHITE

(1)

(3)

(4)

(2)

+

TEACH

Inverse SlopeInverse SlopeInverse SlopeInverse SlopeInverse Slope

0-10 V Output

4-20 mA Output

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

™™™™ ™ V

M S

ER

IES

VM

SE

RIE

S V

M S

ER

IES

VM

SE

RIE

S V

M S

ER

IES

Accessories

AC130AC130AC130AC130AC130 Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable assembly,5 m (16')




BLACK REF.



BLUE

BROWN12

34 BLACK

WHITE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

1 2

34

PB100PB100PB100PB100PB100 In-line accessory push-button for teachingwindow limits (for Virtu™ series sensors).

(1)

(4)OUT

(2)(3)

-

+

BU (3)

NC (2)

OUT(4) BK(1) BN

+

-

PUSHBUTTON

M12x1 CONNECTOR

BLACK REF.

M12x1 NYLON

CONNECTOR

BLUE REF.

3.056"

0.654"

1.701"

0.191"

Ø18mm(Ø0.709)

0.350"

M12x1 CONN.

M18x1THREAD

3-10

1.722

1.300

1.475

2.350

0.354

0.413

M18x1 6g

0.709( )18mm

0.050

0.354

0.650

0.950

0.175

1.225

3.2mm THRU (2x)M12x1 6g

Quick Disconnect Style(VALOX® Plastic) VM1-XXXXXX-Q

Dimensions18 mm Barrel Style

(VALOX® Plastic) VM18-XXXXXX-Q

General SpecificationsSensing:Sensing:Sensing:Sensing:Sensing: [TA=20°C (68°F)] -Large Flat Target

Range: 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) to 508 mm (20 in.)Maximum plane-reflector angle: ±5°Sonic Cone Angle: See beam plot

Window-edge accuracy: ±1.27 mm (0.050 in.) @ constant temperature

Minimum object size Rod: 2.5 mm (0.098in) at 254.0 mm (10.0") range, 0°tilt

Factory Set sensing window 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) to 508 mm (20 in.)Temperature Compensation Temperature Compensated

Power Requirements:Power Requirements:Power Requirements:Power Requirements:Power Requirements:Supply Voltage: +15 to 24 VDC (±10%) @ 40 mA max

(including output load)Protection: ESD and reverse-polarity

Analog Output:Analog Output:Analog Output:Analog Output:Analog Output:

CA Models:CA Models:CA Models:CA Models:CA Models:Output Range: 4-20 milliampsLoad resistance: 10 to 350 ohmsProtection: ESD and short circuit

VVVVVA ModelsA ModelsA ModelsA ModelsA ModelsOutput Range: 0-10 voltsLoad resistance: 2K ohms minimumProtection: ESD and short circuit

Pushbutton Input:Pushbutton Input:Pushbutton Input:Pushbutton Input:Pushbutton Input:Active voltage level: < 1.0 voltInactive voltage level: > 2.5 voltsActivation On/Off time: > 25 ms (3 seconds to arm for limit setup)

Response Time:Response Time:Response Time:Response Time:Response Time: 50 ms to 95% of final output value

Indicators:Indicators:Indicators:Indicators:Indicators:Green LED: On when object is within rangeAmber LED: Off when object is within windowOrage LED: Intensity varies directly with output magnitude

ConnectionsConnectionsConnectionsConnectionsConnectionsCable style models: (VM1 only)

24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVS jacket4-conductor, 3m (10') long

Connector style models:12mm, circular 4-pole, male micro connector

ProtectionProtectionProtectionProtectionProtectionPower Supply: Current-limited over voltage, ESD, reverse polarityOutput: Current-limited over voltage, ESD, over currentInput: Current-limited over voltage, ESD, reverse polarity

Enviromental:Enviromental:Enviromental:Enviromental:Enviromental:

Operating Temperature: -30°C to 70°C (-22°F to 158°F)

Storing Temperature Range: -40°C to 85°C (-40°F to 185°F)

Operating Humidity: 100% non-condensing

Protection Ratings: NEMA 4X, IP67

Chemical Resistance: Resists most acids and bases, includingmost food products.

Standard Model Reference Guide - VirtuStandard Model Reference Guide - VirtuStandard Model Reference Guide - VirtuStandard Model Reference Guide - VirtuStandard Model Reference Guide - VirtuTMTMTMTMTM Analog SeriesAnalog SeriesAnalog SeriesAnalog SeriesAnalog SeriesThe following models represent an analog minimum output state on loss of echo & power up as well as

normal functionality.

VM1-VAVM1-VA-QVM18-VA-Q

EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL: VM1-VVM1-VVM1-VVM1-VVM1-VA-QA-QA-QA-QA-QAnalog Ultrasonic SeriesAnalog Ultrasonic SeriesAnalog Ultrasonic SeriesAnalog Ultrasonic SeriesAnalog Ultrasonic SeriesModel TModel TModel TModel TModel Typeypeypeypeype1....Dual Mount18..18 mm BarrelOutput TOutput TOutput TOutput TOutput TypeypeypeypeypeV...Voltage output (0-10 VDC default)C...Current output (4-20 mA default)Output StyleOutput StyleOutput StyleOutput StyleOutput StyleA...Auto slope (default)Connection TConnection TConnection TConnection TConnection Typeypeypeypeype...No designator indicates 3 m (10') cable style connection (not available in VM18 barrel)Q...Quick disconnect - 4-pin M12 "Micro" connector

VM1-CAVM1-CA-QVM18-CA-Q

3-11


AccessoriesModel PB100, Inline push-button switch (for

teaching window)

Model AC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for micro-connector sensors

Model AC132, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for microconnector sensors

Model AC228,Right-angle bracket

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

™™™™ ™ V

M S

ER

IES

VM

SE

RIE

S V

M S

ER

IES

VM

SE

RIE

S V

M S

ER

IES

EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL: VM1-VVM1-VVM1-VVM1-VVM1-VA3000- _ _QA3000- _ _QA3000- _ _QA3000- _ _QA3000- _ _QAnalog Ultrasonic SeriesAnalog Ultrasonic SeriesAnalog Ultrasonic SeriesAnalog Ultrasonic SeriesAnalog Ultrasonic SeriesModel TModel TModel TModel TModel Typeypeypeypeype1....Dual Mount18..18 mm BarrelOutput TOutput TOutput TOutput TOutput TypeypeypeypeypeV...Voltage output (0-10 VDC default)C...Current output (4-20 mA default)Output StyleOutput StyleOutput StyleOutput StyleOutput StyleA...Auto slope (default)I....Inverse slopeD...Direct slopeOutput State for Loss of Echo & PowerOutput State for Loss of Echo & PowerOutput State for Loss of Echo & PowerOutput State for Loss of Echo & PowerOutput State for Loss of Echo & Power-up State-up State-up State-up State-up State0...Analog minimum1...Analog maximum2....Hold on loss-of-echo; analog minimum onpower-up3....Hold on loss-of-echo; analog maximum onpower-upFunctionalityFunctionalityFunctionalityFunctionalityFunctionality000...Normal functionality001...Foreground suppression only(object mode)002...Foreground suppression only(background mode)003...Foreground & background suppression(background mode)OptionsOptionsOptionsOptionsOptions....No designator indicates no optionAD.Teach function disabledConnection TConnection TConnection TConnection TConnection Typeypeypeypeype....No designator indicates 3 m (10’) cable styleconnection (not available in VM18 mm barrel)Q....Quick disconnect - 4-pin M12 “Micro” connector

Enhanced Reference Guide - VirtuEnhanced Reference Guide - VirtuEnhanced Reference Guide - VirtuEnhanced Reference Guide - VirtuEnhanced Reference Guide - VirtuTMTMTMTMTM Analog SeriesAnalog SeriesAnalog SeriesAnalog SeriesAnalog SeriesUse the guide below to ensure the correct model number is specified for the application. Please note that

not all sensor model combinations are available.Enhanced models are programmed for a particular application. These sensors are available at a different

cost premium compared to the standard models.

3-12

VM Analog SeriesS e l e c t i o n C h a r t

3-13

VIR

NA

LO

G S

ER

IES

VM1-VA-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA0001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA0002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA0003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA1000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA1001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA1002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA1003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA2000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA2001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA2002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA2003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA3000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA3001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA3002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VA3003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI0001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI0002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI0003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI1000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI1001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI1002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI1003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI2000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI2001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI2002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI2003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI3000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI3001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI3002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VI3003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD0001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD0002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD0003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD1000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD1001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD1002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD1003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD2000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD2001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD2002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD2003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD3000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD3001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD3002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM1-VD3003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Powe

r Ve

rsio

n 12

/24

VDC

Qui

ck D

isco

nnec

t

Note

s

Model No.

Transducer Materials

Type

Analo

g M

inim

um

Analo

g M

axim

um

Hold

on

loss-

of-

Epox

y

VALO

X

Outputs

echo

, ana

log

min

imum

on p

ower

-up

Hold

on

loss

-of-e

cho

anal

og m

axim

um o

npo

wer-u

p

PBT

Housing Functionality

Nor

mal

fun

ctio

nalit

y

Foregroundsuppression

(objectmode)

Foregroundsuppression

(backgroundmode)

Fore

grou

nd &

back

grou

nd s

uppr

es-

sion

(bac

kgro

und

mod

e)

*(The VM1 dual-mount style models are also available in 10' cable length)

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

VIR

TU

™™™™ ™ V

M S

ER

IES

VM

SE

RIE

S V

M S

ER

IES

VM

SE

RIE

S V

M S

ER

IES

VM Analog Series (cont.)S e l e c t i o n C h a r t

3-14

VM18-VA-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA0001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA0002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA0003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA1000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA1001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA1002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA1003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA2000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA2001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA2002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA2003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA3000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA3001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA3002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VA3003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI0001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI0002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI0003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI1000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI1001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI1002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI1003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI2000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI2001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI2002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI2003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI3000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI3001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI3002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VI3003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD0001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD0002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD0003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD1000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD1001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD1002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD1003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD2000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD2001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD2002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD2003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD3000-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD3001-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD3002-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

VM18-VD3003-Q ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Powe

r Ve

rsio

n 12

/24

VDC

Qui

ck D

isco

nnec

t

Note

s

Model No.

TransducerMaterials

Type

Analo

g M

inim

um

Analo

g M

axim

um

Hold

on

loss-

of-

Epox

y

VALO

X

Outputs

echo

, ana

log

min

imum

on p

ower

up

Hold

on

loss

-of-e

cho

anal

og m

axim

um o

npo

wer u

p

PBT


Nor

mal

fun

ctio

nalit

y

Foreg

round

supp

ressio

n(ob

ject m

ode)

Foreg

round

supp

ressio

n(b

ackg

round

mod

e)

Fore

grou

nd &

back

grou

nd s

uppr

es-

sion

(bac

kgro

und

mod

e)

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® P

RO

XIM

ITY

SE

NS

OR

S

SUPERPROX® 300 Series Introduction

12 mm &Flat-ProfileUltrasonicSensors

SUPERPROX®

Model SM300 SeriesProximity Sensing

Model SM302 SeriesDual-level Sensing

• Field programmable capability

• CE certified

4-1

New tiny, ultrasonicsensors second tonone in efficient,extended-range prox-imity sensing

For the first time in sensinghistory, Hyde Park makes availableto OEMs and end users in almostevery industry, a prox sensor thatcombines small size and extendedsensing range to detect virtuallyany material without adjustment ofany kind. This new SUPERPROX®

300 series represents the firstreliable, “install-it-and-forget-it”replacement for inductive andfixed-field photoelectric sensorsin solving industry-wide proximitysensing problems.

The threaded, 2 mm diameterand flat-profile housing allows thesensor to be easily embedded ina machine where larger, longer-range proximity sensors may notfit. Like other Hyde Park sensors,the SUPERPROX® 300 series isnot affected by such contaminantsas oil, dirt, water, powder, splash-ing food, dust, caustic cleaningsolutions, and frequent wash-downs in the reliable detection ofall materials. Objects of differentand changing colors, shapes, andcomposition are all candidates forthese tiny sensors whether theyare transparent or opaque, liquidor solid. All this with no sensoradjustment of any kind required.

Field ProgrammableSensor

SUPERPROX+® softwarecombined with the ModelAC441A configurator interfacemodule enables theSUPERPROX® 300 seriessensors to be programmed bythe user with either standard orcustom sensing configurations.These field programmablesensors use an ‘SC’ prefix in themodel number to designate anddifferentiate the sensors fromfactory configured SUPERPROX®

300 series models.All the unique sensing capa-

bilities and functions available inthe SUPERPROX® SM300 sensorseries are also available in fieldprogrammable SC300 models.An even greater sensingcapability in functionality isrealized with these field program-mable sensor models throughthe user-friendly SUPERPROX+TM

software to allow customizationfor specific applications.

For more details on the ModelSC300 series and other fieldprogrammable sensor modelsalong with the Model AC441Aconfigurator interface module goto the SUPERPROX+TM sectionfound on page 4-145 in thecatalog.

OperationCombining the latest piezoelec-

tric and microprocessor technol-ogy, the new SUPERPROX® 300series sensors are self-contained,pulse-echo devices that bothtransmit and receive sonicenergy within a set extendedsensing range. During operation,the sensor continuously transmitsto and receives sonic pulses fromobjects in front of it. Pulseechoes received from objectswithin the fixed sensing windowlimits are confirmed as detectedobjects by a discriminatingmicroprocessor while all otherobjects are ignored.

Easy to Set Up Setting up the SUPERPROX®

300 series of proximity sensorsfor operation requires but a fewmoments. Once mounted in abracket and properly aligned withthe object to be detected, thesensor is ready to detect. It is trulya “set and forget” series ofproximity sensors.

4-2

How does it work?During setup and operation, the

SUPERPROX® 300 series sensorscontinually and accurately measure theelapsed time of every pulse transmis-sion. The transmitted pulse begins a timeclock to determine the elapsed times forthe received pulse echoes. Given theelapsed time, the sensor softwarecalculates the distance traveled out tothe object and back to the sensor, usingthe formula, D = TVs/2, where D =distance from the sensor to the object; T= elapsed time between the pulsetransmission and its echo receptions; Vs= velocity of sound, approximately 1100feet per second.

During operation, the calculateddistance (D) between the sensor and theobject is compared to the distancesbetween the sensor and the fixed windowlimits. These limits are shown in theillustration as Dwi and Dwo. If Dis at or within the limits, an output changetakes place and remains unchanged untilthe echo either does not return or itreturns from outside the fixed limits.

Applications For applications specific to

the SUPERPROX® 300 series sensors,see either the product informationsections that follow or the Application/Sensor Selection Chart on Page 2-1.

SM3X0A-228

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

-20

-10

0

10

20

0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0

-0.5

-0.4

-0.3

-0.2

-0.1

-0.0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

mm inches

mm

inches

DEADBAND

sonic pattern measured by moving large flat surface into the beam

Beam Plot The following plot, developed from

data collected at 20oC, zero air flow,defines the boundaries and shape of thesonic beam for the SUPERPROX® 300series sensors.

The boundaries were establishedusing a 10 cm x 10 cm (3.94" x 3.94")“target” positioned parallel to the sensorface. This plot is valid for targets equalto or larger than 10 cm x 10 cm. Beam

boundaries are determined by movingthe large flat target into the beam whilethe plane of the target is held perpen-dicular to the beam axis.

In this sensor series, the plot extendsfrom the end of the “deadband” on theleft to the end of the sensing range onthe right. The sensor is illustrated in themiddle left margin.

This and other plots are available fromHyde Park upon request.

SM3 XXA- XX Beam Plot

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14

- 50

- 40

- 30

- 20

- 10

0

10

20

30

40

50

0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0

- 2

- 1

0

1

2

SM3

00

mm

cm

inches

deadband

sonic pat tern measured by moving a large f lat surface into the beam

SM300s with 2" or less range

SM300s with greater than 2" range

inches

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M3

00

SE

RIE

S

FOR ALL SM300 PRODUCTS

LED color change has been implemented

Current LED New LED

Object in Window Orange

Amber

No Object in Window Amber G

reen

Model SM300 Series

• Self-contained,12 mm, threadedbarrel or flat-profilehousing

• Extended sensingrange of 102 mm (4")

• Field programmablecapability

• All-material,proximity sensingcapability

• CE certified

SUPERPROX®

UltrasonicProximitySensorsExtended-rangeProximitySensing

4-3

material they are detecting, theSM300 detects most materialsautomatically. With protectionratings of NEMA 4X and IP67, thesensor resists most acids andbases and is compatible withmany chemicals, cleaningsolutions, and chemical-basedproducts. The SM300 sensorseries is CE certified.

These are just a few of thebenefits of this new, small, multi-material, extended-rangeproximity sensor from the worldleader in ultrasonic sensingtechnology.

The applications suited tothe SM300 proximity sensor areas broad as the benefits justmentioned. And because of thesensor’s versatility, it is a solidcandidate for almost everyproximity sensing and noncontactswitching need in the plant. TheSM300 can detect positive stopand true home positions forservo-control systems and tooland parts presence in automatedCNC centers and assemblyequipment. It is an ideal solutionfor sensing part and pin pres-ence along with punch-throughverification in stamping dies.Other applications include dieopen and closed detection ofstamping, plastic injectionmolding, and die castingapplications. Or, anywhere thattraditional proximity sensingmethods cannot reliably detectthe large variety of materialsrunning through the processor are limited by range.

OperationThe SUPERPROX® Model

SM300 series is a self-contained,pulse-echo, proximity sensingdevice that both transmits andreceives sonic energy within anoperating distance of 6 mm

(0.25") to 102 mm (4"). Thesensor combines the latestpiezoelectric and microproces-sor technology for the bestpossible performance in almostany sensing application.

This 500 kHz proximity sensoroperates on 12 to 24 VDC and isequipped with both sinking(NPN) and sourcing (PNP)outputs. The sensor has twostatus LEDs: an amber LEDindicates "power on" when noobject is present, and an orangeLED indicates object presence,regardless of output state (N.O.or N.C.). Just one LED isilluminated at any given time.

During operation, the sensortransmits to and receives sonicpulses from objects in front of itwithout interruption. A discrimi-nating microprocessor makes itpossible for the sensor to acceptonly those pulse echoesreceived from objects within thefixed sensing window limits andignore all other objects. Anobject is detected when it iswithin the fixed sensing window.

The world’s first 12 mmand flat-profile, long-range, multi-material,ultrasonic, proximitysensor… the efficientsolution to close-upsensing

Use the highly versatileSUPERPROX® Model SM300series of proximity sensors as areplacement for inductive proxim-ity sensors and fixed-fieldphotoelectric sensors. Its longrange, small size, fast response,performance, reliability, and lowcost, offers a simple, easy to use,once-and-for-all solution to manyof the proximity sensing problemsencountered daily in almostevery industry.

The SM300 proximity sensorprovides reliable detection ofobjects up to 102 mm (4") fromthe sensor face, performanceunmatched by other proximitysensors of the same size or larger.At this distance, the sensor issafely out of harm’s way, anespecially important cost savingsbenefit. Easy to install, the SM300is available in two differenthousing styles: the 12 mmthreaded barrel or the flat-profilehousing both available in ULTEM®

plastic. As with all SUPERPROX®

sensors, cable and connectorstyles are available.

The SM300 is inherentlycapable of automatically detect-ing all materials regardless ofcolor, shape, and composition(transparent or opaque, liquid orsolid) including clear glass,mirrors, wood, powder, ink, ferrousand nonferrous metal, plastics,and objects that change colors.While some sensors requireadjustment (through the use of asensitivity potentiometer) to the

Near Limit Far Limit101.6 mm(4.0 in.)

Amber LED is ONwhen an object isnot within window

Orange LED is ONwhen an object is

0.0 mm(0.00 in.)


Fixed Sensing

6.0 mm(0.25 in.)

Window

OrangeLED

ON OFF

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

V+

Example: Model No. SM350A-460-10

within window

AmberLED

ONOFF

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

V+

Near Limit Far Limit101.6 mm(4.0 in.)

Amber LED is ONwhen an object isnot within window

Orange LED is ONwhen an object is

0.0 mm(0.00 in.)


Fixed Sensing

6.0 mm(0.25 in.)

Window

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

OrangeLED

ON OFF

V+

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

V+

Example: Model No. SM350A-460-00

within window

AmberLED

ONOFF

How does it work?During setup and operation, the SM300

series sensor continually and accuratelymeasures the elapsed time of everypulse echo reception after each pulsetransmission. The transmitted pulse startsa time clock to register the elapsed timefor the received pulse echoes. Given theelapsed time, the sensor softwarecalculates the distance traveled to theobject or surface and back to the sensor,using the formula, D = TVs/2, where D =distance from the sensor to the object; T= elapsed time between the pulsetransmission and its echo reception, Vs =the velocity of sound, approximately1100 feet per second.

While the sensor is in operation, thecalculated distance (D) between thesensor and the object is compared to thedistances associated with the fixedwindow limits. These limits are shown inthe illustration above as Dwi and Dwo. IfD is within these limits, an output isgenerated. The output remains on untilthe echo does not return or it returns fromoutside the window limits.

Mounting & Settingup the SM300Proximity Sensor

The SM300 series proximity sensorshould be mounted in a bracket thatallows it to be adjusted for properalignment with the object. Set up foroptimum object sensing and sensitivitymerely involves positioning the sensor sothe sonic beam is aligned with andperpendicular to the surface of the objectbeing detected and the object is at ornear the center of the sensing window.Once the sensor is mounted, no otheradjustments are required.

Note: Small objects are best detectedat 38 mm (1.5").

Electrical WiringThe sensor cable must be run in

conduit, free of any AC power orcontrol wires.

Connector Style Pin Assignments

Cable Style WireAssignments

OutputsNPN Sinking and PNP Sourcing

PNP / Sourcing2 WHITE

BLUE 3DC Com

1 BROWN+ 12 to 24 VDC

BLACK 4NPN / SinkingPNP

NPN

BROWN

BLACK

WHITE

BLUE

LOAD

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

LOAD

DCCom

DC(+)

CurrentLimit

CurrentLimit

D

SHADED AREAREPRESENTS THEFIXED SENSINGWINDOW

PULSEDwo

DwiECHO

OBJECT

Near Limit Far Limit

BarrelStyle

Brn+VDC

BluDCCom

Blk

Wht

NPN

PNPSourcing Output

Sinking Output

Normally Open OutputThe sensor output is on with the object in the f ixed sensing window.

Normally Closed OutputThe sensor output is off with the object in the f ixed sensing window.

4-4

Note: Sensor view: Pico connector

Note: Sensor pigtail view: Micro connector


PNP / SourcingWHITE 2

4 BLACKNPN / Sinking

BLUE 3DC Com

BROWN 1+12 to 24 VDC

Output4 BLACK

3 BLUECom

BROWN 1+ 12 to 24 VDC

SM350

SM380

SM330/SM340



Current LED New LED


Amber

No Object in Window Amber G

reen

Model Reference Guide - SM300 SeriesUse the guide below to ensure the correct model number is specified for the application. Please note that

not all sensor model combinations are available.

EXAMPLE MODEL: SM3 5 0 A - 2 28 - 00Ultrasonic Miniature Proximity SeriesPower/Connection Type0...12 to 24 VDC / Cable style3...12 to 24 VDC / 3-pin “Pico” connector w/PNP output4...12 to 24 VDC / 3-pin “Pico” connector w/NPN output5...12 to 24 VDC / 4-pin “Pico” connector6...12 to 24 VDC / 4-pin “Pico” connector - output pins reversed8...12 to 24 VDC / 4-pin “Micro” connector9...12 to 24 VDC / 4-pin “Micro” connector - output pins reversedFlat-profile sensors with a connector and threaded barrel sensorswith a ”Micro” connector have a 152 mm (6") pigtailSensing Function0...Proximity - No on/off delayDesign LevelA...Applies to all modelsSensing Range (Far Limit)2...50.8 mm (2.0")3...67.2 mm (3.0")4...101.6 mm (4.0")Sensing Window (Distance from Near Limit to Far Limit)Note: Window should be less than range04...6.4 mm (0.25")08...13 mm (0.5")12...19 mm (0.75")16...25.4 mm (1.0")28...44.5 mm (1.75")32...50.8 mm (2.0")44...70 mm (2.75")60...95.3 mm (3.75")Functionality00...N.O. output10...N.C. outputOptions ...Absence of designator indicates no optionsHousing Types ...No designator indicates standard ULTEM®* plastic -12 mm barrel housingFP...ULTEM® Flat-profile housing

*ULTEM® is a registered trademark of The General Electric Company.

4-5

Amber LED

ON OFF

ONOFF

Orange LED

SM300A-XXX-00FP - Special Window


Fixed SensingWindow

V+

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

V+

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

V+

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

Orange LED is ONwhen an object issensed

Amber LED isON when objectis not sensed

OFF

ON


SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M3

00

SE

RIE

S

4-6

Barrel Cable Micro Style(ULTEM® Plastic) SM380A-XXX-XX

Dimensions Barrel Connector Style(ULTEM® Plastic) SM350A-XXX-XX

12 mm x 1 mmThread

Sensing face

12 mm(0.472) Dia.

AC135Ref.

81.28 mm(3.20)

12 mm(0.472)

Dia.

Sensingface

12 mm x 1 mmThread

AC134Ref.

70.10 mm(2.76)

Sensing face

8 mm x 1 mmThread

57.99 mm(2.293)

12 mm x 1 mmThread

12mm(0.472) Dia.

37.74 mm(1.486)

49.48 mm(1.948)

1 (BRN) (BLU) 3

(BLK) 42 (WHT)

Flat-profile Cable/Connector Style(ULTEM® Plastic) SM300A-XXX-XXFP

Accessories

AC130 Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cableassembly, 5 m (16') (for barrel and flat-profile micro sensors)




BLACK REF.



BLUE

BROWN12

34 BLACK

WHITE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

1 2

34

19.0

5m

m(.

750)

3.05 mm(.120)

20.07 mm(.790)

33.02 mm(1.300)

7.62 mm(.300)

LED

3.51 mm(0.138) dia.

Mounting Holes

13.0

0m

m(.

512)

4.67 mm (0.184) dia.

Sensing face

12 mm x 1 mmThreadPigtail 152 mm(6")

0.67 in1.57 in2.09 in

58.4mm(2.36)

Rail

88.9mm(3.500)

Clamp28mm x 33mm x 58mm(1.100 x 1.300 x 2.300)

Bracket6.3mm x 25.4mm X 89mm (or 127mm)

[0.250 x 1.000 x 3.500 (or 5.00)]

AC236AC236AC236AC236AC236Stainless and polyamide conveyor-rail clamp/

bracket set (for 12 mm barrel sensor)

4-7

AC235AC235AC235AC235AC235Right-angle, stainless, mounting bracket

(for 12 mm barrel sensors)

AC237AC237AC237AC237AC237Straight, stainless, mounting bracket

(for 12 mm barrel sensors)¯ 12.5mm (0.493)¯ 12.1mm(0.488)

22.4mm(0.880)

7.9mm(0.312)

R 11.2mm(R 0.440)

30.2mm(1.190)

19.0mm(0.750)

11.2mm(0.440)

1.5mm(0.06)

2.3mm(0.090)

R 3.2mm(R 0.125)

R 3.4mm(R 0.094)

11.1mm(0.437)

5.6mm(0.220)

25.4mm(1.000)

12.7mm(0.500)

+0.4mm-0.0mm4.8mm+0.015-0.000

(0.188

TYP.

TYP.)

TYP.

TYP.

22.4mm(0.880)

11.2mm(0.440)

51.9mm(2.045)

11.1mm(0.437)

5.6mm(0.219)

4.8mm(0.188)

12.7mm(0.500)

¯ 12.5mm (0.493)¯ 12.1mm(0.488)

2.3mm0.090

R 3.2mm TYP.(R 0.125)

R 2.9mm TYP.(R 0.084)

R 11.2mm(R 0.440)

40.8mm(1.608)

AC141AC141AC141AC141AC141Right-angle, M8 pico, 3-conductor cable/connector

assembly, 5 m (16') (for barrel connector-stylesensors)

AC142AC142AC142AC142AC142Stright, M8 pico, 3-conductor cable/connector


Straight connector head

5 m (16') long4 conductor cable

8 mm Nickel plated brass



Right-angle connector head

ConnectorPin Assignments

1 (BRN) (BLU) 3

4 (BLK)

AC134AC134AC134AC134AC134Right-angle, M8 pico, 4-conductor cable/

connector assembly, 5 m (16').

AC135AC135AC135AC135AC135Straight, M8 pico, 4-conductor cable/


Straight connector headWoodhead p/n 404001A1M050


8 mm8 mm Die Cast Zinc

Epoxy coating (E COAT)


Right-angle connector headWoodhead p/n 404000A1M050


3 (BLU) (BRN) 1

(WHT) 24 (BLK)

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M3

00

SE

RIE

S



Current LED New LED


Amber

No Object in Window Amber Green

General SpecificationsSensing [TA = 20° C (68° F)]

Sensing Range:6.4 mm (0.25") to 102 mm (4.0")(large flat objects)Highest sensitivity over the range 38.1 mm(1.5") to 102 mm (4.0”)


2.5 mm (0.098") diameter rod or 1.0 mm(0.039") wide flat bar at a distance of 38 mm(1.5")

Note: Smaller object may not be detected atcloser distances

Maximum Angular Deviation: ± 8° on a 100 mm x 100 mm (4" x 4") flattarget at a distance of 89 mm (3.5")(4" range flat-profile)



Repeatability:± 0.7 mm (0.027") or better

Power Requirements




Output

Sinking Output (NPN):Maximum on-state voltage: 0.75 V @ 100 mAMaximum load current: 100 mAMaximum applied voltage: 30 VDC

Sourcing Output (PNP):Maximum on-state voltage drop: 1.10 V @

100mAMaximum load current: 100mAOutput voltage: VSupply - 1.10 V @ 100mA

Response Time

2.0 ms on/ 2.0 ms off (2" range barrel unit)3.0 ms on/ 3.0 ms off (2" range flat-profile unit)4.0 ms on/ 4.0 ms off (4" range flat-profile unit)

IndicatorsAmber LED: Illuminated if power applied and

no object detectedOrange LED: Illuminated if object is detected

within the window,regardless of output polarity(N.O./N.C.) style.

Note: Amber and orange LEDs are neverilluminated simultaneously

Connections

Cable Style Models:28 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket4-conductor, 3M (10') long

Connector Style Models:8 mm, circular 4-pole, maleFlat-profile pigtail 152 mm (6.0") longmicro-connector

PrPrPrPrProtectionotectionotectionotectionotection

Power Supply: Current-limited over-voltage, ESD,reverse polarity

Outputs: Current-limited over-voltage, ESD,reverse polarity, over-current

Environmental

Operating Temperature Range:-30° to 70°C (-22° to 152°F) @ 12V supply-30° to 65°C (-22° to 149°F) @ 24V supply


Operating Humidity: 100%Protection Ratings: NEMA 4X, IP67Chemical Resistance: Resists most acids and bases, including most food products.

Agency Approvals

CE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:EN60947:1998 (proximity sensors)EN61010-1 (general safety)EMC:FCC 47 CFR Part 15 Class A (USA)EN5022:1994 / A2:1997 Class A ITE (EU)VCCI Class A ITE (Japan)ASNZS 3548:1995 / CISPR 22 Class A ITE(Australia)Declaration of Conformity available upon request

Construction

Dimensions:Barrel

Cable Model: 12 mm (0.472") dia. x 1 mm-6gthreaded housing x 53.3 mm (2.10") long

Connector Model: 12 mm (0.472") dia. x 1 mm-6g threaded housing x 55 mm (2.17") long;Overall length,including right angle, connector/ cable assembly: 67.6 mm (2.66")Flat-profile

Cable/Connector Model: 33.0 mm (1.3") H x7.62 mm (0.3") W x 19.05 mm (0.75")L

Housing:Shock and vibration resistantCase: ULTEM® plastic (FDA Approved)Transducer Face: Epoxy

Sensor Cable: Lead-free, PVC jacketed, blackLED light ring: Polycarbonate

* ULTEM® is a registered trademark of The General Electric

Co.

AccessoriesModel AC130Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,

connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for micro-

connector sensors

Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'),for flat-profile connector-style sensors

Model AC134Model AC134Model AC134Model AC134Model AC134, Right-angle, M8 pico, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5m (16') for barrel andflat-profile connector-style prox sensors

Model AC135Model AC135Model AC135Model AC135Model AC135, Straight, M8 pico, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5m (16') for barrel andflat-profile connector-style prox sensors

Model AC137Model AC137Model AC137Model AC137Model AC137, Nano-to-micro pigtail adapter cablefor barrel connector-style prox sensors

Model AC138Model AC138Model AC138Model AC138Model AC138, Nano-to-micro pigtail adapter cable,output pins reversed for barrel connector-styleprox sensors

Model AC141Model AC141Model AC141Model AC141Model AC141, Right-angle, M8 pico, 3-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16") for flat-profileconnector-style sensors

Model AC142Model AC142Model AC142Model AC142Model AC142, Straight, M8 pico, 3-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16") for flat-profileconnector-style sensors

Model AC235Model AC235Model AC235Model AC235Model AC235, Right-angle, stainless, mountingbracket for barrel connector-style prox sensors

Model AC236Model AC236Model AC236Model AC236Model AC236, Stainless and polyamide conveyor-rail clamp/bracket set for barrel connector-styleprox sensors

Model AC237Model AC237Model AC237Model AC237Model AC237, Straight, stainless, mounting bracketfor barrel connector-style prox sensors

Model AC242Model AC242Model AC242Model AC242Model AC242, 18 mm to 12 mm hex mountingadapter


Model AC246Model AC246Model AC246Model AC246Model AC246, Right-angle, stainless, mountingbracket for flat-profile style prox sensors

Model AC247Model AC247Model AC247Model AC247Model AC247, Stainless and polyamide conveyor-

4-8

88.9 mm(3.50")

25.4 mm (1.0")Clamp

28 mm x 33 mm x 542 mm(1.10 x 1.30 x 2.30)

3.18 mm (0.125")AC246AC246AC246AC246AC246Right-angle,

stainless,mounting bracket(for flat-profilestyle proxsensors)


AC247AC247AC247AC247AC247Stainless and polyamide

conveyor-rail clamp/bracket set(for flat-profile sensor)

SM300 SeriesProximity


Powe

r Ve

rsio

n 12

/24

VDC

Cabl

e

Conn

ecto

r

Note

s

Model No.

Conn.Style

Range Window

Sensing

TransducerMaterials Housing Functionality

N.O.

out

put

N.C

outp

ut

Epox

y

12 m

m U

LTEM

®


Fixed SensingWindow

Range

Flat

-pro

file

4-9

All possible sensor configurations are not listed here.

SM300A-228-00 ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 44.5 mm (1.75") ■ ■ ■

SM300A-228-10 ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 44.5 mm (1.75") ■ ■ ■

SM300A-228-00FP ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 44.5 mm (1.75") ■ ■ ■

SM300A-416-00FP ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■

SM300A-460-00FP ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 95.3 mm (3.75") ■ ■ ■

SM330A-460-00FP ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 95.3 mm (3.75") ■ ■ ■ 3-pin ”PICO” (8 mm) connector with PNP output onlySM340A-460-00FP ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 95.3 mm (3.75") ■ ■ ■ 3-pin ”PICO” (8 mm) connector with NPN output onlySM350A-228-00 ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 44.5 mm (1.75") ■ ■ ■ 4-pin ”PICO” (8 mm) connectorSM350A-228-10 ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 44.5 mm (1.75") ■ ■ ■ 4-pin ”PICO” (8 mm) connectorSM380A-228-00 ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 44.5 mm (1.75") ■ ■ ■ 4-pin ”MICRO” (12 mm) connectorSM380A-460-00 ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 95.3 mm (3.75") ■ ■ ■ 4-pin ”MICRO” (12 mm) connectorSM350A-228-00FP ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 44.5 mm (1.75") ■ ■ ■ 4-pin ”PICO” (8 mm) connectorSM350A-416-00FP ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■ 4-pin ”PICO” (8 mm) connectorSM350A-460-00FP ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 95.3 mm (3.75") ■ ■ ■ 4-pin ”PICO” (8 mm) connectorSM350A-460-10FP ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 95.3 mm (3.75") ■ ■ ■ 4-pin ”PICO” (8 mm) connectorSM380A-228-00FP ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 44.5 mm (1.75") ■ ■ ■ 4-pin ”MICRO” (12 mm) connectorSM380A-460-00FP ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 95.3 mm (3.75") ■ ■ ■ 4-pin ”MICRO” (12 mm) connector

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M3

00

SE

RIE

S

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M3

02

SE

RIE

S

Model SM302 Series

SUPERPROX®

UltrasonicDual-LevelSensors

4-11

• High resolution500 kHz ultrasonicfrequency

• Self-contained, 12 mmbarrel or flat-profilehousing styles

• Dual-levelon/off latch

• Field programmablecapability in 12 mmand flat-profile models

• CE certified

Two styles ofreliable ultrasonicsensors offer shortrange sensingsolutions for dual-level control applica-tions where mountingspace is very limited

Functionality of the versatile,industry-proven SUPERPROX®

Model SM502 series is now partof the Model SM302 series of12 mm or flat-profile, dual-levelsensors. Utilizing the sameworld-leading, ultrasonictechnology, these two styles of“smart” sensors can be selectedfor specific on/off latch controlfunctions. Other model selec-tions include a variety of outputtypes, response times, sensingranges, and functionality toprovide the sensing solution for awide assortment of noncontact,short-range, dual-level controlapplications.

OperationHyde Park’s 12 mm barrel and

flat-profile style of self-contained,dual-level sensors monitor andcontrol most nonhazardousliquid or dry material levelswithin a sensing range of 31.7mm (1.25") to 101 mm (4").

When selecting by modelnumber from several factory-programmed, dual-limit param-eters (near limit and far limit), thesensor can be set up to performan on/off latch control function.

The 12 mm threaded barrel andthe flat-profile style housing areavailable in ULTEM® plastic. Bothprovide ease-of-installationconvenience, particularly inapplications with hard-to-mount orlimited-space mounting areas. Allmodels in this sensor seriesoperate on 12 to 24 VDC regu-lated power.

The Model SM302 sensor seriesoffers dependable operation andcompatible integration with mostprogrammable logic controllers.Each sensor is epoxy sealed towithstand harsh, wet, messy, anddusty environments typicallyassociated with level-controlapplications. With protectionratings of NEMA 4X and IP67,both sensor styles are imperviousto changing light conditions,colors, noise, noncondensinghumidity, caustic chemicals, andother hostile environments. Theyare resistant to most acids andbases, including most foodproducts. The sensing transduceris made of silicone rubber and thesensors carry the CE mark.

PU

LSE

DEC

HO

DWO (Far Limit)

DWI (Near Limit)

4-12

How does it work? During setup and operation, these

SM302 series sensors continually andaccurately measure the elapsed time ofevery pulse echo reception betweeneach pulse transmission. The transmit-ted pulse begins a time clock toregister the elapsed times for thereceived pulse echoes. Given theelapsed time, the sensor softwarecalculates the distance traveled out tothe object or surface and back to thesensor, using the formula, D = TVs/2,where: D = distance from the sensor tothe object; T = elapsed time betweenthe pulse transmission and its echoreceptions,Vs = the velocity of sound, approxi-mately 1100 feet per second.

During operation, the calculateddistance (D) between the sensor andthe object (e.g., level) is compared tothe distance between the sensor andthe near and far span limits. Theselimits are shown in the illustration belowas Dwi and Dwo. When D is equal toone of the two span limits, according tothe level-control functions, an outputchange takes place.

Level-Control FunctionsThe level-control output in the Model

SM302 series can be configured for oneof two different operating functions.Using the Model Reference Guide, thesensor can be selected to performeither a pump-in level-control functionor pump-out level-control function.

Pump-in Level ControlWhen the level moves beyond the far

limit, the sensor level control outputswitches state and latches, starting apump-in process. The sensor levelcontrol output does not change stateuntil the level moves back beyond thenear limit to stop the pumping or fillingprocess.

Pump-out Level ControlWhen the level moves beyond the far

state and latches, stopping a pump-outprocess. The sensor level control output

does not change state until the levelmoves back beyond the near limit torestart the pump-out process.

Electrical WiringThe sensor wires must be run in

conduit free of any AC power or controlwires.

PNP / Sourcing2 WHITE

BLUE 3DC Com


BLACK 4NPN / Sinking PNP

NPN

BROWN

BLACK

WHTE

BLUE

LOAD

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

LOAD

DcCom

DC(+)

Current Limit

Current Lim it

NPN/Sinking and PNP/SourcingOutputs

Connector Model Pin AssignmentsOn/Off Latch Outputs, SM352

Loss of Echo OperationOutput Off on Loss of Echo

Loss of echo occurs when the sensordoes not receive echoes from an objectwithin its sensing range for more thanone second. When this occurs, thesensor’s output automatically switchesOFF. When the sensor again receivesechoes, the output assumes the staterelative to the control limit setpoints.

Output Holds on Loss of Echo(“LE” Option)

The LE suffix indicates an availableoption for users who do not prefer thestandard response to loss of echo. Withthe LE option, when loss of echo occurs,there is no change in the output state ofthe sensor. When the sensor againreceives echoes, the output assumesthe state relative to the control limitsetpoints.

MountingThe Model SM302 series sensors

should be mounted in brackets thatallow them to be adjusted for properalignment. Hyde Park offers theModel AC235 right angle, stainlessmounting bracket, Model AC236stainless and polyamide conveyor-rail clamp/bracket set, ModelAC237 stright, stainless, mountingbracket. All are illustrated withdimensions on Pages 4-14 and 4-15.

Output4 BLACK

3 BLUECom






BLUE 3DC Com

BROWN 1+12 to 24 VDC

Note: Sensor pigtail view: Micro connector

Connector Model Pin Assignments

On/Off Latch Outputs, SM382


On/Off Latch Outputs, SM332 & SM342

4-13

Model Reference Guide - SM302 SeriesUse the guide below to ensure the correct model number is specified for the application. Please note that not all sensor model

combinations are available.

EXAMPLE MODEL: SM3 5 2 A - 4 20 - 00

SUPERPROX® Product Series

Power/Connection Type0...12 to 24 VDC / cable style3...12 to 24 VDC / 3-pin pico conector w/PNP ouput 6...12 to 24 VDC / 4-pin pico connector reversed outputs4...12 to 24 VDC / 3-pin pico connector w/NPN ouput 8...12 to 24 VDC / 4-pin micro connerctor5...12 to 24 VDC / 4-pin pico connector 9...12 to 24 VDC / 4-pin connector reversed outputs

Flat-profile sensors with a connector and threaded barrel sensors with a micro connector have a 152 mm (6") pigtail.

Sensing Function2...Proximity - dual-level

Design Level

A...Applies to all DC-powered modelsSensing Range (Far Limit)2...50.8 mm (2.0")3...76.2 mm (3.0")4...102 mm (4.0")

Sensing Window (Distance from Far Limit to Near Limit)NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE: MustMustMustMustMust be less than range. Specify in sixteenths.

12...19 mm (0.75")16...25.4 mm (1.0")20...31.75 mm (1.25")32...51.8 mm (2.0")Functionality00...N.O. output, pump-out latch

10...N.O. output, pump-in latchOptions... No designator indicates no optionsLE...No change in ouput on loss of echo

Housing Types

... No designator indicates standard ULTEM®* plastic 12 mm barrel housing.FP...ULTEM®* Flat-profile housing

* ULTEM is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company.

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M3

02

SE

RIE

S

Pump-out Level Control

0.0 mm(0.00 in.)

31.7 mm(1.25 in.)


Bold line indicates when LEDis ON and outputs are ON.

Green LED is ONwhen power is applied

Amber LED is ONwhen outputs are ON(NPN is sinking,PNP is sourcing)

On loss of echo, the multicolor LED turns off and the outputs turn off

Near Limit

Far Limit

Range

Sensor Operating Profiles

0.0 mm(0.00 in.)

31.7 mm(1.25 in.)





Near Limit

Far Limit

Range


Pump-in Level Control

4-14

Barrel Cable Micro Style(ULTEM® Plastic) SM382A-XXX-XX

Dimensions Barrel Connector Style(ULTEM® Plastic) SM332, SM 342, SM352A-XXX-XX

12 mm x 1 mmThread

Sensing face

12 mm(0.472) Dia.

AC135Ref.

81.28 mm(3.20)

12 mm(0.472)

Dia.

Sensingface

12 mm x 1 mmThread

AC134Ref

70.10 mm(2.76)

Sensing face

8 mm x 1 mmThread

57.99 mm(2.293)

12 mm x 1 mmThread

12mm(0.472) Dia.

37.74 mm(1.486)

49.48 mm(1.948)

1 (BRN) (BLU) 3

(BLK) 42 (WHT)

1 (BRN)(BLU) 3

4 (BLK)

Flat-profile Cable/Connector Style(ULTEM® Plastic) SM302A-XXX-XXFP

Flat-profile pico connector style(ULTEM plastic) SM332FP, SM342FP, SM352-XX-XXXFP®

Flat-profile micro connector style(ULTEM plastic) SM382A-XXX-XXFP®

Accessories





BLACK REF.



BLUE

BROWN12

34 BLACK

WHITE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

1 2

34

19.0

5m

m(.

750)

3.05 mm(.120)

20.07 mm(.790)

33.02 mm(1.300)

7.62 mm(.300)

LED

3.51 mm(0.138) dia.

Mounting Holes

13.0

0m

m(.

512)

4.67 mm (0.184) dia.

Sensing face

12 mm x 1 mmThreadPigtail 152 mm(6")

0.67 in1.57 in2.09 in

4-15

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M3

02

SE

RIE

S

58.4mm(2.36)

Rail

88.9mm(3.500)



[0.250 x 1.000 x 3.500 (or 5.00)]


bracket set (for 12 mm barrel sensor)




(for 12 mm barrel sensors)¯ 12.5mm (0.493)¯ 12.1mm(0.488)

22.4mm(0.880)

7.9mm(0.312)

R 11.2mm(R 0.440)

30.2mm(1.190)

19.0mm(0.750)

11.2mm(0.440)

1.5mm(0.06)

2.3mm(0.090)

R 3.2mm(R 0.125)

R 3.4mm(R 0.094)

11.1mm(0.437)

5.6mm(0.220)

25.4mm(1.000)

12.7mm(0.500)

+0.4mm-0.0mm4.8mm+0.015-0.000

(0.188

TYP.

TYP.)

TYP.

TYP.

22.4mm(0.880)

11.2mm(0.440)

51.9mm(2.045)

11.1mm(0.437)

5.6mm(0.219)

4.8mm(0.188)

12.7mm(0.500)

¯ 12.5mm (0.493)¯ 12.1mm(0.488)

2.3mm0.090

R 3.2mm TYP.(R 0.125)

R 2.9mm TYP.(R 0.084)

R 11.2mm(R 0.440)

40.8mm(1.608)

AC141AC141AC141AC141AC141Right-angle, M8 pico, 3-conductor cable/connector


AC142AC142AC142AC142AC142Stright, M8 pico, 3-conductor cable/connector


Straight connector head





Right-angle connector head


1 (BRN) (BLU) 3

4 (BLK)

AC134AC134AC134AC134AC134Right-angle, M8 pico, 4-conductor cable/


AC135AC135AC135AC135AC135Straight, M8 pico, 4-conductor cable/


Straight connector headWoodhead p/n 404001A1M050


8 mm8 mm Die Cast Zinc

Epoxy coating (E COAT)


Right-angle connector headWoodhead p/n 404000A1M050


3 (BLU) (BRN) 1

(WHT) 24 (BLK)



Current LED New LED


Amber

No Object in Window Amber Green


Sensing Range:31.7 mm (1.25") to 102 mm (4.0")(large flat objects)Highest sensitivity over the range 38.1 mm(1.5") to 102 mm (4.0”)


2.5 mm (0.098") diameter rod or 1.0 mm(0.039") wide flat bar at a distance of 38 mm(1.5")

Note: Smaller object may not be detected atcloser distances

Maximum Angular Deviation:± 8° on a 100 mm x 100 mm (4" x 4") flattarget at a distance of 89 mm (3.5")(4" range flat-profile)



Repeatability:± 0.7 mm (0.027") or better

Power Requirements




Output


Sourcing Output (PNP):Maximum on-state voltage drop: 1.10 V @

100mAMaximum load current: 100mAOutput voltage: VSupply - 1.10 V @ 100mA

Response Time

3.0 ms on/ 3.0 ms off (2" range)4.0 ms on/ 4.0 ms off (4" range)

IndicatorsAmber LED: Illuminated if power applied and

no object detectedOrange LED: Illuminated if object is detected

within the window,regardless of output polarity(N.O./N.C.) style.

Note: Amber and orange LEDs are neverilluminated simultaneously

Connections

Cable Style Models:28 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket4-conductor, 3M (10') long

Connector Style Models:8 mm, circular 4-pole, maleFlat-profile pigtail 152 mm (6.0") longmicro-connector

PrPrPrPrProtectionotectionotectionotectionotection


Outputs: Current-limited over-voltage, ESD,reverse polarity, over-current

Environmental




Agency Approvals

CE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:EN60947:1998 (proximity sensors)EN61010-1 (general safety)EMC:FCC 47 CFR Part 15 Class A (USA)EN5022:1994 / A2:1997 Class A ITE (EU)VCCI Class A ITE (Japan)ASNZS 3548:1995 / CISPR 22 Class A ITE(Australia)Declaration of Conformity available upon request

Construction

Dimensions:Barrel

Cable Model: 12 mm (0.472") dia. x 1 mm-6gthreaded housing x 53.3 mm (2.10") longConnector Model: 12 mm (0.472") dia. x 1

mm-6g threaded housing x 55 mm (2.17") long;Overall length,including right angle, connector/ cable assembly: 67.6 mm (2.66")Flat-profile

Cable/Connector Model: 33.0 mm (1.3") H x7.62 mm (0.3") W x 19.05 mm (0.75")L

Housing:Shock and vibration resistantCase: ULTEM® plastic (FDA Approved)Transducer Face: EpoxySensor Cable: Lead-free, PVC jacketed, blackLED light ring: Polycarbonate


Co.

AccessoriesModel AC130Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,

connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for micro-

connector sensors

Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'),for flat-profile connector-style sensors

Model AC134Model AC134Model AC134Model AC134Model AC134, Right-angle, M8 pico, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5m (16') for barrel andflat-profile connector-style prox sensors

Model AC135Model AC135Model AC135Model AC135Model AC135, Straight, M8 pico, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5m (16') for barrel andflat-profile connector-style prox sensors

Model AC137Model AC137Model AC137Model AC137Model AC137, Nano-to-micro pigtail adapter cablefor barrel connector-style prox sensors

Model AC138Model AC138Model AC138Model AC138Model AC138, Nano-to-micro pigtail adapter cable,output pins reversed for barrel connector-styleprox sensors

Model AC141Model AC141Model AC141Model AC141Model AC141, Right-angle, M8 pico, 3-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16") for flat-profileconnector-style sensors

Model AC142Model AC142Model AC142Model AC142Model AC142, Straight, M8 pico, 3-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16") for flat-profileconnector-style sensors

Model AC235Model AC235Model AC235Model AC235Model AC235, Right-angle, stainless, mountingbracket for barrel connector-style prox sensors

Model AC236Model AC236Model AC236Model AC236Model AC236, Stainless and polyamide conveyor-rail clamp/bracket set for barrel connector-styleprox sensors

Model AC237Model AC237Model AC237Model AC237Model AC237, Straight, stainless, mounting bracketfor barrel connector-style prox sensors



4-16


SM302 SeriesDual-Level


Powe

r Ve

rsio

n 12

/24

VDC

Cabl

e

Conn

ecto

r

Note

s

Model No.

Conn.Style

Range Window

Sensing

TransducerMaterials


Epox

y

12 m

m U

LTEM

®


Fixed SensingWindow

Range

Flat

-pro

file

4-17

All possible sensor configurations are not listed here.Range and window examples shown available in all cable or connector styles.

SM302A-212-00 ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 19.05 mm (0.75") ■ ■ ■

SM302A-212-10 ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 19.05 mm (0.75") ■ ■ ■

SM302A-212-00FP ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 19.05 mm (0.75") ■ ■ ■

SM302A-316-00 ■ ■ 72.6 mm (3.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■

SM302A-316-10 ■ ■ 72.6 mm (3.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■

SM302A-316-00FP ■ ■ 72.6 mm (3.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■

SM302A-416-00 ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■

SM302A-416-10 ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■

SM302A-416-00FP ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■

SM302A-432-00 ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 50.8 mm (2.0”) ■ ■ ■

SM302A-432-10 ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 50.8 mm (2.0”) ■ ■ ■

SM302A-432-00FP ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 50.8 mm (2.0”) ■ ■ ■

SM352A-212-00 ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 19.05 mm (0.75") ■ ■ ■

SM352A-212-10 ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 19.05 mm (0.75") ■ ■ ■

SM352A-212-00FP ■ ■ 50.8 mm (2.0”) 19.05 mm (0.75") ■ ■ ■

SM352A-316-00 ■ ■ 72.6 mm (3.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■

SM352A-316-10 ■ ■ 72.6 mm (3.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■

SM352A-316-00FP ■ ■ 72.6 mm (3.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■

SM352A-416-00 ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■

SM352A-416-10 ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■

SM352A-416-00FP ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 25.4 mm (1.0") ■ ■ ■ 4-pin ”PICO” (8 mm) connectorSM352A-432-00 ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 50.8 mm (2.0”) ■ ■ ■

SM352A-432-10 ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 50.8 mm (2.0”) ■ ■ ■

SM352A-432-00FP ■ ■ 101.6 mm (4.0”) 50.8 mm (2.0”) ■ ■ ■

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M3

02

SE

RIE

S

Pum

p-in

Pum

p-ou

t

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

00

SE

RIE

S IN

TR

O


UltrasonicSensors

SM500 Control Compartmentwith Sealed Door

SUPERPROX®

Model SM500 SeriesProximity sensing withno delay

SUPERPROX®

Model SM502 SeriesDual-level sensing withon & off latch control

SUPERPROX®

Model SM503 SeriesProximity sensing withon & off delay

SUPERPROX®

Model SM504 SeriesSynchronized/gate- con-trolled proximitysensing

SUPERPROX®

Model SM505 SeriesRate and stoppedmotion proximitysensing with on delay

SUPERPROX®

Model SM506 SeriesContinuous level ordistance sensing withanalog output

A selection ofSUPERPROX® ultra-sonic sensors for yourtough sensing appli-cations.

Hyde Park has combinedpiezoelectric and microproces-sor technology to become theworld’s leading manufacturer ofultrasonic “smart” proximitysensors. For more than 40years, Hyde Park sensorproducts have provided reliable,cost-effective answers for themost difficult, noncontactsensing applications.

The SUPERPROX® 500 seriesof ultrasonic smart proximitysensors represents a broadrange of sensing solutions inplace today where other sensingtechnologies have not metstandards for reliability andproductivity. The difficultiesassociated with clear containers,metal parts, irregular shapes andsizes, harsh environments, high-speed runs, cleaning solutions,and frequent washdowns aresimply no match for this reliablesensor line. The sensors areimpervious to changing lightcondition, colors, dust, causticchemicals, and other hostileenvironments. Using soundenergy as the sensing medium,these sensors can be countedon day in and day out in detect-ing objects either transparent oropaque, liquid or solid, and assmall as 6 mm (1/4"), regardlessof color or shape. In somecases, features as small as0.076 mm (0.003") can bedetected.

“Smart” SUPERPROX®

500 Proximity Sen-sors for Top Perfor-mance

The SUPERPROX® 500 seriessensors are self-contained,pulse-echo devices that bothtransmit and receive sonicenergy within sensing ranges upto 2 meters (79"). The sensorsuse the latest ultrasonic technol-ogy along with a discriminatingmicroprocessor and push-buttonsetup program to ensure the

ultimate in sensing reliability.This state-of-the-art sensingconcept enables theSUPERPROX® 500 seriessensors to ignore all surroundinginterference and detect only thedesignated object. When theobject to be detected is at orwithin the user-set “window”limits, either a discrete outputswitches or an analog outputchanges proportionally withrespect to those limits, depend-ing on the sensor model inoperation.

Easy to Set UpThe SUPERPROX® 500 series

sensors are very easy to set upand operate. The sensoroutputs, whether discrete oranalog, are compatible withmost logic control systems andprogrammable controllers. Oneof the unique benefits of thesensor series is the ease inwhich it can be set up for anapplication by the user. Inside asealed control compartment atthe rear of the sensor are setupswitches, push-buttons, andpotentiometers, the combinationof which is determined by thespecific model type. Access tothe sealed compartment isgained by removing two screwsin the cover. A short plastictether prevents separation of thecover from the sensor.

How does it work?During setup and operation,

the SUPERPROX® 500 seriessensors continually and accu-rately measure the elapsed timeof every pulse echo receptionbetween each pulse transmis-sion. The transmitted pulsebegins a time clock to determine

4-19

the elapsed time for the received pulseechoes. Given the elapsed time, thesensor software calculates the distancetraveled out to the object and back tothe sensor, using the formula, D = TVs/2,where D = distance from the sensor tothe object; T = elapsed time betweenthe pulse transmission and its echoreceptions; Vs = velocity of sound,approximately 1100 feet per second.

When setting the sensing windowlimits, using the “LIMITS” push-button inthe control compartment, a target orobject is placed in front of the sensorsuccessively at the set points represent-ing the desired inner (Dwi) and outer

To meet a multitude ofapplication needs, theSUPERPROX® 500 seriessensors offer a varietyof models and sensingtechniques.

PPPPProximity sensing with nodelayModel SM500 series

Typical Application:

Object detection

Proximity sensing with on& off delayModel SM503 series

Typical Application:

Jam & Gap detection

See Model SM503 series product dataon Page 4-41.

(Dwo) limits shown in Figure 1. Whenthe LIMITS push-button is pressed ateach set point, the respective distances(Dwi and Dwo) from the sensor areautomatically calculated and stored inthe sensor memory to represent thesensing window limits.

During operation, the calculateddistance (D) between thesensor and the object iscompared to the distancesbetween the sensor and theset window limits. If “D” is ator within the window limits,an output change takesplace and remains un-


Synchronized/gate-con-trolled proximity sensingModel SM504 series

Typical Applications:

Full orempty caseinspecting,on-demand-controlledsensing orinspecting,in-case-containercounting,automationcontrolsensing, object-in-area sensing,down-container sensing, differen-tial-height inspecting


Rate & stopped motionproximity sensing withon delayModel SM505 series


Container backup detection oneither a mass conveyor or asingle file conveyor

Dual-level sensing with on& off latch controlModel SM502 series


Level monitoring and control asin starting and stopping a pumpor opening and closing a valve


D

SHADED AREAREPRESENTS THESENSING AREA

PULSEDwo

DwiECHO

OBJECT


changed until the echo either does notreturn or it returns from outside thewindow limits.

Continuous level or dis-tance sensing with analogoutputModel SM506 series


Level/distance sensing applica-tions ranging from complexclosed-loop control to simplestatus (e.g., distance measuringmonitoring functions



The SUPERPROX 500 sensor series isCE certified with the AC-power modelsqualifiedtocarrytheETLsafetylabel.

4-20

Beam PlotsThe following plots, developed from

data collected at 20oC, zero air flow,define the boundaries and shape ofthe sonic beam for various Hyde Parkultrasonic sensor series.

The boundaries were establishedusing a 10 cm x 10 cm (3.94" x 3.94")“target” positioned parallel to thesensor face. The plot for each sensorseries is valid for targets equal to orlarger than 10 cm x 10 cm. Beamboundaries are determined by movingthe large flat target into the beam whilethe plane of the target is held perpen-dicular to the beam axis.

In each series, the plot extends fromthe end of the “deadband” on the leftto the end of the sensing range on theright. The sensor is illustrated in themiddle left margin.

These and other plots are availablefrom Hyde Park upon request.

4-21

SM5XXA-000

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

-250

-150

-50

50

150

250

0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 20.0 22.5 25.0

-4-3-2-101234

mm

cm

inches

deadband

low-gain DIP switch setting

high-gain DIP switch setting


SM5XXA-100

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

-400

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

400

0 10 20 30 40

-10

-8

-6

-4

-2

0

2

4

6

8

10

mm

cm

inches

deadband

high or low gain DIP switch setting


SM5XXA-400

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

-800

-600

-400

-200

0

200

400

600

800

0.0 8.5 17.0 25.5 34.0 42.5 51.0 59.5 68.0 76.5 85.0

-10-8-6-4-20246810

mm

cm

inches

deadband

low-gain DIP switch setting

high-gain DIP switch setting


SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

00

SE

RIE

S IN

TR

O

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

00

SE

RIE

S

This basic model series in theSUPERPROX® family of ultra-sonic, noncontact sensors offersreliable object detection wheresimple on/off control of theoutputs are required. These“smart” sensors use the latest

SUPERPROX®

UltrasonicProximitySensorsNo delaysensing

units per minute.AC and DC models are

available with a sensing rangeof 51 mm to 1 m (2 to 39") and120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79"),respectively. These sensorscarry the CE Mark and theAC-powered models are alsoETL approved. The sensorhousing meets NEMA 4X andIP67 industry standards. A Dairy3A compliant housing is avail-able as an option.

• Easy push-buttonsetup for the specificapplication

• Onboard micropro-cessor for reliabilityand repeatability

• Noncontactsensing range upto 2 m (79")

• Epoxy sealed intough ULTEM ®

housing

• Virtuallyimpervious tothe harshestenvironments

• CE certified

• AC-powered modelsETL listed

ultrasonic technology to ensurethe ultimate in sensing reliabilitythrough a discriminating micro-processor, push-button setupprogram.

It is this discrete sensingprogram that enables theSUPERPROX® sensors to detectonly those objects that are withina set “window” and ignore allothers. A simple push-button isused to set a window as smallas 13 mm (1/2").

Used throughout plants in allindustries, the SUPERPROX®

Model SM500 (cable style) andModel SM550 (connector style)series of noncontact sensorscontrol various operations.Typical applications include loopcontrol and end of roll detection,web breaks, and parts presence.The sensors are also used todetect containers and produceoutputs for no container/no filland no container/no cap control.In conveying operations, withobjects in a captured state,these sensors are used forcounting at speeds up to 2000

Model SM500 Series

4-23

68314

Control CompartmentA unique feature available to the user

of these sensors is the ability to quicklyset up each sensor for a specificapplication. The sensor is configuredthrough either three or four slideswitches, depending on the model, anda push-button (See Figure 1) located

12

34

NORMOBJCTN.O.

HIGHBKGRDN.C.

LIMITS

inside a water-tight control compartmenton the sensor. To access the controls,remove the small square cover on theback of the sensor. Simply loosen thetwo flathead cover screws and insert asmall-blade screwdriver in either the topor bottom slot to remove the cover. Ashort plastic tether prevents separationof the cover from the sensor. NOTE: Theswitch settings may require changing forthe intended application.

Sensor ConfigurationSwitches

Switch 1 configures the sensor tooperate in either a normal or highsensitivity mode. Place this switch in theNORM position for sensing liquid orsolid materials. Place the switch in theHIGH position for sensing soft or porousmaterials that will absorb some of theultrasonic energy.

Switch 2 configures the sensor tooperate in either an object or back-ground sensing mode. Place this switchin the OBJCT position to perform asensing function for receiving thereflected ultrasonic energy directly offan object. Place this switch in theBKGRD position to perform a break-beam sensing function for receiving thereflected ultrasonic energy directly off afixed background target.

Switch 3 selects the operating modefor the sensor output to be eithernormally open (N.O.) or normally closed(N.C.).

Switch 4 (Not used)

Figure 1

Model Reference Guide – SM500 SeriesUse the guide below to ensure the correct model number is specified for the

application. Please note that not all sensor model combinations are available.

EXAMPLE MODEL: SM5 0 0 A - 1 00 - FS R 2EXAMPLE MODEL: SM5 0 0 A - 1 00 - FS R 2EXAMPLE MODEL: SM5 0 0 A - 1 00 - FS R 2EXAMPLE MODEL: SM5 0 0 A - 1 00 - FS R 2EXAMPLE MODEL: SM5 0 0 A - 1 00 - FS R 2SUPERPROX® Product SeriesPower/Connection Type0...12 to 24 VDC / cable style2...100 to 240 VAC / cable style5...12 to 24 VDC / connector style7...100 to 240 VAC / connector styleSensing Function0...Proximity - no on/off delayDesign LevelA...Applies to all DC-powered modelsB...Applies to all AC-powered modelsSensing Range0...51 to 635 mm (2 to 25")1...51 to 1 m (2 to 39")4...120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79")Functionality00...Standard proximity44...Default window: ±0.10"75...High gain, default window: +0.5"/-0.25"80...Delay: divide by 10 output91...Default window: ±0.05" hysteresis: 0.02, ±0.0625" automatic setup windowSpecial Features... No letter indicates standard sensor with no special featuresFS... Fluorosilicone transducer faceAA... Remote limit setup (Available on cable models only.)AB... RS232, 4-digit/2-decimal place outputAD... Limits push-button disabledAE... RS232, 5-digit/3-decimal place outputAF... No LEDsHousing Types... No letter indicates standard ULTEM®* plastic housingN...NORYL®* Dairy 3A gray plastic housingRemote Type... No letter indicates standard housingR...Right-angle sensing head with armor cableS...Straight sensing head with armor cableRemote Cable Length... No letter indicates standard housing1...254 mm (10")2...508 mm (20")3...762 mm (30")4...1016 mm (40")5P...1270 mm (50")6P...1524 mm (60")* ULTEM® and NORYL® are registered trademarks of The General Electric Company.

4-24

Armored (standard) or PVC cable (specify P after number)

Available in PVC cable only

Sensor Limits Setup Push-button

First, during installation, make sure thesensor face is as parallel as possible tothe surface of the material beingdetected.

To set the limits, simply place anobject at the desired distance from thesensor for one limit and press theLIMITS push-button once. This sets thefirst limit and switches the sensor outputto an inactive state during the limitsetup. While the LIMITS push-button isdepressed, the multicolored LED,located on top of the sensor, is amber.Upon release of the push-button, theLED flashes amber indicating that thesecond limit needs to be set within 30seconds. Place an object at the desiredposition for the second limit and pressthe LIMITS push-button once. Again,while the push-button is depressed, theLED is amber. Upon release of the push-button, the LED flashes amber momen-tarily and then turns green to indicateacceptance of both limits. If 30 secondselapse before the second limit is set, thelimits revert back to the previoussettings.

At the same time, the sensor outputswitches from the inactive to the activestate, placing the sensor into theoperational mode, ready to use. Whenpower is off or interrupted, the limits areretained in a non-volatile memory.

If in setting either limit the echo fromthe object is too weak or distorted, theLED flashes RED for 10 seconds (or untilthe button is pressed again) indicatingthe limit setting was not accepted by thesensor. Attempt to set both limits again,being careful to keep the object surfaceparallel to the face of the sensor.

Minimum allowed distance betweenany two setup limits is 13 mm (1/2"). Themulticolored LED flashes RED after thepress and release of the LIMITS push-button for the second limit setting if thedistance between the limit settings isless than 13 mm. The multicolored LEDcontinues flashing RED either until theLIMITS push-button is pressed andreleased once for the first limit setting oruntil 10 seconds have elapsed. Pressingand releasing the LIMITS push-buttononce reinitiates the limit setup se-quence. If 30 seconds elapse before theLIMITS push-button is pressed andreleased for the second limit setup, thelimits revert back to the previoussettings.

A special feature provides an auto-matic 13 mm (1/2") window limits setupfunction. Simply place an object within

the sensing range of the sensor andpress the LIMITS push-button twice insuccession without moving the object. Alimit is set on a line 1/4" in front and backof the object surface nearest the sensor.

Multicolored LED IndicatorDuring Limit Setup

Prior to pressing LIMITS push-button• Off-

Sensing no object or object isoutside the sensing range

• Red -Sensing an object outside the setlimits

• Green -Sensing an object inside the setlimits

LIMITS push-button depressed for firsttime

• Amber -Sensing a good object surfacecondition

• Red -Sensing no object or a poorobject surface condition

LIMITS push-button released for firsttime

• Flashing Amber -First limit accepted, waiting forsecond limit

• Flashing Red -First limit not accepted; retrysetting limit

LIMITS push-button depressed forsecond time



LIMITS push-button released forsecond time

• Green, Red, or Amber -Second limit accepted

• Flashing Red -Second limit not accepted; retrysetting both limits

Multicolored LEDIndicator inOperational Mode

• Off-Sensing no object or object isoutside the sensing range

• Red -Sensing an object outside the setlimits

• Green -Sensing an object inside the setlimits

Red LED Indicator in Op-erational Mode

The red LED serves as a visualindicator for the sensor output. The LEDis illuminated when the output is in anactive (ON) state.

Electrical WiringSensor wires must be run in conduit

free of any AC power or control wires.

Sensor Wire Colors

DC Models

Cable ConnectorStyle Style

+12 to 24 VDC RED BROWN

NPN/Sinking Output WHITE BLACK

PNP/Sourcing Output GREEN WHITE

Common BLACK BLUE

AC Models*100 to 240 VAC BROWN BROWN

Switch Line Side BLACK BLACK

Switch Load Side WHITE WHITE

Neutral RED BLUE

*WARNINGAll cables are not alike. Verify that

connector pin outs and cable conduc-tor colors match up with the wiringillustrations shown in the operatinginstructions.

View of Plug on Connector StyleSensor

DC Power Models

AC Power Models

4-25

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

00

SE

RIE

S


LOAD

BLACK

WHITE

RED

TRIAC

LINE

ACPOWER

NEUTRAL


LOAD

BLACK

WHITE

BLUE

TRIAC

LINE

ACPOWER

NEUTRAL

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

RED

WHITE

GREEN

BLACK

LOAD

LOAD

DC(+)

DCCOM

CURRENTLIMIT

PNP

NPN

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

BROWN

BLACK

WHITE

BLUE

LOAD

LOAD

DC(+)

DCCOM

CURRENTLIMIT

PNP

NPN

OutputsDC Cable Models

DC Connector Models AC Connector Models

LOAD

LOAD

100 to240 VAC

LINE NEUTRAL

BROWN RED

BLACK WHITE

BROWN BLUE

BLACK WHITE

SM520BSERIES

SM570BSERIES

WITHAC105CABLE

LOAD

LOAD

12 TO 24 VDC

DC(+)

DCCOM

RED BLACK

WHITE

(SINKING)

GREEN

(SOURCING)

BROWN BLUE

SM500ASERIES

SM550ASERIES

WITHAC105CABLE

LOAD

LOADBLACK

(SINKING)

WHITE

(SOURCING)

Sensor Wire ConnectionsDC Cable Models

AC Cable Models

AC Cable Models

#4 stainless steel screw(SEM retained) 2x

Pry notch(2-PL)

Access door to controlcompartment w/ gasket& retaining cable

1/2" NPT pipe thds.for conduit mtg.

Sealed cable3 meters long(10 ft)

Sensing face

90 mm(3.56)

44 mm(1.75)

22 mm(.87)

92 mm (3.63)79 mm (3.13)

51 mm(2.00)

35 mm DIA(1.37)


Pry notch(2-PL)


7/8"-16 UNFthreads

Sensing face

106 mm(4.17)

44 mm(1.75)

22 mm(.87)

92 mm (3.63)79 mm (3.13)

51 mm(2.00)

35 mm DIA(1.37)

Stainless steelsensing probe25 mm (1.0") long x13 mm (1/2") diameter

Straightstyle

Right anglestyle

Stainless steel armor cable254 mm (10"), 500 mm (20"),762 mm (30"), 1016 mm (40")long x 5 mm (3/16") diameter

Note: Illustrated models may not be the exactrepresentation for these sensors due to possibledesign modifications.

REMOTE HEADREF.

51.0 mm(2.000)

28.5 mm(1.120)

16.0 mm(.630)

AC230

Mounting Accessories

Dimensions

Cable Model

Connector Model

Remote SensingModels

4-26

AccessoriesModel AC105, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 4-conductor,

mating connector cable, 4 m (12'), for connector-style sensors

Model AC105-50, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 4-conductor, mating connector cable, 15 m (50'), forconnector-style sensors

Model AC213, Stainless and Teflon, remote sensingprobe mounting bracket

Model AC222, Standard, stainless mountingbracket assembly, slotted for vertical adjustment

Model AC229, Stainless, plate-style, right-angle,mounting bracket, with base slotted for forward/reverse adjustment and side slotted for sensoradjustment

Model AC230, Three-piece, stainless, mountingbracket assembly with O-ring mount for sensormodels with remote heads.


General SpecificationsSensing

Ranges:51 to 1 m (2 to 39")120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79" - DC Model only)

Sonic Frequency: 200 kHz

Power RequirementsDC Models:

12 to 24 VDC + 10% @ 80 mA, 2 W max.,excluding output load (regulated supply)

AC Models:100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, @ 30 mA, 7.5 VA

max., excluding load

OutputsDC Models:NPN Sinking: Switch selectable N.O./N.C.

Sinking on-state voltage drop: Maximum 0.25 volts @ 60 mASinking load current: Maximum 100 mASinking output voltage: Maximum applied 30 VDC

PNP Sourcing: Switch selectable N.O./N.C.Sourcing output current: Maximum 100 mA Current limit protected to less than 160 mA

AC Models:Triac, switch selectable N.O./N.C.

Maximum continuous load current: 1 AmpMaximum applied output voltage: 260 VACMaximum off-state leakage current: less than50 μA (100% PLC/AC input interface compatibil

ity)

Response Time“On” 10 ms,“Off” 10 ms to “On” 30 ms,“Off” 30 ms, depending uponmodel

Indicators

Multicolored (Amber, Red,

Green) LED:Indicates limits setup and operational modes

Red LED: Visual indicator for sensor output;illuminated when output is in an active (on)

state.

ConnectionsCable Style Models:

DC: 24 AWG, PVC jacket, 4-conductor, 3 meters (10') long, standardAC: 20 AWG, PVC jacket, 4-conductor, 3 meters (10') long, standard

Connector Style Models:DC: 4-pin “mini” styleAC: 4-pin “mini” style

ProtectionPower Supply: current-limited over-voltage, ESD,

reverse polarity, fuse on AC modelOutputs: current-limited over voltage, ESD,

over-current, fused TRIAC on AC model

EnvironmentalOperating Temperature Range:

0o to 50o C (32o to 122o F)Storage Temperature Range: -40o to 100o C

(-40o to 212o F)Operating Humidity: 100%Protection Ratings: NEMA 4X, IP67Chemical Resistance: Resists most acids and bases, including most food products. Fluorosilicone transducer face is available to provide resistance to aromatic and petroleum- based hydrocarbons.Agency ApprovalsCE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:

EN61010-1: 1990 including amend. No.1:1992 EN55011 Group 1 Class A, EN50082-1.Declaration of conformity available upon request.

AC Models SM520/570 carry the ETL safety label.

ConstructionDimensions (overall)

92 mm (3.625") L x 44 mm (1.75") W x 91 mm(3.58") H

Housing:Case: ULTEM®* (FDA approved)

Optional: NORYL®* (USDA-Dairy 3ASanitary Standards compliant)

Transducer Face: Silicone rubber (FDA approved)

Optional: Fluorosilicone rubberSensor Cable: PVC jacketLED: Polycarbonate

* ULTEM® and NORYL® are registered trademarks of The

General Electric Co.

Sensing face(outline ofSUPERPROX ref.)

Multi-colored LEDsensing indicator

Red LED outputindicator

Upper mtg. bracketstainless steel (#101540)Note: Bracket is ableto be rotated

#10-32 x 57 mm (2 1/4Ó) lgstainless steel screw (#102110)& ESNA nut (farside) (#101363)2-places

#10-32 x 12.7 mm (1/2Ó) lgstainless steel screw (#101335)& ESNA nut (#101363)2-places

Lower support bracketstainless steel (#105095)with two 35 mm lg x 7.1 mm wd slots(1.380 x .280)

49 mm(1.93)

25.4 mm(1.00)

52 mm(2.06)

147 mm(5.78)

95 mm(3.75)

51 mm(2.00)

92 mm(3.63)

79 mm(3.13)

14.3 mm(.56)

13 mm(.52)

44 mm(1.75)

78 mm(3.00)

143 mm(5.63)

71 mm(2.78)64 mm REF

(2.52)

91.44 mm(3.60)

65.00 mm(2.56) 2x6.6 mm 2x

(.23) Wide

11.43 mm(4.50)

72.00 mm(2.83) 2x

30.5 mm (2x)(1.20)

13.2 mm(.52) 2x

R 6.35 mm(.25)

FULL R.TYP

31.0 mm(1.22)

20û

56 mm(2.20)

R 4.8 mm(.19)

45û

3.17 mm(.125) TYP

FULL R.TYP

65.00 mm(2.56) 2x

13.2 mm(.52)

101.60 mm(4.00)

45.7 mm(1.80)

91.44 mm(3.60)

38.0 mm(1.50)19.00 mm

(.75)

R 8.0 mm(.31) 4x

7.10 mm(.28) 2x

.204 DIA THRU0.52 cm

R .7501.91 cm

.7501.91 cm

.3760.96 cm

1.1863.01 cm

.0640.16 cm

.4381.11 cm

.1280.33 cm

AC222

AC229

Mounting AccessoriesAC213

4-27

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

00

SE

RIE

S

4-28


100-

240

VAC

12-2

4 VD

CCa

ble

Conn

ecto

r2m

(79"

)1

m (3

9")

635m

m (

25")

254m

m (

10")

Stan

dard

Rt. A

ngle

Stra

ight

Silic

one*

Fluor

osili

cone

*

ULTE

M®*

NORY

L®*

Fast

Res

pons

e

Defa

ult W

indo

ws

Othe

r

Powe

rVe

rsio

n

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Sens

ing

Rang

e

Tran

sduc

erSt

yle

Mat

eria

ls

Spec

ial

Feat

ures

Remote

Transducer Housing

Model No.


SM500A-000• ■ ■ (10') ■ ■ ■ ■

SM500A-000 AB ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ RS232 ( 4 digit/2-decimal place) outputSM500A-000 FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM500A-000 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■

SM500A-000 R3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■

SM500A-000 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM500A-000 S1 ■ ■ ■ ■(10") ■ ■

SM500A-000 S2 ■ ■ ■ ■(20") ■ ■

SM500A-000 S4 ■ ■ ■ ■(40") ■ ■

SM500A-044 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ± 0.1" Hysteresis: 0.05, 0.2" W,0 LimitSM500A-075 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ± 0.5"/-0.25" High GainSM500A-080 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Delay: Divide by 10 outputSM500A-091 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ± 0.05" Hysteresis: 0.02 ± 0.0625" automatic setup windowSM500A-091 AA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ± 0.05" Hysteresis: 0.02 ± 0.0625" automatic setup window,

Remote Limit SetupSM500A-091 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■ ± 0.05" Hysteresis: 0.02 ± 0.0625" automatic setup windowSM500A-091 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ± 0.05" Hysteresis: 0.02 ± 0.0625" automatic setup windowSM500A-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM500A-100 AE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ RS232 (5 digit/3 decimal place) outputSM500A-100 FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM500A-100 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■

SM500A-100 R3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■

SM500A-100 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM500A-100 S3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■

SM500A-191 R3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■

SM500A-400• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM500A-400 AA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Remote Limit SetupSM500A-400 S1 ■ ■ ■ ■ (10") ■ ■

SM520B-000• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM520B-000 FSS4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM520B-000 R3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■

SM520B-000 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM520B-000 S4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM520B-075 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ± 0.5"/-0.25" High GainSM520B-091 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ± 0.05" Hysteresis: 0.02 ± 0.0625" automatic setup windowSM520B-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM520B-100 N ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM520B-100 R3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■

SM520B-100R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM520B-144 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ± 0.1" Hysteresis: 0.05, 0.2" W, O LimitSM550A-000• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM550A-000 R1 ■ ■ ■ ■ (10") ■ ■

SM550A-000 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■

SM550A-000 R3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■

SM550A-000 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM550A-000 S1 ■ ■ ■ ■ (10") ■ ■

SM550A-044 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ± 0.1" Hysteresis: 0.05, 0.2" W, O LimitSM550A-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM550A-100 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM550A-144 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ± 0.1" Hysteresis: 0.05, 0.2" W, O LimitSM550A-400• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM550A-444 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ± 0.1" Hysteresis: 0.05, 0.2" W, O Limit

4-29

SM500 Series (cont.)Proximity

• = Most commonly stocked sensors*= See definition in Sensing Terms.All possible sensor configurations are not listed here.

100-

240

VAC

12-2

4 VD

CCa

ble

Conn

ecto

r2m

(79"

)1

m (3

9")

635m

m (

25")

254m

m (

10")

Stan

dard

Rt. A

ngle

Stra

ight

Silic

one*

Fluor

osili

cone

*

ULTE

M®*

NORY

L®*

Fast

Res

pons

e

Defa

ult W

indo

ws

Othe

r

Powe

rVe

rsio

n

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Sens

ing

Rang

e

Tran

sduc

erSt

yle

Mat

eria

ls

Spec

ial

Feat

ures

Remote

Transducer Housing

Model No.


SM570B-000• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM570B-000 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■

SM570B-000 R3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■

SM570B-000 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM570B-000 S2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■

SM570B-091 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ± 0.05" Hysteresis: 0.02 ± 0.0625" automatic setup windowSM570B-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM570B-100 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■

SM570B-100 R3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■

SM570B-100 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM570B-100 S3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■

SM570B-100 S4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM570B-144 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ± 0.1" Hysteresis: 0.05, 0.2" W, 0 Limit

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

00

SE

RIE

S

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

02

SE

RIE

S

SUPERPROX®


Model SM502 Series


• Dual-level on/offlatch or dual-levelon/off latch withhigh and low alarm


• Epoxy sealed intough ULTEM®

housing

• Virtually impervi-ous to the harshestenvironments

• CE certified

• AC-powered modelsETL listed

The SUPERPROX® ultrasonicsensors with on/off latch-controloutput are now available for awide variety of dual-level controlapplications. All AC-poweredmodels operate over a 100 to240 voltage range and there are

DC-powered models availablewith high and low alarm outputsfor critical control requirements.The DC models are alsoavailable with a sensing rangeof 2 m (79").

Capable of reliable monitoringand controlling most liquid andgranular materials within the levelsensing range, these self-contained sensors are typicallyused in such applications asopening and closing a valve orstarting and stopping a pump.

This ultrasonic sensor series(Model SM502 through ModelSM572) offers easy setup,dependable operation, andcompatible integration with mostprogrammable logic controllers.Each sensor is epoxy sealed towithstand harsh, wet, messy,dusty, and dirty environmentstypically associated with level-control applications. TheSUPERPROX® housings meetNEMA 4X and IP67 industrystandards. A Dairy 3A approvedhousing is available as an option.

4-31

68314

IntroductionHyde Park’s self-contained,

SUPERPROX®, dual-level sensors arecapable of monitoring and controllingmost nonhazardous liquid or drymaterial levels within a sensing range ofeither 51mm to 1 m (2 to 39") or 120 mmto 2 m (4.7 to 79"). An ON/OFF latchedoutput is provided by the sensor relativeto two level limit set points. The output isused for controlling material levels intanks, hoppers, reservoirs, etc. as wellas loop levels or tension on webprocessing lines.

These dual-level sensor models areavailable in three basic operatingfunctions, each of which offers one ormore options. The Model ReferenceGuide on this page lists and identifiesthe three functions and options under“Functionality".

The specific description of eachfunction can be found under thesesuffixes on the following pages.


of these sensors is the facility to quicklyset them up for a specific application.These sensors are configured throughtwo to four slide switches and one to twopush-buttons located inside the water-tight control compartment on the sensor.The control compartment for each of thethree operating functions is illustratedon the following pages.

To access the control compartment,remove the small square cover on theback of the sensor. Simply loosen thetwo flat-head cover screws and insert asmall blade screwdriver in either the topor bottom slot to remove the cover. Ashort plastic tether prevents separationof the cover from the sensor.

Sensor Limits SetupPush-button

First, during installation, make sure thesensor face is as parallel as possible tothe surface of the material being de-tected.

To set the level limits, simply place anobject at the desired distance from thesensor for one limit and press the LIMITSpush-button once. This sets the first limit.While the LIMITS push-button is de-pressed, the multicolored LED, locatedon top of the sensor, is amber. Uponrelease of the push-button, the LEDflashes amber indicating that thesecond limit needs to be set. Place anobject at the desired position for thesecond limit and press the LIMITS push-button once. Again, while the push-button is depressed, the LED is amber.

Upon release of the push-button, theLED flashes amber momentarily andthen turns green to indicate acceptanceof both limits.

At the same time, the sensor output

Model Reference Guide - SM502 SeriesUse the guide below to ensure the correct model number is specified for the


EXAMPLE MODEL: SM5 0 2 A - 1 73 - LE N R 4SUPERPROX® Product SeriesPower/Connection Type0...12 to 24 VDC / cable style2...100 to 240 VAC / cable style5...12 to 24 VDC / connector style7...100 to 240 VAC / connector style

Sensing Function2...Proximity - dual level

Design Level

A...Applies to all DC-powered modelsB...Applies to all AC-powered models

Sensing Range1...51 to 1 m (2 to 39")4...120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79")

Functionality00...ON/OFF Latch control14...ON/OFF Delay latch control19...ON/OFF Delay latch control / default window: +0/-.25"20...ON/OFF Latch control / Fast response: 20 ms ON/OFF response44...ON/OFF Latch control / default window: ±0.100"72...ON/OFF Latch control with dual alarms** / default window: ±0.25", delay 30 sec or × with switch selectable setup73...ON/OFF Latch control with dual alarms**74...ON/OFF Latch control with dual alarms** / default window: ±0.125"76...ON/OFF Latch control with dual alarms** / inverted NPN output

Special Features... No letter indicates standard sensor with no special featuresLE... No change in output on loss of echoFS... Fluorosilicone transducer faceAA... Remote limit setup (Available on cable models only.)AB... RS232, 4-digit/2-decimal place output (Available on cable models only.)AD... Limits push-button disabledAE... RS232, 5-digit/3-decimal place output (Available on cable models only.)AF... No LEDs

Housing Types...No letter indicates standard ULTEM®* plastic housing

N...NORYL®* Dairy 3A gray plastic housingRemote Type... No letter indicates standard housing

R...Right-angle sensing head with armor cableS...Straight sensing head with armor cable

Remote Cable Length... No number indicates standard housing

1...254 mm (10")2...508 mm (20")3...762 mm (30")4...1016 mm (40")5P...1270 mm (50")6P...1524 mm (60")

* ULTEM® and NORYL® are registered trademarks of The General Electric Company.

** Alarms available on DC-powered models only.

NOTE: SM522 and SM572 AC models carry the ETL safety label

4-32

switches from an inactive to active state,placing the sensor in the operationalmode, ready to use. When power is offor interrupted, the limits are retained in anonvolatile memory.



On Off

Gre

en

Pum

p-O

utM

ode

Pum

p-In

Mod

e

OnOff

Pump State

Am

ber

Low LevelLimit

MulticolorLED

Off

Sen

sing

Ran

ges

51 to

965

mm

(2

to 3

8")

120

mm

to 2

m (

4.7

to 7

9")

High LevelLimit

Red

Deadband: 0-51 mm (0-2.0 inches)Erratic operation within this range

Multicolor LED indicates the sensinglevel as indicated below.

Red LED is ON when the NPN output issinking and the PNP output is sourcing.

Compartment with configurationswitches and pushbutton.

If in setting either level limit the echofrom the object is too weak or distorted,the LED flashes red for 10 seconds (oruntil the button is pressed again)indicating the limit setting was notaccepted by the sensor. Attempt to setboth limits again, being careful to keepthe object surface parallel to the face ofthe sensor.

Minimum allowed distance betweenlimits is 13 mm (1/2"). The multicoloredLED flashes red after the press andrelease of the LIMITS push-button for thesecond limit setting if the distancebetween the limit settings is less than13 mm. The multicolored LED continuesflashing red either until the LIMITS push-button is pressed and released once forthe first limit setting or until 10 secondshave elapsed. Pressing and releasingthe LIMITS push-button once reinitiatesthe limit setup sequence. If 10 secondselapse before the LIMITS push-button ispressed and released for the secondlimit setup, the limits revert back to theprevious settings.

Loss of EchoLoss of echo occurs when the sensor

does not receive echoes from an objectwithin its sensing range for more thanone second. When this occurs, thesensor’s output automatically switchesOFF. When the sensor again receivesechoes from a level, the output willeither switch or remain in the same statedepending on where the echoes arereceived relative to the level controllimits.

“LE” OptionThe LE suffix in the Model Reference

Guide indicates an available option forusers who do not prefer the standardresponse to loss of echo. With the LEoption, when loss of echo occurs formore than one second, there is nochange in the output state of the sensor.When the sensor again receivesechoes, the output assumes the staterelative to the control limit set points.

Function “00”, “20”, “44” ON/OFF Latch Control

This dual-level sensor function allowstwo level limits, high and low, withinwhich the level of product is to becontrolled. As the product level movesabove the high limit or below the lowlimit, the sensor output switches stateand latches either ON or OFF to, forexample, close or open a valve and stopor run a pump. The output remainslatched in the ON or OFF state until theproduct level moves back beyond theother limit, at which time the outputswitches state.

Function “00”, “20”, “44”Sensor ConfigurationSwitches

Switch 1 configures the sensor tooperate in either a normal or highsensitivity mode. Place this switch in theNORM position for sensing smoothliquid or solid material levels. Place theswitch in the HIGH position for sensingturbulent liquid levels and soft or porousmaterial that will deflect or absorb someof the ultrasonic energy.

Switch 2 configures the sensoroutput to perform either a pump in orpump out control function. Place thisswitch in the PMPIN position to controlthe filling process and prevent anoverflow of a vessel. Place the switch inthe PMPOUT position to control anemptying process and prevent thecomplete drawdown of a vessel.

Pump-In ModeWhen the level moves below thelow limit, the sensor output switchesstate and latches, starting apumping process. The sensoroutput does not change state untilthe level moves back above the

Function “00”, “20”, “44”Control Compartment

12

34

NORMPMPINN.O.DLY 30

HIGHPMPOUTN.C.DLY ∞

LIMITS ONFunction “14”, “19”,On/Off Delay LatchControl

This function operates the same asdescribed for the Function “00”, “20”,and “44” models, with one exception.The Function “14” and “19” modelsallow programmable on/off delay timeadjustments of the sensor output. Asthe level moves above the high limit orbelow the low limit, the sensor outputswitches and latches either on or off,following the programmed delay time,in performing the required controlfunction. As the level moves backbeyond the limit, the output switchesand latches back to its other statefollowing, again, the programmed delaytime in performing the required controlfunction.

OnOnOn OOfOfff

Gre

en

Out

puts

OOnOnOfOfff

Pump State

Am

ber

Low LevelLimit

MulticolorLED

Off

Sen

sing

Ran

ges

51 to

965

mm

(2

to 3

8")

120

mm

to 2

m (

4.7

to 7

9")

High LevelLimit

Red





Out

puts

SW3=N.C. SW3=N.O.

high limit to stop the pumpingprocess.Pump-Out ModeWhen the level moves below thelow limit, the sensor output switchesstate and latches, stopping apumping process. The sensoroutput does not change state untilthe level moves back above thehigh limit to restart the pumpingprocess.


Switch 4 selects the allowable timefor setting the high and low limits. If theswitch is in the DLY 30 position, theallowed setup time is 30 seconds. If theswitch is in the DLY × position, the setuptime is infinite.

4-33

Sensor Operating Profile

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

02

SE

RIE

S

Place Switch 3 in the D-ON position forsetting the desired ON delay time. Pressthe DELAYS push-button for the length ofthe desired delay time. The multicoloredLED indicator on the sensor momen-tarily flashes green after release of theDELAYS push-button to acknowledgethe delay time has been set into thenonvolatile memory of the sensor.

Resetting Delay TimesPlace Switch 3 in the D-OFF position

and press the DELAYS push-button twosuccessive times for resetting the OFFdelay time to the minimum responsetime. Perform the same process withSwitch 3 in the D-ON position forresetting the ON delay time to theminimum response time. The multicol-ored LED indicator on the sensormomentarily flashes green after thesecond release of the DELAYS push-button to acknowledge the delay timehas been reset to the minimum re-sponse time.

Function “72”, “73”, “74”,“76” On/Off Latch Controlwith Dual Alarms

This dual-level, on/off latch-controlsensor function is, again, similar inoperation to the Function “00”, “20”, and“44” sensors in that it also allows twolevel limits, a high and low, within whichthe level of product is to be controlled.An added feature enables the user to settwo discrete alarm set points anywherewithin the sensing range where alarmoutputs are required to protect theequipment from potential damage.

This function is only available inDC-powered models having currentsinking, NPN outputs. Current sourcing,PNP outputs are not available.

Sensor Operating Profile

Function “14”, “19”Control Compartment

Function “72”, “73”, “74”,“76” Control Compart-ment

On

Gre

en

Pump State

Fla

shin

gA

mbe

r

Under AlarmSet Point

Note: The alarm set points maybe set inside the control limits. O

ff

Sen

sing

Ran

ges

51 to

965

mm

(2

to 3

8")

120

mm

to 2

m (

4.7

to 7

9") Over

AlarmSet Point

Fla

shin

g

Red





High LevelLimit

Low LevelLimit

Red

Am

ber

Pum

p-O

utM

ode

Off

Pum

p-In

Mod

e

On

Off

Off

(Sin

king

)

Off

(Sin

king

)

On

(Non

-S

inki

ng)

On

(Non

-S

inki

ng)

OverAlarm

UnderAlarm

MulticolorLED

PMPINN.O.

PMPOUTN.C.

LIMITS ON ALARMSNORMN.O.D-OFF

HIGHN.C.D-ON

LIMITS ON DELAYS

Function “14”, “19” SensorConfiguration Switches

Switch 1 configures the sensor tooperate in either a normal or highsensitivity mode. Place this switch in theNORM position for sensing smooth liquidor solid material levels. Place the switchin the HIGH position for sensing turbulentliquid levels and soft or porous materialthat will deflect or absorb some of theultrasonic energy.

Switch 2 selects the operating modefor the sensor output to be either nor-mally open (N.C. is pump out) or nor-mally closed (N.O. is pump in).

Switch 3 selects the delay timeprogram mode for setting the desired ONand OFF delay times through theDELAYS push-button. See Delay TimeSetup for switch operation.

Switch 4 is not used.

Delay Time FunctionsThe ON delay time prevents the sensor

output state from immediately switchingactive when the sensor starts sensingthe level outside that respective levellimit set point. The output switches activeonly after the sensor has continuedsensing the level outside that respectivelevel limit set point for the entire ONdelay time period.

The OFF delay time prevents thesensor output state from immediatelyswitching inactive when the sensor startssensing the level outside that respectivelevel limit set point. The output switchesinactive only after the sensor hasdiscontinued sensing the level outsidethat respective level limit set point for theentire OFF delay time period.

Delay Time SetupPlace Switch 3 in the D-OFF position

for setting the desired OFF delay time.Press the DELAYS push-button for thelength of the desired delay time. Themulticolored LED indicator on the sensormomentarily flashes green after releaseof the DELAYS push-button to acknowl-edge the delay time has been set intothe nonvolatile memory of the sensor.

Function “72”, “73”, “74”,“76” SensorConfiguration Switches

Switch 1 configures the sensoroutput to perform either a pump in orpump out control function. Place theswitch in the PMPIN position to controlthe filling process and prevent anoverflow of a vessel. Place the switch inthe PMPOUT position to control anemptying process and prevent thecomplete drawdown of a vessel.

Pump-In ModeWhen the level moves below thelow limit, the sensor output switchesstate and latches, starting apumping process. The sensoroutput does not change state untilthe level moves back above thehigh limit to stop the pumpingprocess.Pump-Out ModeWhen the level moves below thelow limit, the sensor output switchesstate and latches, stopping apumping process. The sensoroutput does not change state untilthe level moves back above thehigh limit to restart the pumpingprocess.

Switch 2 selects the operatingmode for the sensor output to beeither normally open (N.O.) or nor-mally closed (N.C.).

Switch 3 and Switch 4 arenot used.

Dual-Alarm OutputsThe dual-alarm outputs in the Function

“72”, “73”, “74”, and “76” sensorsoperate in a fail-safe manner. The alarmsare normally ON, conducting or sinking,with the level inside both alarm limits.For example, the high alarm outputswitches OFF when the level risesabove the high alarm limit. Conversely,the low alarm switches OFF when thelevel drops below the low alarm limit.

4-34

NPN

LOAD

+V

+V

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

CURRENTLIMIT

LOAD

PNP

+V

View of Plug on Connector StyleSensors

DC Power Models(4-Pin, Functions “00”, “14”, “19”, “20”,and “44”)

(5-pin, Functions “72”, “73”, “74”,and “76”)

AC Power Models(4-Pin, Functions “00”, “14”, “19”, “20”,and “44”)

Loss of Echo and the “LE”Option

Like the outputs of the other dual-levelsensors, the dual-alarm outputs in theFunction “72”, “73”, “74”, and “76”sensors also switch OFF with a loss ofecho condition. Upon echo restoration,both alarm outputs switch ON when thelevel is inside both alarm limits. Shouldthe level be outside one of the alarmlimits, that alarm output will remain OFF.

With the “LE” option, when loss of echooccurs for more than one second, thereis no change in either the control level oralarm level output states of the sensor.When the sensor again receives echoesfrom within its sensing range, thoseoutputs assume the state relative to thecontrol and alarm limit set points.

Multicolored LEDIndicator During AlarmSetup Mode for Function“72”, “73”, “74”, and “76”Sensors

Press and release the ALARMS push-button with the level at the desired lowalarm limit.

• Flashing Amber -Low alarm limit is set.

Press and release the ALARMS push-button with the level at the desired highalarm limit.

• Flashing Red -High alarm limit is set.

IMPORTANT: When either one of thealarm limits is reset for a different level,the other alarm limit must also be reset.

Multicolored LED Indica-tor in Operational Modefor Function “72”, “73”,“74”, and “76” Sensors

There are four possible setup modecombinations for setting where thealarm level outputs are inactive withrespect to the control level output. Thetable below illustrates the LED statuscolors for all four alarm limit setupcombinations.



Sensor Wire Colors

DC Models, 4-ConductorCable ConnectorStyle Style

(+) 12 to 24 VDC RED BROWN



Common BLACK BLUE

DC Models, 5-Conductor(+) 12 to 24 VDC RED BROWN

Control Level, NPN/Sinking Output WHITE BLACK

Low Alarm Level NPN/Sinking OutputBROWNORANGE

High Alarm Level NPN/Sinking Output GREEN WHITE

Common BLACK BLUE

AC Models, 4-Conductor100 to 240 VAC BROWN BROWN



Neutral RED BLUE

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

LOAD

TRIAC

LINE

ACPOWER

NEUTRAL

AC Outputs

Setup Combination 1:

Flashing RedHigh Alarm Level

RedHigh Control Level

GreenLow Control Level

AmberLow Alarm Level

Flashing Amber


Flashing RedHigh Control Level


GreenLow Alarm Level

Flashing AmberLow Control Level

Flashing Amber



Flashing RedLow Control Level



Flashing Amber




GreenLow Control Level


Flashing Amber

4-35

DC Outputs

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

02

SE

RIE

S

LOAD

LOAD

LOAD

CONTROLLOAD HIGH

ALARM

LOWALARM

RED BLACK

WHITE(SINKING) GREEN

(SINKING)

BROWN

BLACK(SINKING)

WHITE(SOURCING)

LOAD LOAD

AC105CABLE BLUE

RED BLACK

WHITE(SINKING)

GREEN(SOURCING)

LOAD LOAD

DCCOM

DC(+)

12 to 24 VDC

HIGHALARM

BROWN(SINKING)

LOWALARM

BROWN BLUE

BLACK

(NPN-SINKING)WHITE

ORANGE

(NPN-SINKING)

(NPN-SINKING)

SM552A-173WITH AC115

CABLE

SM502A-173

SM502A

SM552AWITH AC105

CABLE

Sensor Wire ConnectorsDC Models

AC Models


Pry notch(2-PL)




Sensing face

90 mm(3.56)

44 mm(1.75)

22 mm(.87)

92 mm (3.63)79 mm (3.13)

51 mm(2.00)

35 mm DIA(1.37)


Pry notch(2-PL)


7/8"-16 UNFthreads

Sensing face

106 mm(4.17)

44 mm(1.75)

22 mm(.87)

92 mm (3.63)79 mm (3.13)

51 mm(2.00)

35 mm DIA(1.37)


Straightstyle

Right anglestyle



REMOTE HEADREF.

51.0 mm(2.000)

28.5 mm(1.120)

16.0 mm(.630)

AC230



R .7501.91 cm

.7501.91 cm

.3760.96 cm

1.1863.01 cm

.0640.16 cm

.4381.11 cm

.1280.33 cm

AC213

Dimensions

Cable Model

Connector Model


4-36








49 mm(1.93)

25.4 mm(1.00)

52 mm(2.06)

147 mm(5.78)

95 mm(3.75)

51 mm(2.00)

92 mm(3.63)

79 mm(3.13)

14.3 mm(.56)

13 mm(.52)

44 mm(1.75)

78 mm(3.00)

143 mm(5.63)

71 mm(2.78)64 mm REF

(2.52)




Power Requirements

DC Models:12 to 24 VDC ± 10% @ 80 mA, 2 W max., excluding output load (regulated supply)



Outputs

DC Models:NPN Sinking: Switch selectable N.O./N.C.

Sinking on-state voltage drop:Maximum 0.25 volts @ 60 mA

Sinking load current:Maximum 100 mA

Sinking output voltage:Maximum applied 30 VDC

PNP Sourcing: Switch selectable N.O./N.C.Sourcing output current:

Maximum 100 mACurrent limit protected to less than 160 mA


Maximum continuous load current: 1 AmpMaximum applied output voltage: 260 VACMaximum off-state leakage current: less than50 μA (100% PLC/AC input interface compatibility)

Response Time

“On” 200 ms, “Off” 200 ms to“On” 400 ms, “Off” 400 ms, depending upon model

Indicators

Multicolored (Amber, Red, Green) LED:Indicates limits setup and operational modes



Model AC105-50, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 4-conductor,mating connector cable, 15 m (50'), for connector-style sensors

Model AC115, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 5-conductor,mating connector cable, 4 m (12'), for ModelSM552A-X7X series dual-level sensors

Model AC115-50, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 5-conductor,mating connector cable, 15 m (50'), for ModelSM552A-X7X series dual-level, connector-stylesensors


Model AC222, Standard, stainless mounting bracketassembly, slotted for vertical adjustment






Transducer Face: Silicone rubber (FDAapproved)Optional: Fluorosilicone rubber

Sensor Cable: PVC jacketLED: Polycarbonate

* ULTEM® and NORYL® are registered trademarks of TheGeneral Electric Co.

91.44 mm(3.60)

65.00 mm(2.56) 2x6.6 mm 2x

(.23) Wide

11.43 mm(4.50)

72.00 mm(2.83) 2x

30.5 mm (2x)(1.20)

13.2 mm(.52) 2x

R 6.35 mm(.25)

FULL R.TYP

31.0 mm(1.22)

20û

56 mm(2.20)

R 4.8 mm(.19)

45û

3.17 mm(.125) TYP

FULL R.TYP

65.00 mm(2.56) 2x

13.2 mm(.52)

101.60 mm(4.00)

45.7 mm(1.80)

91.44 mm(3.60)

38.0 mm(1.50)19.00 mm

(.75)

R 8.0 mm(.31) 4x

7.10 mm(.28) 2x

AC222AC229

Red LED: Visual indicator for sensor output;illuminated when output is in an active (on) state

Connections

Cable Style Models:DC: 24 AWG, PVC jacket,

4- or 5-conductor, 3 meters (10') long, standard

AC: 20 AWG, PVC jacket,4-conductor, 3 meters (10') long, standard

Connector Style Models:DC: 4- or 5-pin “mini” styleAC: 4-pin “mini” style

Protection

Power Supply: current-limited over-voltage, ESD,reverse polarity, fuse on AC Model

Outputs: current-limited over voltage, ESD,over-current, fused TRIAC on AC Model

Environmental

Operating Temperature Range:0o to 50oC (32o to 122oF)

Storage Temperature Range: -40o to 100o C(-40o to 212oF)

Operating Humidity: 100%Protection Ratings: NEMA 4X, IP67Chemical Resistance: Resists most acids and bases, including most food products. Fluorosilicone transducer face is available to provide resistance to aromatic and petroleum- based hydrocarbons.

Agency Approvals

CE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:EN61010-1: 1990 including amend. No.1:1992EN55011 Group 1 Class A, EN50082-1.Declaration of conformity available upon request


Construction

Dimensions (overall)92 mm (3.625") L x 44 mm (1.75") W x 91 mm (3.58") H

MountingAccessories

4-37

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

02

SE

RIE

S

4-38

SM502 SeriesDual-Level

100-

240

VAC

12-2

4 VD

CCa

ble

Conn

ecto

r2m

(79

")1

m (

39")

Stan

dard

Rt.

Angl

e

Stra

ight

Latch

Cont

rol

Delay

Latch

Cont

rol

Latch

Cont

rol

w/ D

ual A

larm

sSi

licon

e*

Fluor

osilic

one*

ULTE

M®*

NORY

L®*

Loss

of

Echo

❒

Defa

ult

Win

dow

Note

s

Powe

rVe

rsio

n

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Sens

ing

Rang

e

Tran

sduc

erSt

yle

On/O

ffOu

tput

Optio

ns

Mat

eria

ls

Spec

ial

Feat

ures

RemoteTransducer Housing

Model No.SM502A-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-100 FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-100 LE• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-100 S2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■ ■

SM502A-114 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-114 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-119 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-119 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-173• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-173 FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-173 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-173 LES4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-173 N ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-173 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■ ■

SM502A-173 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■

SM502A-173 S4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■

SM502A-174 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.125"SM502A-176 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Inverted NPN Alarm OutputsSM502A-400• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-400 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-473 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM502A-473 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM522B-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM522B-100 FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM522B-100 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM522B-100 R3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■ ■

SM522B-100 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■

SM522B-114 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM522B-114 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM522B-144 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.100"

SM552A-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-100 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-100 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■

SM552A-114 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-114 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-119 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ +0/-0.25"SM552A-120 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ON/OFF ResponseSM552A-172 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.25" Delay 30 sec. or × switch selectableSM552A-173 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-173 LE• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-173 LES3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-173 R1 ■ ■ ■ ■ (10") ■ ■ ■

SM552A-173 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■ ■

SM552A-173 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■

SM552A-174 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-176 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Inverted NPN Alarm OutputsSM552A-400• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-400 LEFS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-400 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-414 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-472 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.25" Delay 30 sec. or × switch selectableSM552A-473 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-473 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM552A-473 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■ ■

SM572B-100 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM572B-100 FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM572B-100 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM572B-100 LES2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■ ■ ■

SM572B-100 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■

SM572B-100 S1 ■ ■ ■ ■ (10") ■ ■ ■


4-39

SM572B-114 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM572B-114 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM572B-144 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.100"

*❒ No change in output on loss of echo

100-

240 V

AC12

-24 V

DCCa

bleCo

nnec

tor

2m (7

9")1 m

(39")

Stan

dard

Powe

rVe

rsion

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Sens

ingRa

nge

Tran

sduc

erSt

yle

On/O

ffOu

tput

Optio

ns

Mat

erial

s

Spec

ialFe

atur

es


Model No.

Rt.

Angl

e

Stra

ight

Latc

h Co

ntro

l

Dela

y La

tch

Cont

rol

Latc

h Co

ntro

lw/

Dua

lAla

rms

Silic

one*

Fluo

rosi

licon

e*

ULTE

M®*

NORY

L®*

Loss

of

Echo

❒

Defa

ult

Win

dow

Note

s

SM502 Series (cont.)Dual-Level



SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

02

SE

RIE

S

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

03

SE

RIE

S

Model SM503 Series

SUPERPROX®

UltrasonicProximitySensorsOn/Off DelaySensing


• ProgrammableOn/Off delay


• Sensing limits andtime delay(s) storedin nonvolatilememory


housing

• Virtuallyimpervious tothe harshestenvironments

• CE certified

• AC-powered modelsETL approved

The versatile time-delay andsensing window setup featuresof the SUPERPROX® ModelSM503 series of Hyde Parkultrasonic, proximity sensors areas easy as pressing a door bell.

Now available in either AC orDC power, the SM503 series isintended for applications

requiring reliable detection ofobjects and a delay of the outputsignal. Applications include jamand gap detection of all typesof containers, even clear glassand P.E.T.

A convenient push-button inthe rear control compartmentgives the user the ability toquickly program when and howlong the sensor output isdelayed in switching to either theon or off state, or both. Once set,the sensor remains set with noperiodic adjustments required.

Like other SUPERPROX®

sensors, this series has a push-button for quickly setting thewindow limits within which theobject is to be detected. Thesesensors are sealed for reliablesensing in harsh, wet, or dirtyenvironments typically associ-ated with many conveyor line,machine, and other automaticcontrol sensing applications. Thehousing meets NEMA 4X andIP67 industry standards. A Dairy3A compliant housing is avail-able as an option.

4-41

68314

12

34

NORMOBJCTN.O.D-OFF

HIGHBKGRDN.C.D-ON

LIMITS DELAY


Switch 1 configures the sensor tooperate in either a normal or highsensitivity mode. Place this switch in theNORM position for sensing liquid orsolid materials. Place the switch in theHIGH position for sensing soft or porousmaterials that will absorb some of theultrasonic energy.

Switch 2 configures the sensor tooperate in either an object or back-ground sensing mode. Place thisswitch in the OBJCT position toperform a sensing function forreceiving the reflected ultrasonicenergy directly off an object. Placethis switch in the BKGRD position toperform a break-beam sensingfunction for receiving the reflectedultrasonic energy directly off a fixedbackground target.

Switch 3 selects the operating modefor the sensor output to be either normallyopen (N.O.) or normally closed (N.C.).

Switch 4 selects the delay timeprogram mode for setting the desiredON and OFF delay times through theDELAYS push-button. See Delay TimeSetup for switch operation.

Delay Time FunctionsThe ON delay time prevents the


of these sensors is the ability to quicklyset up each sensor for a specificapplication. The sensor is configuredthrough four slide switches and twopush-buttons (See Figure 1) locatedinside a water-tight control compartment

on the sensor. To access the controls,remove the small square cover on theback of the sensor. Simply loosen thetwo flathead cover screws and insert asmall-blade screwdriver in either the topor bottom slot to remove the cover. Ashort plastic tether prevents separationof the cover from the sensor. NOTE: Theswitch settings may require changing forthe intended application.

sensor output state from immediatelyswitching active when the sensor startssensing an object inside the set windowlimits. The output switches active onlyafter the sensor has continued sensingthe object inside the set window limits forthe entire ON delay time period.

The OFF delay time prevents the sensoroutput state from immediately switchinginactive when the sensor stops sensingan object inside the set window limits.The output switches inactive only afterthe sensor has discontinued sensing the

Figure 1



EXAMPLE MODEL: SM5 0 3 A - 1 00 - FS R 2SUPERPROX“ Product Series

Power/Connection Type0...12 to 24 VDC / cable style2...100 to 240 VAC / cable style5...12 to 24 VDC / connector style7...100 to 240 VAC / connector style

Sensing Function3...Proximity - on/off delay

Design LevelA...Applies to all DC-powered modelsB...Applies to all AC-powered models

Sensing Range0...51 to 635 mm (2 to 25")1...51 to 1m (2 to 39")4...120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79")

Functionality00...Standard proximity15...Default window: ±1"17...Special delay: 250 ms increment25...Default window: +0.1"/-0.25"44...Default window: ±0.1"49...Special delay: 5 ms increment91...Default window: ±0.05"

Special Features ... No letter indicates standard sensor with no special featuresFS... Fluorosilicone transducer faceAA... Remote limit setup (Available on cable models only.)AB... RS232, 4-digit/2-decimal place output (Available on cable models only.)AD... Limits push-button disabledAE... RS232, 5-digit/3-decimal place output (Available on cable models only.)AF... No LEDs

Housing Types ...No letter indicates standard ULTEM®* plastic housing

N...NORYL®* Dairy 3A gray plastic housing

Remote Type ... No letter indicates standard housingR...Right-angle sensing head with armor cableS...Straight sensing head with armor cable

Remote Cable Length ... No number indicates standard housing1...254 mm (10")2...508 mm (20") 5P...1270 mm (50")3...762 mm (30") 6P...1524 mm (60")4...1016 mm (40")* ULTEM® and NORYL® are registered trademarks of The General Electric Company.

object inside the set window limits forthe entire OFF delay time period.

Delay Time SetupPlace Switch 4 in the D-OFF position

for setting the desired OFF delay time.Press the DELAYS push-button for thelength of the desired delay time. Themulticolored LED indicator on thesensor momentarily flashes green afterrelease of the DELAYS push-button toacknowledge the delay time has beenset into the nonvolatile memory of thesensor.

4-42

Available in PVC cable onlyArmored (standard) orPVC cable (specify P

after number)

Place Switch 4 in the D-ON position forsetting the desired ON delay time. Pressthe DELAYS push-button for the length ofthe desired delay time. The multicoloredLED indicator on the sensor momentarilyflashes green after release of theDELAYS push-button to acknowledgethe delay time has been set into thenonvolatile memory of the sensor.

Resetting Delay TimesPlace Switch 4 in the D-OFF position

and press the DELAYS push-button twosuccessive times for resetting the OFFdelay time to the minimum responsetime. Perform the same process withSwitch 4 in the D-ON position forresetting the ON delay time to theminimum response time. The multicol-ored LED indicator on the sensormomentarily flashes amber after thesecond release of the DELAYS push-button to acknowledge the delaytime has been reset to the minimumresponse time.

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

03

SE

RIE

SSensor Limits SetupPush-button


To set the limits, simply place anobject at the desired distance from thesensor for one limit and press the LIMITSpush-button once. This sets the first limitand switches the sensor output to aninactive state during the limit setup.While the LIMITS push-button is de-pressed, the multicolored LED, locatedon top of the sensor, is amber. Uponrelease of the push-button, the LEDflashes amber indicating that thesecond limit needs to be set within 30seconds. Place an object at the desiredposition for the second limit and pressthe LIMITS push-button once. Again,while the push-button is depressed, theLED is amber. Upon release of the push-button, the LED flashes amber momen-tarily and then turns green to indicateacceptance of both limits. If 30 secondselapse before the second limit is set, thelimits revert back to the previoussettings.

At the same time, the sensor outputswitches from the inactive to the activestate, placing the sensor into theoperational mode, ready to use. Whenpower is off or interrupted, the limits areretained in a nonvolatile memory.

If in setting either limit the echo fromthe object is too weak or distorted, theLED flashes RED for 10 seconds (or untilthe button is pressed again) indicatingthe limit setting was not accepted by thesensor. Attempt to set both limits again,being careful to keep the object surface

parallel to the face of the sensor.Minimum allowed distance between

any two setup limits is 13 mm (1/2"). Themulticolored LED flashes RED after thepress and release of the LIMITS push-button for the second limit setting if thedistance between the limit settings is lessthan 13 mm. The multicolored LEDcontinues flashing RED either until theLIMITS push-button is pressed andreleased once for the first limit setting oruntil 10 seconds have elapsed. Pressingand releasing the LIMITS push-buttononce reinitiates the limit setup sequence.If 30 seconds elapse before the LIMITSpush-button is pressed and released forthe second limit setup, the limits revertback to the previous settings.

A special feature provides an auto-matic 13 mm (1/2") window limits setupfunction. Simply place an object withinthe sensing range of the sensor andpress the LIMITS push-button twice insuccession without moving the object. Alimit is set on a line 1/4" in front and backof the object surface nearest the sensor.

Multicolored LED IndicatorDuring Limit SetupPrior to pressing LIMITS push-button

• Off -Sensing no object or object isoutside the sensing range

• Red -Sensing an object outside theset limits

• Green -Sensing an object inside theset limits

LIMITS push-button depressed for first time• Amber -

Sensing a good object surfacecondition

• Red -Sensing no object or a poor objectsurface condition

LIMITS push-button released for first time• Flashing Amber -

First limit accepted, waiting forsecond limit


LIMITS push-button depressed forsecond time

• Amber-Sensing a good object surfacecondition

• Red -Sensing no object or a poor objectsurface condition

LIMITS push-button released for secondtime

• Green or Red -Second limit accepted

• Green or Amber -Second limit accepted

• Flashing Red -Second limit not accepted; retrysetting both limits

Multicolored LED Indica-tor in Operational Mode


• Red-Sensing as object outside the set limits

• Green-Sensing an object inside the set limits

Red LED Indicator inOperational Mode

The red LED serves as a visualindicator for the sensor output. The LEDis illuminated when the output is in anactive (ON) state. Note: Indicator is notprovided on all models.



Sensor Wire ColorsDC Models Cable Connector

Style Style

+12 to 24 VDC RED BROWN



Common BLACK BLUE




Neutral R E D BLUE

*WARNING

All cables are not alike. Verify thatconnector pin outs and cable conductorcolors match up with the wiring illustrationsshown in the operating instructions.


DC Power Models

AC Power Models

4-43

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

03

SE

RIE

S

LOAD

LOAD

100 to240 VAC

LINE NEUTRAL

BROWN RED

BLACK WHITE

BROWN BLUE

BLACK WHITE

SM523BSERIES

SM573BSERIES

WITHAC105CABLE

BROWN

BLACK(SINKING)

WHITE(SOURCING)

LOAD LOAD

BLUE

RED BLACK

WHITE(SINKING)

GREEN(SOURCING)

LOAD LOAD

DCCOM

DC(+)

12 to 24 VDC

SM503A

SM553AWITH AC105

CABLE

Sensor Wire ConnectionsDC Models

AC Models


LOAD

BLACK

WHITE

RED

TRIAC

LINE

ACPOWER

NEUTRAL


LOAD

BLACK

WHITE

BLUE

TRIAC

LINE

ACPOWER

NEUTRAL



AC Cable Models


Pry notch(2-PL)




Sensing face

90 mm(3.56)

44 mm(1.75)

22 mm(.87)

92 mm (3.63)79 mm (3.13)

51 mm(2.00)

35 mm DIA(1.37)


Pry notch(2-PL)


7/8"-16 UNFthreads

Sensing face

106 mm(4.17)

44 mm(1.75)

22 mm(.87)

92 mm (3.63)79 mm (3.13)

51 mm(2.00)

35 mm DIA(1.37)


Straightstyle

Right anglestyle



REMOTE HEADREF.

51.0 mm(2.000)

28.5 mm(1.120)

16.0 mm(.630)


Dimensions

Cable Model

Connector Model


4-44

AC230

AccessoriesModel AC105,Model AC105,Model AC105,Model AC105,Model AC105, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 4-conductor,


Model AC105-50Model AC105-50Model AC105-50Model AC105-50Model AC105-50, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 4-conductor,mating connector cable, 15 m (50'), for connector-style sensors

Model AC213Model AC213Model AC213Model AC213Model AC213, Stainless and Teflon, remote sensingprobe mounting bracket

Model AC222Model AC222Model AC222Model AC222Model AC222, Standard, stainless mounting bracketassembly, slotted for vertical adjustment

Model AC229Model AC229Model AC229Model AC229Model AC229, Stainless, plate-style, right-angle,mounting bracket, with base slotted for forward/reverse adjustment and side slotted for sensoradjustment

Model AC230Model AC230Model AC230Model AC230Model AC230, Three-piece, stainless, mountingbracket assembly with O-ring mount for sensormodels with remote heads.



Ranges:51 to 1 m (2 to 39”)120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79”) - DC Models only


Power Requirements

DC Models:12 to 24 VDC ± 10% @ 80 mA, 2 W max.,excluding output load (regulated supply)



Outputs







AC Models:TRIAC, switch selectable N.O./N.C.


Declaration of conformity available uponrequest


Construction



Optional: NORYL®* (USDA-Dairy 3A Sanitary Standards compliant)Transducer Face: Silicone rubber (FDA approved)

Optional: Fluorosilicone rubberSensor Cable: PVC jacketLED: Polycarbonate










49 mm(1.93)

25.4 mm(1.00)

52 mm(2.06)

147 mm(5.78)

95 mm(3.75)

51 mm(2.00)

92 mm(3.63)

79 mm(3.13)

14.3 mm(.56)

13 mm(.52)

44 mm(1.75)

78 mm(3.00)

143 mm(5.63)

71 mm(2.78)64 mm REF

(2.52)

91.44 mm(3.60)

65.00 mm(2.56) 2x6.6 mm 2x

(.23) Wide

11.43 mm(4.50)

72.00 mm(2.83) 2x

30.5 mm (2x)(1.20)

13.2 mm(.52) 2x

R 6.35 mm(.25)

FULL R.TYP

31.0 mm(1.22)

20û

56 mm(2.20)

R 4.8 mm(.19)

45û

3.17 mm(.125) TYP

FULL R.TYP

65.00 mm(2.56) 2x

13.2 mm(.52)

101.60 mm(4.00)

45.7 mm(1.80)

91.44 mm(3.60)

38.0 mm(1.50)19.00 mm

(.75)

R 8.0 mm(.31) 4x

7.10 mm(.28) 2x


R .7501.91 cm

.7501.91 cm

.3760.96 cm

1.1863.01 cm

.0640.16 cm

.4381.11 cm

.1280.33 cm

AC222AC213

AC229


Response Time

“On” 10 ms, “Off 10 ms to“On” 30 ms, “Off” 30 ms, dependingupon model

Indicators

Multicolored (Amber, Red, Green) LED:Indicates limits setup and operational modes

Red LED: Visual indicator for sensor output;Illuminated when output is in an active (on) state

Connections


4-conductor, 3 meters (10’) long, standardAC: 20 AWG, PVC jacket,

4-conductor, 3 meters (10’) long, standardConnector Style Models:

DC: 4-pin “mini” styleAC: 4-pin “mini” style

Protection

Power Supply: current-limited over-voltage, ESD,reverse polarity, fused on AC model

Outputs: current-limited over voltage, ESD,over-current, fused TRIAC on AC model

Environmental

Operating Temperature Range:0o to 50oC (32oF to 122oF)

Storage Temperature Range: -40oC to 100oC(-40o to 212oF)


Agency Approvals

CE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:EN61010-1: 1990 including amend. No.1:1992EN55011 Group 1 Class A, EN50082-1.

4-45

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

03

SE

RIE

S

4-46

SM503 SeriesProximity with Delay On/Off Control

100-

240

VAC

12-2

4 VD

CCa

ble

Conn

ecto

r2

m (

79")

1 m

(39

")63

5mm

(25

")St

anda

rdRt

. An

gle

Stra

ight

Silic

one*

ULTE

M®*

NORY

L®*

Defa

ult

Win

dow

Spec

ial

Dela

y

Note

s

Powe

rVe

rsion

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Sens

ingRa

nge

Tran

sduc

erSt

yle

Mat

erial

s

Spec

ialFe

atur

es

Remote

Transducer Housing

Model No.

SM503A-000• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM503A-000 AA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Remote limit setupSM503A-025 AA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ +0.1"/-0.25" Remote limit setupSM503A-025 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■ +0.1"/-0.25"SM503A-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM503A-100 AA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Remote limit setupSM503A-100 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■

SM503A-100 S4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM503A-400 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM503A-415 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±1"

SM523B-000• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM523B-000 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■

SM523B-000 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM523B-017 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 250ms incr.SM523B-049 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 5ms incr.SM523B-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM523B-100 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■

SM523B-100 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM523B-100 S2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■

SM523B-100 S3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■

SM523B-100 S4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM523B-117 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 250ms incr.

SM553A-000• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM553A-044 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.1"SM553A-091 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.05"SM553A-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM553A-117 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 250ms incr.SM553A-144 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.1"SM553A-400 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM573B-000• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM573B-000 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■

SM573B-000 S3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■

SM573B-000 S4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM573B-017 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 250ms incr.SM573B-044 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.1"SM573B-091 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 5 ms incr.SM573B-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM573B-115 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±1"SM573B-144 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.1"


• = Most commonly stocked sensors*= See definition in Sensing Terms.Fluorsilicone available at additional cost.All possible sensor configurations are not listed here.

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

04

SE

RIE

S

Model SM504 Series

SUPERPROX®

UltrasonicProximitySensorsSynchronized/Gate-controlledSensing

Sensing full or empty caseconditions are greatly simplifiedwith these SUPERPROX® sensormodels. Other typical applica-tions include sensing heightdifferentiation, detecting objectsurfaces in specific areas, andperforming on-demand andautomation-control sensingfunctions.

The SUPERPROX® ModelSM504B (cable style) and ModelSM554B (connector style) seriesof ultrasonic, proximity sensors,when used in a set, provide forexternal control of the pulsing ofall the sensors. A setup switch inthese sensors, designated

• Allows sensorsto operate in closeproximity

• Detects objects atspecific points withinadjustable “win-dow” limits

• Makes profiling andpositioning applica-tions possible

• A push-button setswindow limits

• Operating range upto 2 m (79")

• CE certified

“Master” and “Slave,” selects theoperating technique to eithersimultaneously synchronize orgate the transmit and receivecycles of a multiple sensor set.This unique concept is aneffective solution for applicationssuch as: full or empty caseinspecting, on-demand con-trolled sensing or inspecting,in-case container counting,automation control sensing,object-in-area sensing, downcontainer sensing, differentialheight inspecting, and more.

The synchronized technique isdesigned for applicationsrequiring continuous “curtain”sensing over a wide area.Synchronized sensing allows anynumber of sensors to be operat-ing close together, thus eliminat-ing any possible adverseultrasonic signal interferencebetween the sensors.

Controlled or multiplexedsensing of multiple objects,locations or surfaces is accom-plished using the gated tech-nique. With this technique, PLSand PLC output switches or othersensing devices may be used totrigger or gate a sensor set.Depending on the applications, aset of these sensors is used withan isolated switching device toprevent possible false sensoroutputs due to changingforeground object conditions.

Like other SUPERPROX®

sensors, these models have thecapability to detect objects atspecific points within adjustable“window” limits, thus makingprofiling and positioning applica-tions possible. A push-buttonsets the window limits. Thesensors carry the CE Mark andare epoxy sealed in a toughplastic housing to resist harsh,wet, or dirty environmentstypically associated with theabove applications. The housingmeets NEMA 4X and IP67industry standards.A Dairy 3A compliant housing isavailable as an option. Thesesensors have operating rangesof 51 to 635 mm (2 to 25"), 51 to1 m (2 to 39") and 120 mm to2 m (4.7 to 79") and are availablein 12 to 24 VDC model versions.

4-47


Switch 1 configures the sensor tooperate in either a normal or highsensitivity mode. Place this switch in theNORM position for sensing liquid or solidmaterials. Place the switch in the HIGHposition for sensing soft or porousmaterials that will absorb some of theultrasonic energy.

Switch 2 configures the sensor tooperate in either an object or back-ground sensing mode. Place this switchin the OBJCT position to perform asensing function for receiving thereflected ultrasonic energy directly off anobject. Place this switch in the BKGRDposition to perform a break-beamsensing function for receiving thereflected ultrasonic energy directlyoff a fixed background target.



of these sensors is the ability to quicklyset up each sensor for a specificapplication. The sensor is configuredthrough four slide switches and a push-button (See Figure 1) located inside awater-tight control compartment on the

sensor. To access the controls, removethe small square cover on the back ofthe sensor. Simply loosen the twoflathead cover screws and insert asmall-blade screwdriver in either the topor bottom slot to remove the cover. Ashort plastic tether prevents separationof the cover from the sensor. NOTE: Theswitch settings may require changing forthe intended application.

Switch 4 configures the sensor toperform either a slave or master operat-ing function. See Synchronized Sensingand Gate-controlled Sensing descrip-tions for selecting the proper switchposition.

Synchronized SensingSynchronized sensing is a unique

feature of this sensor that enablesreliable “curtain” sensing or inspectingover a wide area by using multiplesensors in a set. Synchronized sensingallows these sensors to be operatedclose together, thus eliminating anypossible adverse ultrasonic signalinterference between the sensors.

Any number of these sensors can beoperated together to perform a synchro-nized sensing function. It is accom-plished by simply connecting togetherthe external control wire lead from all thesensors in the set as shown in theillustration on the next page. One of theconnected sensors must operate withsetup Switch 4 in the “Master” positionand the other connected sensors mustoperate with setup Switch 4 in the“Slave” position. The designated“Master” sensor continuously synchro-nizes the transmit and receive cycles ofall the connected sensors as a result ofthis configuration.

Figure 1

12

34

NORMOBJCTN.O.SLAVE

HIGHBKGRDN.C.MASTER

LIMITS



EXAMPLE MODEL: SM5 5 4 B - 4 00 - AFSUPERPROX® Product SeriesPower/Connection Type (DC only)

0...12 to 24 VDC / cable style

5...12 to 24 VDC / connector style

Sensing Function

4...Proximity - Synchronized/Gate-controlled

Design Level

A…Applies to discontinued models with NPN sinking output only

B…Applies to models with NPN sinking and PNP sourcing outputs

Sensing Range

0...51 to 635 mm (2 to 25")

1...51 to 1 m (2 to 39")

4...120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79")

Functionality

00...Standard Proximity

05...Default Window: ±0.5"

44...Default Window: ±0.1"

67...Switch selectable, 1 or 2 echo hit recognition with high gain

Special Features

... No letter indicates standard sensor with no special features

FS... Fluorosilicone transducer face

AA... Remote limit setup (Available on cable models only.)

AB... RS232, 4-digit/2-decimal place output (Available on cable models only.)

AD... Limits push-button disabled

AE... RS232, 5-digit/3-decimal place output (Available on cable models only.)

AF... No LEDs

Housing Types

...No letter indicates standard ULTEM®* plastic housing


Remote Type

... No letter indicates standard housing

R...Right-angle sensing head with armor cable

S...Straight sensing head with armor cable

Remote Cable Length


1...254 mm (10")

2...508 mm (20") 5P...1270 mm (50")

3...762 mm (30") 6P...1524 mm (60")

4...1016 mm (40")* ULTEM® and NORYL® are registered trademarks of The General Electric Company.

4-48

Available in PVC cable onlyArmored (standard) orPVC cable (specify P

after number)

Gate-controlled SensingGate-controlled sensing is another

unique feature that enables this sensorto perform periodic sensing of multipleobjects or locations. Depending on theapplication, one or a set of thesesensors is used with an isolated switch-ing device for preventing possible falsesensor outputs due to changing fore-ground object conditions. Devices suchas SUPERPROX® sensors, program-mable limit switches or other proximitysensor switches with an open-collector,current sinking output are typically usedto perform the isolated gate-switch or“Master” sensor function.

Gate-controlled sensing is accom-plished by connecting the externalcontrol wire lead from each sensor to theDC supply voltage common through theisolated switch as shown in the illustra-tion on this page. Each connectedsensor must operate with setup Switch 4in the “Slave” position. In this configura-tion, the sensors simultaneously transmitand receive ultrasonic energy only whenthe gate device is switched to the ON orCLOSED state. When the gate device isswitched back to the OFF or OPEN state,the sensor outputs are latched fromchanging state until the next gate-switchcycle.

Sensor Limits SetupPush-button


To set the limits, simply place an objectat the desired distance from the sensorfor one limit and press the LIMITS push-button once. This sets the first limit andswitches the sensor output to aninactive state during the limit setup.While the LIMITS push-button is de-pressed, the multicolored LED, locatedon top of the sensor, is amber. Uponrelease of the push-button, the LEDflashes amber indicating that the secondlimit needs to be set within 30 seconds.Place an object at the desired positionfor the second limit and press the LIMITSpush-button once. Again while the push-button is depressed, the LED is amber.Upon release of the push-button, theLED flashes amber momentarily andthen turns green to indicate acceptanceof both limits. If 30 seconds elapsebefore the second limit is set, the limitsrevert back to the previous settings.

At the same time, the sensor outputswitches from the inactive to the activestate, placing the sensor into the

operational mode, ready to use. Whenpower is off or interrupted, the limits areretained in a nonvolatile memory.

If in setting either limit the echo fromthe object is too weak or distorted, theLED flashes RED for 10 seconds (or untilthe button is pressed again) indicatingthe limit setting was not accepted by thesensor. Attempt to set both limits again,being careful to keep the object surfaceparallel to the face of the sensor.

Minimum allowed distance betweenany two setup limits is 13 mm (1/2"). Themulticolored LED flashes RED after thepress and release of the LIMITS push-button for the second limit setting if thedistance between the limit settings isless than 13 mm. The multicolored LEDcontinues flashing RED either until theLIMITS push-button is pressed andreleased once for the first limit setting oruntil 10 seconds have elapsed. Pressingand releasing the LIMITS push-buttononce reinitiates the limit setup sequence.If 10 seconds elapse before the LIMITSpush-button is pressed and released forthe second limit setup, the limits revertback to the previous settings.

A special feature provides an auto-matic 13 mm (1/2") window limits setupfunction. Simply place an object withinthe sensing range of the sensor andpress the LIMITS push-button twice insuccession without moving the object. Alimit is set on a line 1/4" in front and backof the object surface nearest the sensor.

Multicolored LED Indica-tor During Limit Setup

Prior to pressing LIMITS push-button:• Off -

Sensing no object or object isoutside of the sensing range

• Red -Sensing an object outside theset limits

• Green -Sensing an object inside theset limits

LIMITS push-button depressed for firsttime:

• Amber -sensing a good object surfacecondition


LIMITS push-button released for firsttime:

• Flashing Amber -First limit accepted, waiting forsecond limit


LIMITS push-button depressed forsecond time:



LIMITS push-button released forsecond time:

• Green or Red -Second limit accepted

• Green or Amber -Second limit accepted

• Flashing Red -Second limit not accepted;retry setting both limits

Multicolored LED Indica-tor in Operational Mode


• Red-Sensing as object outside the set limits

• Green-Sensing an object inside the set limits

Red LED Indicator in Op-erational Mode

The red LED serves as a visualindicator for the sensor output. The LEDis illuminated when the output is in anactive (ON) state. Note: Indicator is notprovided on all models.



Sensor Wire colorsCable ConnectorStyle Style

(+)12 to 24 VDC RED BROWN


PNP/Sourcing Output BROWN WHITE

Sync/Gate Control GREEN ORANGE

DC Common BLACK BLUE


4-49

BLACK 1NPN

ORANGE 3Sync/Gate

WHITE 5PNP

BLUE 2Common


SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

04

SE

RIE

S

Synchronized SensingConnections

Gate-controlled SensingConnections


Pry notch(2-PL)




Sensing face

90 mm(3.56)

44 mm(1.75)

22 mm(.87)

92 mm (3.63)79 mm (3.13)

51 mm(2.00)

35 mm DIA(1.37)


Pry notch(2-PL)


7/8"-16 UNFthreads

Sensing face

106 mm(4.17)

44 mm(1.75)

22 mm(.87)

92 mm (3.63)79 mm (3.13)

51 mm(2.00)

35 mm DIA(1.37)


Straightstyle

Right anglestyle



REMOTE HEADREF.

51.0 mm(2.000)

28.5 mm(1.120)

16.0 mm(.630)

AC230


Dimensions

Cable Model Connector Model


Cable Model

Connector Model

Outputs

4-50

AccessoriesModel AC115Model AC115Model AC115Model AC115Model AC115, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 5-conductor,

mating connector cable, 4 m (12'), for ModelSM554B-XXX series connector-style prox sensorswith alarms

Model AC115-50Model AC115-50Model AC115-50Model AC115-50Model AC115-50, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 5-conductor,mating connector cable, 15 m (50'), for ModelSM554B-XXX series connector-style prox sensorswith alarms

Model AC213Model AC213Model AC213Model AC213Model AC213, Stainless and Teflon, remote sensingprobe mounting bracket

Model AC222Model AC222Model AC222Model AC222Model AC222, Standard, stainless mounting bracketassembly, slotted for vertical adjustment

Model AC226Model AC226Model AC226Model AC226Model AC226, Stainless and polyamide conveyor-rail clamp/bracket set

Model AC229Model AC229Model AC229Model AC229Model AC229, Stainless, plate-style, right-angle,mounting bracket, with base slotted for forward/reverse adjustment and side slotted for sensoradjustment

Model AC230Model AC230Model AC230Model AC230Model AC230, Three-piece, stainless, mountingbracket assembly with O-ring mount for sensormodels with remote heads.





Power Requirements

DC Models:12 to 24 VDC ± 10% @ 80 mA, 2 W max., excluding output load (regulated supply)

Output/Input







Input:Input voltage range: 0 to 30 VDCVin-high, minimum: 2.5 VVin-low, maximum: 1.4 VInput current maximum: 0.76 mA

Response Time

“On” 10 ms, “Off” 10 ms to “On” 30 ms, “Off” 30 ms, depending upon model

Indicators

Multicolored (Amber, Red, Green)LED: Indicates limits setup and

operational modesRed LED: Visual indicator for sensoroutput; illuminated when output is in

an active (On) state.

Connections


5-conductor, 3 meters (10') long, standardConnector Style Models:

DC: 5-pin “mini” style

Protection

Power Supply: current-limited over-voltage, ESD,reverse polarity

Outputs, Input: current-limited over voltage, ESD,over-current.

Environmental


Storage Temperature Range: -40o to 100oC(-40o to 212oF)


Agency Approvals

CE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:EN61010-1: 1990 including amend. No.1:1992EN55011 Group 1 Class A, EN50082-1.Declaration of conformity available upon request.


Construction

Dimensions (overall)92 mm (3.625") L x 44 mm (1.75") Wx 91 mm (3.58") H


Optional: NORYL®* (USDA-Dairy 3A Sanitary Standards compliant)

Transducer Face: Silicone rubber (FDA ap-proved)Optional: Fluorosilicone rubber


* ULTEM® and NORYL® are registered trademarks of The General

Electric Co.





#10-32 x 57 mm (2 1/4”) lgstainless steel screw (#102110)& ESNA nut (farside) (#101363)2-places

#10-32 x 12.7 mm (1/2”) lgstainless steel screw (#101335)& ESNA nut (#101363)2-places


49 mm(1.93)

25.4 mm(1.00)

52 mm(2.06)

147 mm(5.78)

95 mm(3.75)

51 mm(2.00)

92 mm(3.63)

79 mm(3.13)

14.3 mm(.56)

13 mm(.52)

44 mm(1.75)

78 mm(3.00)

143 mm(5.63)

71 mm(2.78)64 mm REF

(2.52)

91.44 mm(3.60)

65.00 mm(2.56) 2x6.6 mm 2x

(.23) Wide

11.43 mm(4.50)

72.00 mm(2.83) 2x

30.5 mm (2x)(1.20)

13.2 mm(.52) 2x

R 6.35 mm(.25)

FULL R.TYP

31.0 mm(1.22)

20˚

56 mm(2.20)

R 4.8 mm(.19)

45˚

3.17 mm(.125) TYP

FULL R.TYP

65.00 mm(2.56) 2x

13.2 mm(.52)

101.60 mm(4.00)

45.7 mm(1.80)

91.44 mm(3.60)

38.0 mm(1.50)19.00 mm

(.75)

R 8.0 mm(.31) 4x

7.10 mm(.28) 2x


R .7501.91 cm

.7501.91 cm

.3760.96 cm

1.1863.01 cm

.0640.16 cm

.4381.11 cm

.1280.33 cm

AC222


4-51

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

04

SE

RIE

S

4-52

SM504 SeriesProximity Synchronized & Gate-controlled Sensing

12-2

4 VD

CCa

ble

Conn

ecto

r2m

(79"

)1

m (

39")

635m

m (

25")

Stan

dard

Rt.

Angl

e

Stra

ight

Silic

one*

Fluor

osilic

one*

ULTE

M®*

NORY

L®*

Defa

ult

Win

dow

Note

s

Powe

r Ver

sion

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Sens

ingRa

nge

Tran

sduc

erSt

yle

Mat

erial

s

Spec

ialFe

atur

es

Remote

Transducer Housing

Model No.

SM504B-000• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM504B-000 AA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Remote limit setupSM504B-005 AA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.5" Remote limit setupSM504B-067 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Switch selectable, 1 or 2 echo, hit recognition with high gainSM504B-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM504B-100 R3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■

SM554A-067 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Switch selectable, 1 or 2 echo, hit recognition with high gain

SM554B-000• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM554B-000 S4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM554B-005 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.5"SM554B-044 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.1"SM554B-067 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Switch selectable, 1 or 2 echo, hit recognition with high gainSM554B-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM554B-105 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ±0.5"SM554B-400 AF ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ No LEDs



SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

05

SE

RIE

S

Model SM505 Series

SUPERPROX®

UltrasonicProximityMotionSensorsRate & StoppedMotion Sensing

In contrast to other jam andgap-type sensors which stopmachine processes uponsensing a back-to-back, no-gapcondition, this SUPERPROX®

microprocessor-based series(Model SM505 through ModelSM575) of ultrasonic motionsensors is rate sensitive. Evenwith a back-to-back, no-gapcondition, the operator can,through the use of a rate potenti-ometer, set the speed belowwhich the output switches off,


• Rate adjustments:Single file, 30 to 1200 CPM;Mass wide, 5 to 200 CPM


• SUPERPROX ®

housing meetsNEMA 4X and IP67industry standards

• CE certified

• AC-powered modelETL listed

causing the particular machineunder control to stop. Anotherpotentiometer enables theoperator to set the time delaydesired to restart the particularmachine under control once theresumed container speed is at orabove the set rate. This timedelay feature prevents the outputfrom switching on prematurelywhen the container movementis momentarily at or above theset rate.

Available in either AC or DCmodels, these self-containedsensors can be positionedthroughout the packaging lineand easily configured to auto-matically control the synchro-nized starting and stopping ofconveyor lines and the startingand stopping of the machines inthe system. By allowing themachines to run longer beforeshutdown due to a line backup,and to start earlier once themovement begins, the result isa smoother, more efficientcontainer handling system.

These sensors can be used ineither single-file or mass-wideconveyor operations with alltypes of containers. As with allSUPERPROX® sensors, a simplepush-button is used to set thelimits within which the container

motion is monitored and detec-ted. In single-file applications,container motion is monitored assoon as a back-to-back, no-gapcondition exists. In mass-wideapplications, container motion ismonitored when a containermoves laterally to within 8 in. ofthe SUPERPROX® sensor.

4-53

68314

51mm (2")MINIMUM

SONIC PULSE ECHO

CONTAINER

SINGLE FILECONVEYOR

(CROSS SECTION VIEW)

SONIC PULSE

BACKGROUND TARGET

PUSH BUTTONADJUSTABLE

FOREGROUND WINDOW LIMITS

BACKGROUND WINDOW LIMITS

IntroductionThis SUPERPROX® sensor series

detects the movement of either plastic,glass, or metal containers as small as38 mm (1-1/2") in diameter on single fileand mass conveyors. By using theunique “window” sensing feature withtwo potentiometers and a backgroundtarget on the opposite side of theconveyor, a minimum or stoppedcontainer movement is reliably de-tected. The container pass line nearestthe sensor and background target arethe sensing referencesfor respectively settinga foreground andbackground sensingwindow.

Control CompartmentA unique feature available to the user ofthese sensors is the facility to quickly setup each sensor for a specific motionsensing application. The sensor isconfigured through three slide switches,two potentiometers, and one push-button (See Figure 2) located inside awater-tight control compartment on thesensor. To access the controls, removethe small square cover on the back ofthe sensor. Simply loosen the twoflathead cover screws and insert a

small-blade screwdriver in either the topor bottom slot to remove the cover. Ashort plastic tether prevents separationof the cover from the sensor. NOTE:The switch settings may require chan-ging for the intended application.

Container MotionSensing FunctionThe solid state output in the

SUPERPROX container motionsensors switches OFF when a back-to-

back line or mass of containers isdetected moving below the setting of theRATE potentiometer (See Page 4-55).The sensor output switches ON after theback-to-back line or mass of containershas been detected moving at or abovethe setting of the RATE potentiometer fora delay time period set by the DELAYON potentiometer (See Page 4-55). Thesensor output also switches ON shouldthe background target on the oppositeside of the conveyor be detected for thedelay time period as a result of contain-ers moving out from between the sensorand background target.

Single-File Conveyor Sens-ing Mode

The maximum distance between thesensor and background target on the

opposite side of a single-file conveyorcannot exceed 254 mm (10"). The overallclearance between the container andconveyor side rails should not be morethan 10 mm (3/8"). When a back-to-backline of containers is located between thebackground target and sensor, the sensoroutput switches OFF upon detectingcontainer motion either stopped or at aminimum rate (See Figure 3).

Mass Conveyor SensingMode

The maximum distance between thesensor and background target on theopposite side of a mass conveyor cannotexceed 1 m (39"). When a mass ofcontainers is within 204 mm (8") or lessfrom the foreground sensing window, thesensor output switches OFF upondetecting container motion either stoppedor at a minimum rate (See Figure 4).


Switch 1 configures the sensor tooperate in either a low or high sensitivitymode. Place this switch in the LOWposition for sensing container motion onsingle file conveyors. Place the switch inthe HIGH position for sensing containermotion on mass conveyors.

Switch 2 configures the sensor todetect container motion on either asingle file or mass conveyor. Place thisswitch in the SNGL position for sensingmotion on a single file conveyor over a254 mm (10") sensing range. Place theswitch in the MASS position for sensingcontainer motion on a mass conveyorover a 1 m (39") sensing range.

Switch 3 selects the operating modefor the sensor output to be either normallyopen (N.O.) or normally closed (N.C.).

Switch 4 not used.

Sensor LimitsSetupPush-button

First, during installation,make sure the sensorface is mounted in lineand as parallel aspossible with the back-ground target sensingsurface on the oppositeside of the conveyor.Second, before setting

the sensing window limits, adjust thesingle turn RATE and DELAY ONpotentiometers to the fully CCWposition.

To set the background andforeground sensing window limits,

NOTE: Objects placed within the 51 mmnear range will cause erratic operation.

12

34

LOWSNGLN.O.

HIGHMASSN.C.

LIMITS

INCREASE

RATE

INCREASE

DLY ON

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3 Figure 44-54

1200

1080

960

840

720

600

480

360

240

120

00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

CPMRATE

FULLYCCW

FULLYCW

Single File Conveyor Sensing Mode

Percent of Full Scale Adjustment

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

00 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

CPMRATE

FULLYCCW

FULLYCW

Mass Conveyor Sensing Mode

Percent of Full Scale Adjustment

RATEAdjustment

The RATE potentiom-eter sets the minimumthreshold rate at whichthe sensor outputswitches either OFF orON, depending whetherthere is a decrease or anincrease in the containermotion rate. A CWrotation increases therate setting of the singleturn RATE potentiometer.The output switches OFFwhen containers aremoving below the settingof the RATE potentiom-eter. The output switchesON after containermovement resumes at/orabove the setting of theRATE potentiometer for adelay-on time period. Therate adjustment range forsensing minimumcontainer motion onsingle-file of massconveyor is determinedby the Switch 2 position.With Switch 2 in theSNGL position, the rateadjustment range is 30 to1200 CPM (See Figure 5).With Switch 2 in theMASS position, the rateadjustment range is 5 to200 CPM (See Figure 6).

Initially, set the RATE potentiometerfully CCW to the minimum rateposition. After the background andforeground sensing window limits havebeen set, the RATE potentiometer canbe adjusted to the appropriate settingby slowly turning the potentiometer CWwith containers moving at the optimumline speed in the application.

DELAY ONAdjustment

The DELAY ON potentiometer setsthe minimum delay time before theoutput switches from OFF to ON aftercontainer movement resumes at orabove the setting of the RATE potenti-ometer. A CW rotation increases thedelay setting of the single turn DELAYON potentiometer. The delay-onadjustment prevents the output fromswitching ON prematurely whencontainer movement resumes momen-tarily at or above the setting of theRATE potentiometer. The delay-on timeadjustment range is .05 to 10 seconds.

simply move containers away frombetween the sensor and backgroundtarget and press the LIMITS push-buttononce. This sets the background windowlimits and switches the sensor output OFFduring the limit setup. While the LIMITSpush-button is depressed, the multicol-ored LED located on top of the sensor, isamber. Upon release of the push-button,the LED flashes amber indicating that theforeground window limits need to be setwithin 30 seconds. To set the foregroundwindow limits, place a container on theconveyor against the rail nearest to thesensor with the main body area directly infront of the sensor and press the LIMITSpush-button once. Again, while the push-button is depressed, the LED is amber.Upon release of the push-button, the LEDturns green indicating the backgroundand foreground window limits have beensuccessfully set. If 30 seconds elapsebefore the foreground window limits areset, the limits revert back to the previoussettings.

At the same time, the sensor outputswitches from OFF to ON, placing thesensor into the operational mode, ready touse. When power is off or interrupted, thelimits are retained in a nonvolatile memory.

The background and foregroundwindow limits can be set up in reverseorder. To set the limits in reverse order,place a container on the conveyor againstthe rail nearest to the sensor with the mainbody area directly in front of the sensorand press the LIMITS push-button once.This sets the foreground window limits andswitches the sensor output OFF during thelimit setup. While the LIMITS push-buttonis depressed, the multicolored LED,located on top of the sensor, is amber.Upon release of the push-button, the LEDflashes amber indicating that the back-ground window limits need to be setwithin 30 seconds. Move containers awayfrom between the sensor and backgroundtarget and press the LIMITS push-buttononce. Again, while the push-button isdepressed, the LED is amber. Uponrelease of the push-button, the LED turnsred indicating the foreground andbackground window limits have beensuccessfully set. At the same time, thesensor output switches from OFF to ON,making the sensor operational.

If in setting the limits the echo from eitherthe background target or container is tooweak or distorted, the LED flashes red for10 seconds (or until the button is pressedagain) indicating the limit setting was notaccepted by the sensor. Attempt to setboth limits again with the container andbackground target surfaces parallel to theface of the sensor.

Rate Potentiometer

Figure 5

Figure 6

Multicolored LEDIndicator DuringLimit SetupSetting Limits For The Back-ground 1st & Foreground 2nd

Prior to pressing LIMITS push-buttonfor setting the background limits withoutcontainers on conveyor between thesensor and background target:

• Red or Amber -Sensing background target, readyfor background limits setup.

• Off -Background target either notaligned with sensor or beyondsensing range.

Initially, set the DELAY ON potentio-meter fully CCW to the minimum delay-on time position. After the RATE potenti-ometer has been set, the delay-on timecan be set at the DELAY ON potentiom-eter for the appropriate delay timebefore the sensor output switches ON inthe application.

4-55

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

05

SE

RIE

S



Sensor Wire Colors

DC ModelsCable ConnectorSty le Style

(+) 12 to 24 VDC RED BROWN



Common BLACK BLUE




Neutral RED BLUE

Press and release LIMITS push-button:• Flashing Amber -

Background limits accepted;waiting for foreground limits setupwithin 30 seconds.

• Flashing Red -Background limits not accepted;verify background target alignedwith sensor and within sensingrange before repeating back-ground limits setup (flashing redLED lasts for 10 seconds or untilthe pushbutton is pressed again).

Place a container on conveyor withthe container directly in front of thesensor before pressing LIMITS push-button for setting the foreground limits.

Press and release LIMITS push-button:• Green -

Foreground limits accepted;sensor is ready for detectingcontainer motion.

• Flashing Red -Foreground limits not accepted;verify the container is centeredand parallel with sensor face(flashing red LED lasts for 10seconds or until the push-buttonis pressed again). Move containeraway from sensor, press andrelease LIMITS push-button forflashing amber LED. Place thecontainer directly in front ofsensor again, press and releaseLIMITS push-button for green LEDdisplay.

Setting Limits For The Fore-ground 1st & Background 2nd

Prior to pressing LIMITS push-buttonfor setting the background limits with acontainer on conveyor and directly infront of the sensor:

• Green or Amber -Sensing container, ready forforeground limits setup.

• Off -not sensing container, containernot centered or parallel with thesensor face.

Press and release LIMITS push-button:• Flashing Amber -

Foreground limits accepted,waiting for background limitssetup within 30 seconds.

• Flashing Red -Foreground limits not accepted;verify the container is centeredand parallel with sensor facebefore repeating foreground limitssetup (flashing red LED lasts for10 seconds or until the push-button is pressed again).

*WARNINGAll cables are not alike. Verify that

connector pin outs and cable conductorcolors match up with the wiring illustra-tions shown in the operating instructions.



EXAMPLE MODEL: SM5 0 5 A - 1 00 - FS N S 3SUPERPROX® Product SeriesPower/Connection Type

0...12 to 24 VDC / cable style 5...12 to 24 VDC / connector style

2...100 to 240 VAC / cable style 7...100 to 240 VAC / connector style

Sensing Function

5...Proximity - motion

Design Level

A...Applies to all DC-powered models

B...Applies to all AC-powered models

Sensing Range

0...51 to 635 mm (2 to 25")

1...51 to 1 m (2 to 39")

Functionality

00...Standard Proximity - motion

Special Features



AA... Remote limit setup (available on cable models only.)

AB... RS232, 4-digit/2-decimal place output (available on cable models only.)



AF... No LEDs

Housing Types



Remote Type




Remote Cable Length


1...254 mm (10")

2...508 mm (20") 5P...1270 mm (50")

3...762 mm (30") 6P...1524 mm (60")

4...1016 mm (40")

* ULTEM® and NORYL® are registered trademarks of The General Electric Company.

View of Plug on Connector StyleSensors

DC Power Models

AC Power Models

#1NPN

BLACK

#2Common

BLUE

#4PNP

WHITE

#3+12 to 24 VDC

BROWN

#1Switch

Line SideBLACK

#2NeutralBLUE

#4Switch

Load SideWHITE

#3Line

BROWN

4-56

Armored (standard) orPVC cable (specify P

after number)


LOAD

LOAD

100 to240 VAC

LINE NEUTRAL

BROWN RED

BLACK WHITE

BROWN BLUE

BLACK WHITE

SM525BSERIES

SM575BSERIES

WITHAC105CABLE

LOAD

LOAD

12 TO 24 VDC

DC(+)

DCCOM

RED BLACK

WHITE

(SINKING)

GREEN

(SOURCING)

BROWN BLUE

SM505ASERIES

SM555ASERIES

WITHAC105CABLE

LOAD

LOADBLACK

(SINKING)

WHITE

(SOURCING)


LOAD

BLACK

WHITE

RED

TRIAC

LINE

ACPOWER

NEUTRAL


LOAD

BLACK

WHITE

BLUE

TRIAC

LINE

ACPOWER

NEUTRAL

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

RED

WHITE

GREEN

BLACK

LOAD

LOAD

DC(+)

DCCOM

CURRENTLIMIT

PNP

NPN

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

BROWN

BLACK

WHITE

BLUE

LOAD

LOAD

DC(+)

DCCOM

CURRENTLIMIT

PNP

NPN



Sensor Wire ConnectionsDC Cable Models

AC Cable Models

AC Cable Models


Pry notch(2-PL)




Sensing face

90 mm(3.56)

44 mm(1.75)

22 mm(.87)

92 mm (3.63)79 mm (3.13)

51 mm(2.00)

35 mm DIA(1.37)


Pry notch(2-PL)


7/8"-16 UNFthreads

Sensing face

106 mm(4.17)

44 mm(1.75)

22 mm(.87)

92 mm (3.63)79 mm (3.13)

51 mm(2.00)

35 mm DIA(1.37)


Straightstyle

Right anglestyle



REMOTE HEADREF.

51.0 mm(2.000)

28.5 mm(1.120)

16.0 mm(.630)

AC230


Dimensions

Cable Model

Connector Model


4-57

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

05

SE

RIE

S


Range:51 to 1 m (2 to 39")


Power Requirements

DC Models:12 to 24 VDC + 10% @ 80 mA, 2 W max., excluding output load (regulated supply)

AC Models:100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, @ 30 mA, 7.5 VA max., excluding load

Outputs









Response Time

“On” 100 ms, “Off” 100 ms

Indicators


operational modesRed LED: Indicates sensor output; illuminated when

output is in an active (on) state.

Connections

Cable Style Models:DC: 24 AWG, PVC jacket, 4-conductor,

3 meters (10') long, standardAC: 20 AWG, PVC jacket,

4-conductor, 3 meters (10') long, standardConnector Style Models:

DC: 4-pin, “mini” styleAC: 4-pin “mini” style

Protection

Power Supply: current-limited over-voltage, ESD,reverse polarity, fused on AC model

Outputs: current-limited over voltage,ESD, over-current, fused TRIAC on AC model

Environmental


Storage Temperature Range:-40o to 100oC (-40o to 212oF)


Agency Approvals

CE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:EN61010-1: 1990 including amend. No.1:1992EN55011 Group 1 Class A, EN50082-1.









Declaration of conformity available upon request.AC Models SM520/570 carry the ETL safety label.

Construction




Transducer Face: Silicone rubber (FDA approved)Optional: Fluorosilicone rubber











49 mm(1.93)

25.4 mm(1.00)

52 mm(2.06)

147 mm(5.78)

95 mm(3.75)

51 mm(2.00)

92 mm(3.63)

79 mm(3.13)

14.3 mm(.56)

13 mm(.52)

44 mm(1.75)

78 mm(3.00)

143 mm(5.63)

71 mm(2.78)64 mm REF

(2.52)

91.44 mm(3.60)

65.00 mm(2.56) 2x6.6 mm 2x

(.23) Wide

11.43 mm(4.50)

72.00 mm(2.83) 2x

30.5 mm (2x)(1.20)

13.2 mm(.52) 2x

R 6.35 mm(.25)

FULL R.TYP

31.0 mm(1.22)

20û

56 mm(2.20)

R 4.8 mm(.19)

45û

3.17 mm(.125) TYP

FULL R.TYP

65.00 mm(2.56) 2x

13.2 mm(.52)

101.60 mm(4.00)

45.7 mm(1.80)

91.44 mm(3.60)

38.0 mm(1.50)19.00 mm

(.75)

R 8.0 mm(.31) 4x

7.10 mm(.28) 2x


R .7501.91 cm

.7501.91 cm

.3760.96 cm

1.1863.01 cm

.0640.16 cm

.4381.11 cm

.1280.33 cm

AC222

AC229


4-58

4-59

SM505 SeriesProximity Motion Sensing

100-

240

VAC

12-2

4 VD

CCa

ble

Conn

ecto

r1

m (

39")

635m

m (

25")

Stan

dard

Rt.

Angl

e

Stra

ight

Silic

one*

Fluor

osilic

one*

ULTE

M®

*

NORY

L®*

Powe

rVe

rsion

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Sens

ingRa

nge

Tran

sduc

erSt

yle

Mat

erial

s

Spec

ialFe

atur

es


Model No.

SM505A-000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM505A-100 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM525B-000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM525B-100 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM555A-000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM555A-000 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■

SM555A-100 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM575B-000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM575B-100 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM575B-100 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■



SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

05

SE

RIE

S

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

06

SE

RIE

S

Model SM506 Series

SUPERPROX®

UltrasonicAnalogOutputSensors

The SUPERPROX® ModelSM506A (cable style) andModel SM556A (connector style)ultrasonic, noncontact sensorswith a sensing range of 51 mmto 2 meters (2 to 79") are nowavailable. These rugged sensorsmonitor the distance to an objectwhile generating a proportionalanalog output relative to two

• Easy push-buttonsetup for settingsensing span limits

• Switch for selectingeither direct orinverse proportionaloutput

• 4 to 20 mA or0 to 10 VDCselectable outputs

• Adjustable analogoutput responsepotentiometer

• SUPERPROX®

housing meets IP67and NEMA 4Xindustry standards

• CE certified

span limits which can be easilyset with the push of a button. Forapplications such as maintaininga constant fill level in a fillermachine, the analog outputmodulates the product flowinto the filler as the filler speedchanges. The analog output maymodulate the speed of othermachinery or regulate themovement of control valveactuators. Two discrete outputs,with setup and operationindependent of the analogoutput span limits, providealarm capability through thesingle sensor.

The analog output may alsoconnect directly to program-mable controller analog inputmodules for performing complexloop control or simple status(e.g., distance measuring)monitoring functions.

Easy to install and operate,these reliable SUPERPROX®

DC-powered sensors carry theCE Mark. The sensor housingmeets NEMA 4X, IP67 industrystandards. A Dairy 3A complianthousing is available as an option.

4-61

IntroductionHyde Park’s SUPERPROX® sensors

with analog output employ the latest inpiezoelectric, ultrasonic, and micropro-cessor technology to provide reliable,noncontact, level, distance, or sizemeasurement sensing for a wide varietyof process-control applications.

As shown in Figures 1 and 3, thesesensors have a sensing range of either51 mm to 1 m (2 to 39") or 120 mm to 2m (4.7 to 79"), at or within which theanalog span limits and alarm set points(if selected) can be set.


Switch 1 (all models) selects either adirectly (DIR) or inversely (INV) propor-tional (level or distance of an objectrelative to the span limits) analog output.When the switch is in the DIR position,the maximum analog output occurs atthe limit closest to the sensor. When theswitch is in the INV position, the maxi-mum analog output occurs at the limitfarthest from the sensor.

Switch 2 selects the desired analogoutput on loss of echo for all models asshown in the chart below. For modelswith alarms, Switch 2 works with Switch

Sensor is Quickly andEasily Configured

This is done through four dip switches,two push-buttons and a one-turnpotentiometer located inside a water-tight control compartment at the backside of the sensor (Fig. 2 and Fig.4).Access to the compartment is gained byloosening two flathead screws, insertinga small screwdriver in either the top orbottom slot and removing the squarecover. A short plastic tether preventsseparation of the cover from the sensor.

Models without Alarms

4-62

Loss of EchoLoss of echo occurs when the sensor

does not receive echos from an objectwithin its sensing range for more thanone second. When this occurs, theanalog signal will go to the minimum ormaximum value depending on theposition of configuration Switch 2. Whenthe sensor again receives echos fromwithin its sensing range, the analogsignal is updated to a value indicatingthe object's present position relative tothe span limits.

"LE" Option - Function"00" & "81" or Hold Outputon Loss of Echo - Function"98" & "99"

Depending on model functionality,when loss of echo occurs for more thanone second, the analog signal will holdat the value of the last echo received.When the sensor again receives echoswithin its sensing range, the analogsignal is updated to a value indicatingthe object's present position relative tothe span limits.

Figure 3

Models with Alarms

Figure 1

Figure 2 (with alarms)

DIR/INVMIN/MAXM-M/HLDmA/VOLT

LIMITSRESPONSE

ALARMS

ON

Figure 4 (without alarms)

DIR/INVMIN/MAX

LIMITSRESPONSEON

Analog Response TimePotentiometer

As the position of a sensed objectchanges relative to the span limits, theanalog output changes accordingly. Insome applications, where there is rapidand erratic object movement or irregularobject profiles and surfaces, it may bedesirable to reduce the rate of outputchange. A one-turn RESPONSE potenti-ometer, located in the control compart-ment, allows adjustment or damping of

3 in selecting the state of the output.Switch 2 also determines the state of theoutput on power-up.

Switch 3 (models with alarms only -not used on other models) selectswhether the analog output goes todefault, minimum or maximum output, orholds on loss of echo.

Switch 4 (models with alarms only -not used on models dedicated to either0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA output) selectseither a current or voltage output. Placethe switch in the VOLT position for 0-10VDC or in the mA position for 4-20 mA.

The LIMITS & ALARMSPush-buttons

The LIMITS push-button is used to setboth near and far limits of the analogspan within which object detection andcontrol takes place. After the limits havebeen set, the sensor continuously emitseither a 0 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA outputthat is in proportion to the object’sposition relative to the span limits. Forexample, if the output selected is 4-20mA and the object is detected halfway

the analog output response to eitherabrupt or rapid changes in the object’sposition. The response is adjustable from70 ms to 2.5 seconds, allowing smoothcontrol regulation or speed modulation ofprocess equipment. Figure 5 illustratesthe relationship between the potentiom-eter setting and the output response timeover the entire one-turn range.

The output response is the time periodrequired for the output signal to match95% of a monitored abrupt change inobject position. For example, assumeSwitch 1 is set to DIR and the potentiom-eter is set for a response time of 2.5seconds (fully CW). At the far span limitthe output is 4 mA. The object beingdetected has been stable at the far limitbut then moves to the near span limitvery rapidly. Two and one-half secondsafter the object reaches the near limit,the analog output reaches 19.2 mA… or,(20 mA - 4 mA) .95 + 4 mA. Figure 6illustrates the output response character-istics for 1.25 and 2.5 seconds.

between the analog span limits, theoutput is 12 mA. The output rangeadjusts to the size of the analog span andremains proportional regardless of wherethe limits are set for the analog span.

Setting the limits begins by using a flat-surface target, approximately 150 mm x150 mm (6" x 6") in size, and positioningit in front of and parallel to the face of thesensor. The operator moves the targetthe desired distance from the sensorthat represents either the near or farselected span limit. One press of theLIMITS push-button lights the multicol-ored LED on top of the sensor amberand sets the limit at that distance. Whenthe push-button is released, the LEDflashes amber, indicating the other limitneeds to be set. Moving a target to thesecond selected span limit position,which can be as close as 6.5 mm (1/4")from the other limit, and pressing thepush-button again sets that limit. Again,while the push-button is depressed, themulticolored LED lights amber. Uponrelease of the push-button, the LEDturns green to indicate acceptance ofboth span limits. At the same time, thesensor output switches from the inac-tive to active state, placing the sensorin operation, ready to use. If, in settingeither span limit, the echo from theobject is too weak or distorted, themulticolored LED flashes red for 10seconds or until the push-button ispressed again. This indicates the limitsetting was not accepted by the sen-sor. If power is interrupted or is turnedoff during operation, the span limitsare retained in a nonvolatile memory.

During operation, as long as an objectis within the analog span limits, themulticolored LED remains green. Theother LED (always red) indicates therelative value of the analog output andvaries in intensity according to theoutput. The higher the current or voltageoutput, the brighter the red LED. SeePage 4-64 for further explanation.

The ALARMS push-button (on alarmmodels) is used to set two discrete alarmset points anywhere within the sensingrange where alarm outputs are requiredto protect equipment from potentialdamage. An example would be theprevention of an overflow condition.Setting the alarm set points follows thesame procedure as for the span limitswith one exception: Upon release of theALARMS push-button for the secondalarm set point, the multicolored LEDflashes amber for the farther (from thesensor) set point and flashes red for thenearer set point to indicate acceptanceof both alarm set points.

WhenAnalog Switch 2 Switch 3 State of theModels: set at: set at: Analog Output

on Loss of Echo1

With alarms MIN M-M 4 mA or 0 V (Alarms non-sinking and on)

(See note 2for models MAX M-M 20 mA or 10 Vwith suffix (Alarms non-

198.) sinking and on)

MIN HLD No change3

(and no changein alarms)

MAX HLD

Withoutalarms and MIN 4 mA or 0 Vno LE suffix Not

used(See note 2for models MAX 20 mA or 10 Vwith suffix118 & 188.)

Without MINalarms and Not No change3

with LE usedsuffix MAX

1 Loss of echo occurs when sensordoes not receive any echoes within itssensing range for more than one second.

2 These sensor models ignore allechoes outside the programmed span.

3 Means the output will hold at value oflast echo received. When sensor againreceives echoes within its sensing range,the outputs are updated to a valueindicating the object’s present position.

NOTE: On power-up, the analog output

4-63

Figure 5

Figure 6

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

06

SE

RIE

S



EXAMPLE MODEL: SM5 0 6 A - 4 81 - FS N S 4SUPERPROX® Product SeriesPower/Connection Type

0...15 to 24 VDC / cable style

5...15 to 24 VDC / connector style

Sensing Function

6...Proximity - analog

Design Level

A...Applies to all models

Sensing Range

1...51 to 1 m (2 to 39")

4...120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79")

Functionality

00...4 to 20 mA

18...4 to 20 mA, ignore objects outside of span limits

81...0 to 10 VDC

88...0 to 10 VDC, ignore objects outside of span limits

98...Disable/enable loss of echo with high/low alarms,

ignore objects outside of span limits

99...Disable/enable loss of echo with high/low alarms

Special Features


LE... No change in output on loss of echo


AA... Remote limit setup (Available on cable models only.)

AB... RS232, 4-digit/2-decimal place output (Available on cable models only.)



AF... No LEDs

Housing Types



Remote Type




Remote Cable Length

... No number indicates standard housing

1...254 mm (10")

2...508 mm (20")

3...762 mm (30")

4...1016 mm (40")

5P...1270 mm (50")

6P...1524 mm (60")

*ULTEM® and NORYL® are registered trademarks of The General Electric Company.

Multicolored LED statusWhen setting analog span limits:

While LIMITS push-button is held inthe first time at first limit:

• Amber -sensing solid, stable object

• Red -sensing unstable object or no object

After release of LIMITS push-button -first time, at first limit:

• Flashing Amber -first limit accepted, waiting forsecond limit

• Flashing Red -first limit invalid; retry

While LIMITS push-button is held inthe first time at second limit:

• Amber -sensing solid, stable object

• Red -sensing unstable object or no object

After release of LIMITS push-button -first time, at second limit:

• Green or Red -second limit (near) accepted

• Green or Amber -second limit (far) accepted

• Flashing Red -second limit not accepted; beginagain with first limit setup

When setting alarm setpoints:Press and release the ALARMS push-

button with the object at the desired far-alarm set point.

• Flashing Amber -Far-alarm set point is set.

Press and release the ALARMS push-button with the object at the desirednear-alarm set point.

• Flashing Red -Near-alarm set point is set.

NOTE: When either one of the alarmset points is reset at a different point, theother alarm set point must also be reset.

During operation:• Flashing Red -

object sensed at or closer than thenear-alarm set point.

• Red -object sensed between the near-alarm set point and the near limit.

• Green -object sensed at or between thenear and far limits.

• Amber -object sensed between the far limitand the far-alarm set point.

• Flashing Amber -object sensed at or farther than thefar-alarm set point.

• Off -no object sensed within the fullsensing range.

Red LED status during setup andoperation:

During setup of sensor, the red LEDhas no significance. During operation,the brightness of the red LED indicatesthe relative value of the analog output.The red LED is off when the output isminimum and brightest red when theoutput is maximum.

Electrical WiringThese analog sensors are available

as either three-wire or five-wire devices,depending on the configuration se-lected. The model with remote limitssetup is either a four- or six-wire device,available only as a cable style model.NOTE: In order to avoid unwantedelectrical interference, the sensor wiresmust be run in conduit separate fromany AC power or control wires.

4-64



5-Wire Sensor Cable ConnectorWire Colors Style Style

(5-Pin)

Power (+)15 to 24 VDC RED BROWN

Analog Output(4 to 20 mA or0 to 10 VDC) WHITE BLACK

Common BLACK BLUE

Near-Alarm Limit GREEN WHITE

Far-Alarm Limit BROWN ORANGE

Remote Push-button Not(Option) BLUE Available

5-Wire Connections

*WARNING:The analog output “COMMON” is

internally connected to earth ground.An isolated signal transmitter is requiredwhen using the controller with un-grounded analog input process controldevices.

LOAD

15 to 24 VDCDC(+)

DCCOM

RED BLACK

ANALOGWHITE

Red Output LED

SM506A-X00

3-Wire Sensor Cable ConnectorWire Colors Style Style

(4-Pin)

Power (+)15 to 24 VDC RED BROWN

Analog Output(4 to 20 mA or0 to 10 VDC) WHITE BLACK

Power Common BLACK BLUE

Signal Common WHITE

Remote Push-button Not(Option) BLUE Available

3-Wire Connections


Pry notch(2-PL)




Sensing face

90 mm(3.56)

44 mm(1.75)

22 mm(.87)

92 mm (3.63)79 mm (3.13)

51 mm(2.00)

35 mm DIA(1.37)


Pry notch(2-PL)


7/8"-16 UNFthreads

Sensing face

106 mm(4.17)

44 mm(1.75)

22 mm(.87)

92 mm (3.63)79 mm (3.13)

51 mm(2.00)

35 mm DIA(1.37)


Straightstyle

Right anglestyle



Dimensions

Cable Model

Connector Model


4-65

LOAD

15 to 24 VDCDC(+)

DCCOM

BROWN BLUE

ANALOGBLACK

Red Output LED

BLUE and WHITEWires Connected

Internally

#1BLACK

Analog Signal

#2BLUE

Common

#4WHITE

Common

#3BROWN

15 to 24 VDC

WHITE

SM556A-X00WITH

AC105CABLE

4-Wire Connections LOAD

15 to 24 VDCDC(+)

DCCOM

RED BLACK

ANALOGWHITE

Red Output LED

NEARALARM

FARALARM

GREEN

BROWN

(NPN SINKING/N.O.)

(NPN SINKING/N.O.)

SM506A-X99

LOAD

15 to 24 VDCDC(+)

DCCOM

BROWN BLUE

ANALOGBLACK

Red Output LED

NEARALARM

FARALARM

WHITE

ORANGE

(NPN SINKING/N.O.)

(NPN SINKING/N.O.)

#1BLACK

Analog Signal

#2BLUE

Common

#5WHITE

High Alarm

#4BROWN

15 to 24 VDC#3ORANGELow Alarm

SM556A-X99WITHAC115CABLE

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

06

SE

RIE

S


Ranges:51 to 1000 mm (2" to 39")120 mm to 2 m (4.7" to 79") - DC model only

Sonic Frequency: 200 kHzMaximum Plane-reflector Angle:

± 10o on 305 mm x 305 mm (12" x 12") flat target at a distance of 305 mm (12")

Sonic Cone Angle: 26o @ 762 mm (30")

Analog Output Electrical Specifications

(Test conditions: 24 VDC, TA = 20oC, large flat target,still air)

current voltageoutput1 output2 units

Output Range 4-20 mA 0-10 VLoad Resistance 10 to 1K 200 to ∞ OhmsResolution3 0.004 mA 2.5 mVDCAccuracy4 ± 0.50 ± 0.40 % of spanLinearity ± 0.10 ± 0.10 % of spanTemperature

dependence ± 0.006 ± 0.004 % of span/oC

1 tested with 250 Ohm load2 tested with 470 Ohm load; a low value is recom-

mended to minimize noise pickup3 resolution = span/4000; maximum: 0.08 mm (0.003")4 best accuracy may be limited to + 1/32 +0.794 mm

(0.03125") due to wave-skip phenomena

Power Requirements

DC Models:15 to 24 VDC ± 10% @ 80 mA excludingoutput load

Outputs

Switch selectable for either 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10VDC in alarm models only. Other modelsdedicated to either 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 10 VDC.

Non-isolated

REMOTE HEADREF.

51.0 mm(2.000)

28.5 mm(1.120)

16.0 mm(.630)

AC230





#10-32 x 57 mm (2 1/4”) lgstainless steel screw (#102110)& ESNA nut (farside) (#101363)2-places

#10-32 x 12.7 mm (1/2”) lgstainless steel screw (#101335)& ESNA nut (#101363)2-places


49 mm(1.93)

25.4 mm(1.00)

52 mm(2.06)

147 mm(5.78)

95 mm(3.75)

51 mm(2.00)

92 mm(3.63)

79 mm(3.13)

14.3 mm(.56)

13 mm(.52)

44 mm(1.75)

78 mm(3.00)

143 mm(5.63)

71 mm(2.78)64 mm REF

(2.52)

91.44 mm(3.60)

65.00 mm(2.56) 2x6.6 mm 2x

(.23) Wide

11.43 mm(4.50)

72.00 mm(2.83) 2x

30.5 mm (2x)(1.20)

13.2 mm(.52) 2x

R 6.35 mm(.25)

FULL R.TYP

31.0 mm(1.22)

20˚

56 mm(2.20)

R 4.8 mm(.19)

45˚

3.17 mm(.125) TYP

FULL R.TYP

65.00 mm(2.56) 2x

13.2 mm(.52)

101.60 mm(4.00)

45.7 mm(1.80)

91.44 mm(3.60)

38.0 mm(1.50)19.00 mm

(.75)

R 8.0 mm(.31) 4x

7.10 mm(.28) 2x


R .7501.91 cm

.7501.91 cm

.3760.96 cm

1.1863.01 cm

.0640.16 cm

.4381.11 cm

.1280.33 cm

AC222 AC229

MountingAccessories

AC213

Sinking Outputs:Maximum on-state voltage drop @ 60mA: 0.25 voltsMaximum load current: 100 mAMaximum applied voltage: 35 VDC

Response Time

0.07 to 2.5 seconds(See analog output response curves.)

Indicators

Multicolored (Amber, Red, Green) LED:Indicates Llmits-setup and operational modes

Red LED:Visual indicator for analog output; intensity varies as output magnitude changes.

Connections

Cable Style Models:DC: 24 AWG, PVC jacket, 3-,4-, or 5-conductor,3 meters (10') long, standard

Connector Style Models:DC: 24 AWG, 4- or 5-pin “mini” style

Protection

Power Supply:Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, reverse polarity

Outputs:Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, over-current

Environmental


Storage Temperature Range:-40o to 100oC (-40o to 212oF)

Operating Humidity: 100%Protection Ratings:

NEMA 4X, IP67Chemical Resistance:

Resists most acids and bases, including most foodproducts. Fluorosilicone transducer face is

available to provide resistance to aromatic andpetroleum-based hydrocarbons.

Agency Approvals

CE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:EN61010-1: 1990 including amend. No.1:1992EN55011 Group 1 Class A, EN50082-1.Declaration of conformity available upon request.


Construction

Dimensions (overall)92 mm (3.625") L x 44 mm (1.75") W x 91mm (3.50") H cable style

Housing:Shock and vibration resistantCase: ULTEM®* (FDA approved)


Transducer Face: Silicone rubber (FDA approved)Optional: Fluorosilicone rubber




4-66




Model AC115, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 5-conductor,mating connector cable, 4 m (12'), for ModelSM556A-X9X series analog, connector-style proxsensors with alarms

Model AC115-50, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 5-conductor,mating connector cable, 15 m (50'), for ModelSM556A-X9X series analog, connector-style proxsensors with alarms






4-67

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

06

SE

RIE

S

4-68

SM506 SeriesAnalog Output

Powe

r Vers

ion

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Sens

ing

Ran

ge

Tran

sduc

erSt

yle

Anal

ogOu

tput

Mat

eria

ls

Spec

ial

Feat

ures

SM506A-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-100 AB ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ RS232 outputSM506A-100 FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-100 LE• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-100 LER4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-100 N ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-100 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■ ■

SM506A-100 S4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■

SM506A-118 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-181 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-181 AA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Remote limit setupSM506A-181 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-181 LER2 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-181 S1 ■ ■ ■ ■ (10") ■ ■ ■

SM506A-181 S4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■

SM506A-188 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-188 AA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Remote limit setupSM506A-198• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM506A-198 AA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echo, Remote limit setupSM506A-198 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM506A-198 R3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM506A-199• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM506A-199 AA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echo, Remote limit setupSM506A-199 FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM506A-199 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM506A-199 R3 ■ ■ ■ ■ (30") ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM506A-400 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-400 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-418 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-481 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-481 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-488 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM506A-498• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM506A-498 AA ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echo, Remote limit setupSM506A-499• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echo

SM556A-100• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-100 FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-100 LE• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-100 LEN ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-100 LER4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-100 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■

SM556A-100 S4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■

SM556A-118 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-181 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-181 FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-181 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-181 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■ ■

SM556A-188 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-188 AD ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Limits push-button disabledSM556A-198• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM556A-199• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM556A-199 FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM556A-199 N ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM556A-199 R2 ■ ■ ■ ■ (20") ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM556A-199 R4 ■ ■ ■ ■ (40") ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM556A-400• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-400 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-400 N ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Remote

Transducer Housing

Model No. 15/2

4 VD

CCa

ble

Conn

ecto

r2m

(79

")1

m (

39")

Stan

dard

Rt.

Angl

e

Stra

ight

0-10

VDC

4-20

mA

Sele

ctab

le

Silic

one*

Fluo

rosi

licon

e*

ULTE

M®*

NORY

L®*

Loss

of

Echo

❐

High

/Low

Ala

rms

Igno

re o

bject

outsi

de of

span

limits

Notes


4-69

❐ No change in output on loss of echo

SM556A-418 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-481 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-481 LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-488 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

SM556A-498• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM556A-499• ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echoSM556A-499 N ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Disable/enable loss of echo

SM506 Series (cont.) Analog Output

Model No.

Remote

Transducer Housing

15/2

4 VD

CCa

ble

Conn

ecto

r2m

(79

")1 m

(39")

Stan

dard

Rt. A

ngle

Stra

ight

0-10

VDC

4-20

MA

Selec

table

Silic

one*

Fluor

osilic

one*

ULTE

M®*

NORY

L®*

Loss

of

Echo

❐

High

/Low

Ala

rms

Igno

re o

bject

outs

ide

of s

pan

limits

Note

s

Powe

r Vers

ionCo

nnec

tion

Style

Sens

ingRa

nge

Tran

sduc

erSt

yle

Analo

gOu

tput

Mat

eria

ls

Spec

ialFe

atur

es



SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M5

06

SE

RIE

S

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

00

SE

RIE

S I

NT

RO


4-71

18 mm &Flat-ProfileUltrasonicSensors

SUPERPROX ®

Model SM600 SeriesProximity Sensing

SUPERPROX ®

Model SM602Dual-Level Sensing

SUPERPROX ®

Model SM606Distance Sensing withAnalog Output

SUPERPROX ®

Model SM607Small-Target Sensing

•Field programmable capability in 18 mm and flat-profile models

•DeviceNet capability in flat-profile models

•CE certified

Now available... oneof the world’s finestseries of ultrasonicproximity sensors

Built on a long tradition ofexcellence in ultrasonic, proxim-ity sensing achieved by theSUPERPROX® 500 sensor series,an array of ultrasonics nowoffers an added dimension inobject detection and control.The SUPERPROX® 600 series ofsensors, by virtue of their size,powerful sensing performanceand versatility, extends the limitsof opportunities for accurate,reliable sensing for industrieseverywhere. Including thoseapplications previously assignedto other less reliable, lessproductive sensing devices.

Available in 18 mm barrelmodels, housed in ruggedULTEM® plastic or stainlesssteel, and a new compact “flat-profile” housing of ULTEM®

plastic, these sensors fit easily inareas where sensor space is

very limited. Protection Ratingsof NEMA 4X and IP67 help toensure nonstop operation, dayin and day out. Like theSUPERPROX® 500 series, thesesensors resist wet, harshenvironments, dust, ambientlight, high noise levels, frequenthigh-pressure washdown, andsevere duty applications. Onceset up and operating, theseminiatures need very littleattention. Even under themessiest conditions, theyreliably detect most every kind ofmaterial...especially clear glass,plastic, and film...an importantadvantage over many photo-electric sensors. Changing lightconditions and colors have noeffect on sensing capability andno sensitivity adjustments arenecessary to compensate forinconsistent materials.

Unlike the SM500 series, theSM600 series has fixed, asopposed to push-button set,sensing “windows” within whichthe object detection takes place.

A variety of different fixedsensing windows are availablewithin each specific modelseries. These and other featuresmake the sensors the perfect fitfor achieving optimum productiv-ity in many sensing applications.

For sensing applicationsrequiring connection to aDeviceNet network, the flat-profile models in this series areavailable with this capability asan optional selection.

Field ConfigurableSensor Models

SUPERPROX+® softwarecombined with the ModelAC441A configurator interface

D


PULSEDwo

DwiECHO

OBJECT


Beam PlotsThe following plot, developed from

data collected at 20oC, zero air flow,define the boundaries and shape of thesonic beam for various Hyde Parkultrasonic sensor series.

The boundaries were establishedusing a 10 cm x 10 cm (3.94" x 3.94")“target” positioned parallel to thesensor face. The plot for each sensorseries is valid for targets equal to orlarger than 10 cm x 10 cm. Beamboundaries are determined by movingthe large flat target into the beam whilethe plane of the target is held perpen-dicular to the beam axis.

In each series, the plot extends fromthe end of the “deadband” on the leftto the end of the sensing range on theright. The sensor is illustrated in themiddle left margin.

This and other plots are availablefrom Hyde Park upon request.

4-72


SM600 series sensors continually andaccurately measure the elapsed time ofevery pulse echo reception betweeneach pulse transmission. The transmit-ted pulse begins a time clock to registerthe elapsed times for the received pulseechoes. Given the elapsed time, thesensor software calculates the distancetraveled out to the object and back tothe sensor, using the formula, D = TVs/2,where: D = distance from the sensor tothe object; T = elapsed time betweenthe pulse transmission and its echoreceptions, Vs = the velocity of sound,approximately 1100 feet per second.

During operation, the calculateddistance (D) between the sensor and theobject is compared to the distancesbetween the sensor and the fixedwindow limits. These limits are shown inthe illustration below as Dwi and Dwo. IfD is at or within the fixed window limits,an output change takes place andremains unchanged until the echo eitherdoes not return or it returns from outsidethe fixed window limits. In the case of

the Model SM606 series, an analogoutput changes proportionally withrespect to the limits of the analogsensing span.

The SUPERPROX® 600Series meets a varietyof important sensingneeds.

The SUPERPROX® 600 seriessensors represent simple butreliable object detection with avariety of sensing windows andsensing ranges up to 254 mm (10").The sensor outputs are either discretesinking and sourcing or 0 to 10 Vanalog.

ApplicationsFor applications specific to the four

series of SUPERPROX® 600 seriessensors, see either the product informa-tion sections that follow or the Applica-tion/Sensor Selection Chart on Page 2-1.

For increasedproductivity inchallenging proximitysensing applications...

consider this new line of SUPERPROX®

ultrasonic, proximity sensors. Whetherthe application calls for the barrel or flat-profile type, accuracy, and reliability arethe primary benefits realized. And thattranslates to increased productivity andprofitability.

SM6XXA-XXX

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

-120

-80

-40

0

40

80

120

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

-4

-3

-2

-1

0

1

2

3

4

mm inches

cm

inches

deadband

sonic pattern measured by moving a large flat surface into the beam

SM600s with ranges of 7" or less

SM600s with ranges over 7"

module enables the SUPERPROX 600series sensors to be programmed by theuser with either standard or customsensing configurations. These fieldconfigurable sensors use an ‘SC’ prefix inthe model number to designate anddifferentiate the sensors from factoryconfigured SUPERPROX 600 seriesmodels.

All the unique sensing capabilities andfunctions available in the SUPERPROXSM600, 602, 606, and 607 sensor seriesare also available in field configurableSC600/606 models. An even greatersensing capability in functionality isrealized with these field configurablesensor models through the user-friendlySUPERPROX+™ software to allowcustomization for specific applications.

For more details on the Model SC600series and other field configurablesensor models along with the ModelAC441A configurator interface modulego to the SUPERPROX+™ section foundon page 4-145 in the catalog.

OperationThe SUPERPROX® 600 series is a self-

contained, pulse-echo device that bothtransmits and receives sonic energywithin its programmed sensing range.Like the SUPERPROX® 500 series,these sensors use the latest ultrasonictechnology along with a discriminatingmicroprocessor to ignore all surroundingsonic interference and detect only thedesignated object. An object is de-tected when it is at or within the fixedsensing window.

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

00

SE

RIE

S

Model SM600 Series

SUPERPROX®

UltrasonicProximitySensorsLong-rangeProximitySensing

Now there’s areliable ultrasonicsolution for those toughproximity sensingapplications.

When short-range sensingapplications demand repeatableand reliable on/off controlperformance, the high-frequency,fixed-window SUPERPROX®

Model SM600 series ultrasonicproximity sensors are the idealsolution. These noncontact,self-contained sensors areunmatched for the reliabledetection of objects of all kinds,transparent or opaque, liquid orsolid, and as small as 1.6 mm(0.06") rod diameter, regardlessof color or shape. Offering avariety of sensing ranges, up to305 mm (12"), and fixed sensingwindows, this series provides forthe convenient placement ofSM600 sensors throughout theplant.

Given the capability to“back off” from formerly “nearly-touching” mounting positions,these sensors are the solution forsuch applications as: metal partsas close as 25 mm (1"), movingback-to-back at speeds in


• Fast response -as fast as 1.5 mssampling rate


• Field programmablecapability in 18 mmand flat-profilemodels

• DeviceNet capabilityavailable in flat-profile models

• CE certified

excess of 2000 per minute.Others include: cap presenceand/or tilt detection, fill-levelchecking, fill-tube-presencemonitoring, downed containerdetection, case inspection,detection of container edges,web monitoring, and CD caseinspection where opacity, color,and height vary, and whereverthere’s a need to upgrade a metalprox function.

With protection ratings of NEMA4X and IP67, these sensors areimpervious to changing lightconditions, colors, noise, dust,100% humidity, caustic chemi-cals, and other hostile environ-ments. They are resistant to mostacids and bases, including mostfood products. The sensingtransducer is made of siliconerubber and the sensors are CEcertified. Easy to install, thesensors are available in twodifferent housing styles: the 18mmbarrel housing sensor available ineither ULTEM® plastic (standard)or SS303 stainless steel and theflat-profile housing available onlyin ULTEM® plastic. As with allSUPERPROX® sensors, cable andconnector styles are available.


Operating on 12 to 24 VDC, the500 kHz sensors are equippedwith sinking type (NPN) andsourcing type (PNP) outputs, agreen LED to indicate power“on” and an amber LED toindicate when the object isdetected within the fixed window.

Built from the world’s finestand most reliable ultrasonictechnology, the SUPERPROX®

Model SM600 barrel- and flat-profile-style proximity sensorsare the answer for improvedproductivity throughout the plant.

4-73

D


PULSEDwo

DwiECHO

OBJECT




EXAMPLE MODEL: SM6 0 0 A - 2 16 - 00 SUltrasonic Miniature Proximity SeriesPower/Connection Type0...12 to 24 VDC / cable style5...12 to 24 VDC / “micro” connector style6...12 to 24 VDC / “micro” connector style (output pins reversed)Sensing Function0...Proximity Style - no on/off delayDesign LevelA...Applies to all modelsSensing Range (Far Limit)2...51 mm (2") 6...152 mm (6")3...77 mm (3") 7...178 mm (7")4...102 mm (4") B...254 mm (10")5...127 mm (5")Sensing Window (Distance from Far Limit to Near Limit)**02...3.2 mm (1/8") 32...51 mm (2")04...6.4 mm (1/4") 48...77 mm (3")08...13 mm (1/2") 80...127 mm (5")12...19 mm (3/4") 96...152 mm (6")16...25 mm (1") OB...203 mm (8")Functionality00...Standard on/off, N.O. output10...N.C. output[Contact the factory for additional functionality options]

Housing Types ...No letter indicates standard ULTEM® plastic -18 mm barrel housing

FP...ULTEM® flat-profile housingS...SS303 stainless steel - 18 mm barrel housing

ULTEM® is a registered trademark of The General Electric Company.

**Not allowed inside the deadband. Deadband is 0.75" for ranges -7", and 1.25" for ranges > 7"

Field configurable and DeviceNet Model Reference Guides start on page 4-145.

OperationThe SUPERPROX® Model SM600 series

is a self-contained, pulse-echo devicethat both transmits and receives sonicenergy over a sensing range of up to 254mm (10"). These sensors use the latestultrasonic technology with a discriminat-ing microprocessor that allows the sensorto ignore all surrounding sonic interfer-ence and detect only the designatedobject. An object is detected when it is ator within the fixed sensing window.

How does it work?During setup and operation, these

SM600 series sensors continually andaccurately measure the elapsed time ofevery pulse echo reception between eachpulse transmission. The transmitted pulsebegins a timeclock toregister theelapsedtimes for the

receivedpulse echoes.Given theelapsed time, the sensor software calcu-lates the distance traveled out to the objectand back to the sensor, using the formula,D = TVs/2, where: D = distance from thesensor to the object; T = elapsed timebetween the pulse transmission and itsecho receptions, Vs = the velocity ofsound, approximately 1100 feet persecond.

During operation, the calculated dis-tance (D) between the sensor and theobject is compared to the distancesbetween the sensor and the fixed windowlimits. These limits are shown in theillustration as Dwi and Dwo. If D is at orwithin the fixed window limits, an output

change takes place and remains un-changed until the echo either does notreturn or it returns from outsidethe fixed window limits.

As shown below, Hyde Park offers

normally open (N.O.) or normally closed(N.C.) (sinking and sourcing) outputmodels available for discrete on/offsensing applications.

* *

* For connector style, LED states are reversed4-74

Near Limit76.2 mm(3.00 in.)

Far Limit101.6 mm(4.00 in.)

Amber LED is ONwhen an object iswithin window


Deadband

0.0 mm(0.00 in.)

AmberLED

Erratic operationwithin this range

Fixed SensingWindow

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

19.0 mm(0.75 in.)

ON OFF

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

OFF

V+V+V+





Deadband

0.0 mm(0.00 in.)

AmberLED


Fixed SensingWindow

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

19.0 mm(0.75 in.)

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

OFF

V+ V+ V+

ON

Example: Model No. SM600A-416-10Example: Model No. SM600A-416-00

ON

Normally Open OutputThe sensor output is “On” with the object in the fixed sensing window.

Normally Closed OutputThe sensor output is “Off” with the object in the fixed sensing window.

GREEN LED

Sensing face

AMBER LED

18 mm x 1 mmThread

DIA

65.00 mm(2.550)

51.10 mm(2.012)

18 mm

Barrel or Flat-profileStyle

Brn+VDC

Blu DCCom

Blk

Wht

NPN Sinking Output

PNP Sourcing Output

PNP

NPN

BROWN

BLACK

WHITE

BLUE

LOAD

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

LOAD

DCCom

DC(+)

CurrentLimit


BLUE 3DC Com




Connector Style Model Pin As-signments


should be mounted in brackets thatallow them to be adjusted for properalignment. Hyde Park offers the ModelAC226 stainless and polyamideconveyor-rail clamp/bracket set, ModelAC227 large, right-angle, stainlessmounting bracket, Model AC228 small,right-angle, stainless, mounting bracket,Model AC231 straight, stainless,mounting bracket and Model AC232s-shaped, stainless, mounting bracketwhich are illustrated, with dimensions,on Pages 4-76 and 4-77.

DimensionsBarrel Cable Style(ULTEM®

plastic andstainlesssteel)SM600A-XXX-XX,SM600A-XXX-XXS

BarrelConnector Style(ULTEM®

plasticand stainlesssteel)SM650A-XXX-XX,SM650A-XXX-XXS

Sensing face

BlueBlackBrown

12 mm x 1 mmThread

18 mm x 1 mmThread

White

65.00 mm(2.550)

51.10 mm(2.012)

18 mm

74.00 mm(2.90)

18 mm x 1 mmThread AC117

Ref

GREEN LED

AMBER LED

Sensing face

DIA18 mm

97.50 mm(3.84) Ref

14.70 mm(.580)

38.00 mm(1.50)

Sensing face

18 mm x 1 mmThread

AC127RefAMBER LED

DIA

105.66 mm(4.16) Ref

18 mm

GREEN LED

GREEN LED

AMBER LED 4.20 mm DIA[.165] (2x)Mounting holesSensing face

13.79 mm(.543)

30.00 mm(1.182)

74.00 mm(2.912)4.50 mm

(.177)9.80 mm

(.386)

21.03 mm(.828)

40.00 mm(1.575)

24.05 mm(.947)

16.25 mm(.640)

93.00 mm(3.66) Ref

GREEN LED

White

AC130Ref

AMBER LED 12 mm x 1 mmThread

BrownBlackBlue

4.20 mm DIA[.165] (2x)Mounting holes

Sensing face13.79 mm(.543)

30.00 mm(1.182)

74.00 mm(2.912)4.50 mm

(.177)9.80 mm

(.386)

21.03 mm(.828)

40.00 mm(1.575)

24.05 mm(.947)

16.25 mm(.640)

115.5 mm(4.55)

84.40 mm(3.322)

4-75

Electrical WiringRegardless of model style, the wiring

and conductor colors for the ModelSM600 series sensors are the same.

Cable Style Model WireAssignments

“Flat-profile”Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic)SM650A-XXX-XXFP

“Flat-profile” Cable Style(ULTEM® plastic)

SM600A-XXX-XXFP

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

00

SE

RIE

S


AC226 Stainless and polyamide conveyor-rail clamp/bracket set (for 18 mm barrel sensors)

AC227 Large, right-angle, stainless,mounting bracket (for 18 mm barrelsensors)

YELLOW

CONNECTOR CIRCUITNPN-TYPE

4

3

2

1

WHITE+BROWN

BLACK

- BLUE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR GREEN LED

AMBER LED

GREEN

38.0 mm(1.50)

28.5 mm(1.12) 14.7 mm

(.58)

1 2

34

88.9 mm(3.50)

CLAMP28 mm x 33 mm x 58.42 mm(1.10 x 1.30 x 2.30)

BRACKET6.3 mm x 25.4 mm x (89 mm or 127 mm)(1/4 x 1.00 x [3 1/2 lg or 5.0 lg])

RAIL

58.42 mm(2.30)

6.35 mm (.250" ) TYP.+.38-0

+.015-0

12.7 mm (.50")

12.70 mm (.500")

9.7 mm(.38")

38.10 mm(1.500")

2.3 mm(.093")

57.2 mm(2.25")

28.6 mm(1.125")

50.8 mm(2.00")

25.4 mm(1.00")

18.52 mm (.729") DIA18.14 mm (.714") DIA

4.78 mm (.188" ) TYP.+.38-0

+.015-07.92 mm (.312")

12.70 mm(.500")

5.6 mm (.22") 17.48 mm(.688")

39.7 mm(1.56")

25.4 mm(1.00")

28.6 mm (1.13")

14.3 mm (.56")

18.52 mm(.729")

18.14 mm(.714")

2.3 mm(.090")

38.1 mm(1.50")

4-76

YELLOW


4

3

2

1

WHITE+BROWN

BLACK

- BLUE

GREEN

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

AMBER LED

GREEN LED

STRAIGHT CONNECTOR HEADWOODHEAD SERIES 8032X

STRIP-BACK JACKETAND FOIL 2"

HYDE PARK CABLE - 106453(2-cond.) 5m LONG, BLACK

BLACK REF.

12mm DIE-CAST ZINC,EPOXY COATING (E COAT)

1 2

34

AC127 Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cableassembly, 5 m (16'), with built-in LEDs (for barrel connector-stylesensors)

AC130 Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cableassembly, 5 m (16') (for flat-profile connector-style sensors)

SHIELD NOT CONNECTEDAT CONNECTOR END



BLACK REF.

STRAIGHT CONNECTOR HEAD:WOODHEAD SERIES 8032X


BLUE

BROWN12

34 BLACK

WHITE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

1 2

34

AC117 Right-angle, M12 micro,4-conductor,connector/cableassembly, 5 m (16'),with built-in LEDs(for barrel connec-tor-style sensors)

AC228 Small, right-angle, stainless,mounting bracket (for 18 mm barrelsensors)

AC132, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for flat-profileconnector-style sensors


Ranges:Up to 254 mm (10")

Spans:From 3.18 mm (1/8") to 228.6 mm (9")

Window Position, Initial Accuracy:± 1.59 mm (0.062") max.

Window Position Repeatability:± 0.69 mm (0.027") max.

Detection benchmarks:Models with ranges to 177.8 mm (7"): 1.59 mm (1/6") diameter rod at a distance of 63.5 mm (2.5") Max. ± 10o tilt of large flat object at a distance

of 127 mm (5")Models with ranges from over 177.8 mm (7") to254 mm (10"): 1.59 mm (1/6") diameter rod at a distance of 76.2 mm (3") Max. ± 10o tilt of large flat object at a distance

of 203.2 mm (8")Sonic Frequency: 500 kHzSonic Cone Angle: 7o (see beam plots, page 4-64)

Power Requirements

Supply Voltage:12 VDC to 24 VDC ± 10%, regulated supply

Current Consumption:Cable Model: 50 mA max. (excluding load)Connector Model: 60 mA max. (excluding load)

Power Consumption:1 W max. (excluding load)

Output

NPN Sinking: 0 to 30 VMaximum on-state voltage 10.2 volts @100 mA

PNP Sourcing: 100 mA @ 24 VDC, max.

Response Time

“On” 3 ms, “Off” 3 ms (standard)“On” 1.5 ms, “Off” 1.5 ms (optional)

Indicators

Green LED: power “On”Amber LED: “On” if object is detected within

the window, regardless of output polarity(N.O./N.C.) style. Connector model using cablewith built-in LEDs: “On” if NPN output is low.

AC231 Straight, stainless mountingbracket (for flat-profile sensors)

Outline ofFlat-profile series4.20mm DIA(4x)

(2.220)56.40 mm

(.221)5.64 mm

(1.575)40.00 mm(.217)

5.50 mm

(3.110)79.00 mm

(.920)23.36 mm

(.828)21.00 mm

(.291)7.40 mm (1.440)

36.58 mm

(.281)7.14 mm

(.390)9.90 mm

(.108)2.74 mm


R 1.57mm(.062)TYP.

(2.220)56.40 mm

(.221)5.64 mm

(1.575)40.00 mm(.217)

5.50 mm

(3.110)79.00 mm

(.920)23.36 mm

(.828)21.00 mm

(.291)7.40 mm (1.440)

36.58 mm

(.281)7.14 mm

(.390)9.90 mm

(1.00)REF.

25.40 mm(1.750)

44.45 mm

(.108)2.740 mm

(1.500)38.10 mm

Transducer Face: Silicone rubber - graySensor Cables: Lead-free PVC jacket, black (Model AC117)LED: Polycarbonate

* ULTEM® is a registered trademark of The General Electric Co.

Accessories18 mm Barrel Mounting Hardware and

Cables

Model AC117Model AC117Model AC117Model AC117Model AC117, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-con-duct or, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16')with built-in LEDs for barrel connector-style proxsensors

Model AC127Model AC127Model AC127Model AC127Model AC127, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') with built-inLEDs for barrel connector-style prox sensors

Model AC226Model AC226Model AC226Model AC226Model AC226, Stainless and polyamide conveyor-rail clamp/bracket set

Model AC227Model AC227Model AC227Model AC227Model AC227, Large, right-angle, stainless,mounting bracket

Model AC228Model AC228Model AC228Model AC228Model AC228, Small, right-angle, stainless, mountingbracket

Flat-profile Mounting Hardware and Cables

Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for flat-profile, connector-style prox sensors

Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for

flat-profile, connector-style prox sensors

Model AC231Model AC231Model AC231Model AC231Model AC231, Straight, stainless, mounting bracket

Model AC232Model AC232Model AC232Model AC232Model AC232, S-shaped, stainless, mountingbracket


AC232 S-shaped, stainless mountingbracket (for flat-profile sensors)

4-77

Connections

Cable Style Models:24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket4-conductor, 3 meters (10') long

Connector Style Models:24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket,4-conductor, right-angle “Micro” style

Protection


Outputs: current-limited over-voltage, ESD,over-current

Environmental

Operating Temperature Range:0o to 60oC @ 12 VDC supply0o to 50oC @ 24 VDC supply


Operating Humidity: 100%Protection Ratings: NEMA 4X, IP67Chemical Resistance: Resists most acids and

bases, including most food products.

Agency Approvals

CE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:EN61326:1997 (annex A, industrial) includingamendment A1:1998. EN55011 Group1 Class A.

Declaration of Conformity available upon request

Construction

Dimensions:BarrelCable Model: 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 65 mm (2.55") longConnector Model: 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 102 mm (4") long, including connector/cable assemblyFlat-profileCable Model: 30 mm (1.182") H x 16.25 mm (0.640") W x 93 mm (3.66") LConnector Model: 30 mm (1.182") H x 16.25 mm (0.640") W x 84.40 mm (3.322") L

Housing:Shock and vibration resistantCase: ULTEM®* plastic - (FDA Approved)

(SS303 stainless steel available only in 18 mm barrel-style)

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

00

SE

RIE

S

4-78


12-2

4 VDC

Cable

Conn

ecto

rCo

nnec

tor

Outp

ut Pin

s Rev

Powe

r

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Mat

eria

ls

Spec

ial

Feat

ures

Transducer Housing

Model No. Silic

one*

18mm

ULT

EM®*

18m

m S

tainle

ss

Flat

-pro

file

ULTE

M®

Stan

dard

On

/Off

N.0.

Out

put

N.C.

Ou

tput

Range Window

Sensing

SM600A-201-00 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-201-00FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-201-00S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-201-10 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-201-10FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-201-10S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-208-00 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-208-00FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-208-00S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-208-10 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-208-10FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-208-10S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-212-00 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-212-00FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-212-00S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-212-10 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-212-10FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-212-10S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-216-00• ■ ■ 51mm (2") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-216-00FP• ■ ■ 51mm (2") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-216-00S• ■ ■ 51mm (2") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-216-10 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-216-10FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-216-10S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-301-00 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-301-00FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-301-00S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-301-10 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-301-10FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-301-10S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-308-00 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-308-00FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-308-00S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-308-10 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-308-10FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-308-10S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-312-00 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-312-00FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-312-00S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-312-10 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-312-10FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-312-10S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-316-00 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-316-00FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-316-00S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-316-10 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-316-10FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-316-10S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-332-00 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-332-00FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-332-00S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-332-10 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-332-10FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-332-10S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-401-00 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-401-00FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-401-00S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-401-10 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-401-10FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-401-10S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-408-00 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-408-00FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-408-00S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■


Fixed SensingWindow

Range


4-79


SM600A-408-10 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-408-10FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-408-10S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-412-00 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-412-00FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-412-00S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-412-10 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-412-10FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-412-10S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-416-00 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-416-00FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-416-00S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-416-10 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-416-10FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-416-10S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-432-00 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-432-00FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-432-00S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 51mm (2") ■ ■

SM600A-432-10 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-432-10FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-432-10S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-448-00• ■ ■ 102mm (4") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-448-00FP• ■ ■ 102mm (4") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-448-00S• ■ ■ 102mm (4") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-448-10 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-448-10FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-448-10S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-501-00 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-501-00FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-501-00S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-501-10 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-501-10FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-501-10S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-508-00 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-508-00FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-508-00S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-508-10 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-508-10FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-508-10S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-512-00 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-512-00FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-512-00S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-512-10 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-512-10FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-512-10S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-516-00 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-516-00FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-516-00S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-516-10 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-516-10FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-516-10S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-532-00 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-532-00FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-532-00S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-532-10 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-532-10FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-532-10S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-548-00 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-548-00FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-548-00S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-548-10 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-548-10FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-548-10S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

12-2

4 VDC

Cable

Conn

ecto

rCo

nnec

tor

Outp

ut Pin

s Rev

Powe

r

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Mat

erial

s

Spec

ialFe

atur

es

Transducer Housing

Model No. Silic

one*

18m

m U

LTEM

®*

18m

mSta

inles

s

Flat-p

rofile

ULT

EM®

Stan

dard

On/

Off

N.0.

Outp

utN.

C. O

utpu

t

Range Window

Sensing


Fixed SensingWindow

Range


SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

00

SE

RIE

S

4-80

12-2

4 VDC

Cable

Conn

ecto

rCo

nnec

tor

Outp

ut Pin

s Rev

Powe

r

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Mat

erial

s

Spec

ialFe

atur

es

Transducer Housing

Silic

one*

18m

m U

LTEM

® *

18m

mSta

inles

s

Flat-p

rofile

ULT

EM®

Stan

dard

On/

Off

N.0.

Outp

utN.

C. O

utpu

t

Range Window

Sensing

Model No.

SM600A-601-00 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-601-00FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-601-00S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-601-10 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-601-10FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-601-10S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-608-00 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-608-00FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-608-00S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-608-10 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-608-10FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-608-10S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-612-00 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-612-00FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-612-00S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-612-10 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-612-10FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-612-10S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-616-00 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-616-00FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-616-00S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-616-10 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-616-10FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-616-10S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-632-00 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-632-00FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-632-00S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-632-10 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-632-10FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-632-10S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-648-00 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-648-00FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-648-00S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-648-10 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-648-10FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-648-10S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-680-00 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-680-00FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-680-00S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-680-10• ■ ■ 152mm (6") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-680-10FP• ■ ■ 152mm (6") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-680-10S• ■ ■ 152mm (6") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-701-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-701-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-701-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-701-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-701-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-701-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-708-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-708-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-708-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-708-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-708-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-708-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-712-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-712-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-712-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-712-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-712-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-712-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-716-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-716-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-716-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■


Fixed SensingWindow

Range



4-81

Model No. 12-2

4 VDC

Cable

Conn

ecto

rCo

nnec

tor

Outp

ut Pin

s Rev

Powe

r

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Mat

erial

s

Spec

ialFe

atur

es

Transducer Housing

Silic

one*

18m

m U

LTEM

® *

18m

mSta

inles

s

Flat-p

rofile

ULT

EM®

Stan

dard

On/

Off

N.0.

Outp

utN.

C. O

utpu

t

Range Window

Sensing

SM600A-716-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-716-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-716-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-732-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-732-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-732-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-732-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-732-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-732-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-748-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-748-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-748-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-748-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-748-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-748-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-780-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-780-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-780-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-780-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-780-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM600A-780-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-201-00 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-201-00FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-201-00S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-201-10 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-201-10FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-201-10S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-208-00 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-208-00FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-208-00S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-208-10 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-208-10FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-208-10S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-212-00 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-212-00FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-212-00S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-212-10 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-212-10FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-212-10S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-216-00• ■ ■ 51mm (2") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-216-00FP• ■ ■ 51mm (2") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-216-00S• ■ ■ 51mm (2") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-216-10 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-216-10FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-216-10S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-301-00 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-301-00FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-301-00S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-301-10 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-301-10FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-301-10S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-308-00 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-308-00FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-308-00S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-308-10 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-308-10FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-308-10S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-312-00 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-312-00FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-312-00S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-312-10 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-312-10FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-312-10S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■


Fixed SensingWindow

Range



SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

00

SE

RIE

S

4-82

Model No. 12-2

4 VDC

Cable

Conn

ecto

rCo

nnec

tor

Outp

ut Pin

s Rev

Powe

r

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Mat

erial

s

Spec

ialFe

atur

es

Transducer Housing

Silic

one*

18m

m U

LTEM

® *

18m

mSta

inles

s

Flat-p

rofile

ULT

EM®

Stan

dard

On/

Off

N.0.

Outp

utN.

C. O

utpu

t

Range Window

Sensing

SM650A-316-00 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-316-00FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-316-00S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-316-10 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-316-10FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-316-10S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-332-00 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-332-00FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-332-00S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-332-10 ■ ■ 77mm (3") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-332-10FP ■ ■ 77mm (3") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-332-10S ■ ■ 77mm (3") 51mm (2") ■ ■

SM650A-401-00 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-401-00FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-401-00S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-401-10 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-401-10FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-401-10S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-408-00 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-408-00FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-408-00S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-408-10 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-408-10FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-408-10S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-412-00 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-412-00FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-412-00S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-412-10 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-412-10FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-412-10S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-416-00 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-416-00FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-416-00S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-416-10 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-416-10FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-416-10S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-432-00 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-432-00FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-432-00S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-432-10 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-432-10FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-432-10S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-448-00• ■ ■ 102mm (4") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-448-00FP• ■ ■ 102mm (4") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-448-00S• ■ ■ 102mm (4") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-448-10 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-448-10FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-448-10S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-501-00 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-501-00FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-501-00S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-501-10 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-501-10FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-501-10S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-508-00 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-508-00FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-508-00S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-508-10 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-508-10FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-508-10S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-512-00 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-512-00FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-512-00S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■


Fixed SensingWindow

Range



4-83

Powe

r

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Mat

erial

s

Spec

ialFe

atur

es

SM650A-512-10 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-512-10FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-512-10S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-516-00 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-516-00FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-516-00S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-516-10 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-516-10FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-516-10S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-532-00 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-532-00FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-532-00S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-532-10 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-532-10FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-532-10S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-548-00 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-548-00FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-548-00S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-548-10 ■ ■ 127mm (5") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-548-10FP ■ ■ 127mm (5") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-548-10S ■ ■ 127mm (5") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-601-00 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-601-00FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-601-00S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-601-10 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-601-10FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-601-10S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-608-00 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-608-00FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-608-00S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-608-10 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-608-10FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-608-10S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-612-00 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-612-00FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-612-00S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-612-10 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-612-10FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-612-10S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-616-00 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-616-00FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-616-00S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-616-10 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-616-10FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-616-10S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-632-00 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-632-00FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-632-00S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-632-10 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-632-10FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-632-10S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-648-00 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-648-00FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-648-00S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-648-10 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-648-10FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-648-10S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-680-00• ■ ■ 152mm (6") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-680-00FP• ■ ■ 152mm (6") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-680-00S• ■ ■ 152mm (6") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-680-10 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-680-10FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-680-10S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

Model No. 12-2

4 VDC

Cable

Conn

ecto

rCo

nnec

tor

Outp

ut Pin

s Rev

Transducer Housing

Silic

one*

18m

m U

LTEM

® *

18m

mSta

inles

s

Flat-p

rofile

ULT

EM®

Stan

dard

On/

Off

N.0.

Outp

utN.

C. O

utpu

t

Range Window

Sensing


Fixed SensingWindow

Range



SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

00

SE

RIE

S


Fixed SensingWindow

Range

4-84

SM650A-701-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-701-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-701-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-701-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-701-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-701-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 1.6mm (1/16") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-708-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-708-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-708-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-708-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-708-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-708-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 13mm (1/2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-712-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-712-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-712-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-712-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-712-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-712-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 19mm (3/4") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-716-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-716-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-716-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-716-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-716-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-716-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 25mm (1") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-732-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-732-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-732-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-732-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-732-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-732-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 51mm (2") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-748-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-748-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-748-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-748-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-748-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-748-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 77mm (3") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-780-00 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-780-00FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-780-00S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-780-10 ■ ■ 178mm (7") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-780-10FP ■ ■ 178mm (7") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

SM650A-780-10S ■ ■ 178mm (7") 127mm (5") ■ ■ ■

12-2

4 VDC

Cable

Conn

ecto

rCo

nnec

tor

Outp

ut Pin

s Rev

Powe

r

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Mat

erial

s

Spec

ialFe

atur

es

Transducer Housing

Silic

one*

18m

m U

LTEM

® *

18m

mSta

inles

s

Flat-p

rofile

ULT

EM®

Stan

dard

On/

Off

N.0.

Outp

utN.

C. O

utpu

t

Range Window

Sensing

Model No.




SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

02

SE

RIE

S

Model SM602 Series

SUPERPROX®


Two styles ofreliable ultrasonicsensors offer shortrange sensingsolutions for dual-level control applica-tions where mountingspace is very limited

Functionality of the versatile,industry-proven SUPERPROX®

Model SM502 series is now partof the Model SM602 series of18 mm or flat-profile, dual-levelsensors. Utilizing the sameworld-leading, ultrasonictechnology, these two styles of“smart” sensors can be selectedfor specific on/off latch or dual-alarm control functions. Othermodel selections include avariety of output types, responsetimes, sensing ranges, andfunctionality to provide thesensing solution for a wideassortment of noncontact,short-range, dual-level controlapplications.



• Dual-levelon/off latch

• Field programmablecapability in 18 mmand flat-profile models

• DeviceNet capabilityavailable in flat-profile models

• CE certifiedOperationHyde Park’s 18 mm barrel and

flat-profile style of self-contained,dual-level sensors monitor andcontrol most nonhazardous liquidor dry material levels within asensing range of 25.4 mm (1") to254 mm (10"). When selecting bymodel number from severalfactory-programmed, dual-limitparameters (near limit and farlimit), the sensor can be set up toperform either an on/off latch or adual-alarm control function.

The 18 mm threaded barrel-style housing is available in eitherULTEM® plastic or SS303 stain-less steel while the flat-profilehousing is available in ULTEM®

plastic only. Both provide ease-of-installation convenience,particularly in applications withhard-to-mount or limited-spacemounting areas. All models inthis sensor series operate on 12to 24 VDC regulated power.

For sensing applicationsrequiring connection to aDeviceNet network, the flat-profilemodels in this series are available

with this capability as anoptional selection.

The Model SM602 sensorseries offers dependableoperation and compatibleintegration with most program-mable logic controllers. Eachsensor is epoxy sealed towithstand harsh, wet, messy, anddusty environments typicallyassociated with level-controlapplications. With protectionratings of NEMA 4X and IP67,both sensor styles are impervi-ous to changing light conditions,colors, noise, noncondensinghumidity, caustic chemicals, andother hostile environments.They are resistant to most acidsand bases, including most foodproducts. The SS303 stainlesssteel, 18 mm housing allowsapplication use where USDA-3Asanitary compliance is required.The sensing transducer is madeof silicone rubber and thesensors carry the CE mark.

4-85

PU

LSE

DEC

HO

DWO (Far Limit)

DWI (Near Limit)

Model Reference Guide - SM602 SeriesBoth the cable and connector style sensors are available in various models. Use

the guide below to select or order the sensor to ensure the correct model number isspecified for the application.

EXAMPLE MODEL: SM6 0 2 A - 6 04 - 10SUPERPROX® Product SeriesPower/Connection Type0...12 to 24 VDC / cable style5...12 to 24 VDC / “micro” connector styleSensing Type2...Dual pointDesign LevelA...Applies to all modelsFar Limit/Alarm4...102 mm (4")5...127 mm (5")6...152 mm (6")B...254 mm (10"), maximumNear Limit/Alarm(Distance from Far Limit/Alarm to Near Limit/Alarm)**04...6.4 mm (1/4")06...9.5 mm (3/8")16...25 mm (1")32...51 mm (2")OB...203 mm (8")Functionality00...Pump-out latch03...Pump-out latch with loss of echo10...Pump-in latch13...Pump-in latch with loss of echo20...Dual alarm, normally open (N.O.)23...Dual alarm, normally open (N.O.) with loss of echo30...Dual alarm, normally closed (N.C.)33...Dual alarm, normally closed (N.C.) with loss of echo[Contact the factory for additional functionality options]

OptionsContact the factory for available optionsHousing Types ...No letter indicates standard ULTEM®* plastic - 18 mm barrel housing

FP...ULTEM®* flat-profile housingS...SS303 stainless steel - 18 mm barrel housingNOTE: Contact the factory for DeviceNet communications capability in the flat-profile models

* ULTEM® is a registered trademark of The General Electric Company.

**Not allowed inside the 1.25" deadband, using standard gain sensor

How does it work? During setup and operation, these

SM602 series sensors continually andaccurately measure the elapsed time ofevery pulse echo reception between eachpulse transmission. The transmitted pulsebegins a time clock to register the elapsedtimes for the received pulse echoes. Giventhe elapsed time, the sensor softwarecalculates the distance traveled out to theobject or surface and back to the sensor,using the formula, D = TVs/2, where:D = distance from the sensor to the object;T = elapsed time between the pulsetransmission and its echo receptions,Vs = the velocity of sound, approximately1100 feet per second.

During operation, the calculated distance(D) between the sensor and the object(e.g., level) is compared to the distancebetween the sensor and the near and farspan limits. These limits are shown in theillustration at right as Dwi and Dwo. WhenD is equal to one of thetwo span limits,according to thelevel-controlfunctions, anoutput changetakes place.

Level-Control FunctionsThe level-control output in the Model

SM602 series can be configured for oneof three different operating functions.Using the Model Reference Guide, thesensor can be selected to perform eithera pump-in level-control function, pump-out level-control function or a dual alarmlevel-control function.

Pump-in Level ControlWhen the level moves beyond the far

limit, the sensor level control outputswitches state and latches, starting apump-in process. The sensor level controloutput does not change state until thelevel moves back beyond the near limit tostop the pumping or filling process.

Pump-out Level ControlWhen the level moves beyond the far

limit, the level control output switchesstate and latches, stopping a pump-outprocess. The sensor level control output

SensorOperatingProfilesPump-in LevelControl

0.0 mm(0.00 in.)

31.8 mm(1.25 in.)





Near Limit

Far Limit

Range


and changes state when an objectreturns closer than the far alarm limit.The near alarm output switches when anobject moves closer than the near alarmlimit and changes state when an objectreturns beyond the near alarm limit.

4-86

does not change state until the levelmoves back beyond the near limit torestart the pump-out process.

Dual-Alarm Level ControlThe far alarm output switches when an

object moves beyond the far alarm limit

Pump-out Level Control0.0 mm

(0.00 in.)31.8 mm(1.25 in.)






Near Limit

Far Limit

Range

Loss of Echo OperationOutput Off on Loss of Echo

Loss of echo occurs when the sensordoes not receive echoes from an objectwithin its sensing range for more thanone second. When this occurs, thesensor’s output automatically switchesOFF. When the sensor again receivesechoes, the output assumes the staterelative to the control limit setpoints.

The only exception applies to thealarm level control models with

normally closed outputs as shown andnoted in the illustration.

Output Holds on Loss of Echo(“LE” Option)

The LE suffix indicates an availableoption for users who do not prefer thestandard response to loss of echo. Withthe LE option, when loss of echo occurs,there is no change in the output state ofthe sensor. When the sensor againreceives echoes, the output assumesthe state relative to the control limitsetpoints.


should be mounted in brackets thatallow them to be adjusted for properalignment. Hyde Park offers the ModelAC226 stainless and polyamideconveyor-rail clamp/bracket set, ModelAC227 large, right-angle, stainlessmounting bracket, Model AC228 small,right-angle, stainless, mounting bracket,Model AC231 straight, stainless,mounting bracket and Model AC232s-shaped, stainless, mounting bracket.All are illustrated with dimensions onPages 4-89 and 4-90.



Cable Model Wire AssignmentsOn/Off Latch Outputs

Brn

Blu

Blk

Wht

SM602 SeriesBarrel or Flat-profile Style

+12 to 24 VDC

NPN/Sinking

PNP/Sourcing

DC Com

PNP

NPN

BROWN

BLACK

WHTE

BLUE

LOAD

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

LOAD

DcCom

DC(+)

Current Limit

Current Lim it

2

3 4

1White PNP/Sourcing

Blue DC Com

Brown+12 to 24 VDC

BlackNPN/Sinking

Brn

Blu

Blk

Wht

SM602 SeriesBarrel or Flat-profile Style

+12 to 24 VDCNear AlarmNPN/SinkingFar AlarmPNP/SourcingDC Com

2

3 4

1White Far Alarm

PNP/Sourcing

Blue DC Com

Brown+12 to 24 VDC

BlackNear Alarm NPN/Sinking

4-87



Dual Alarm Outputs

Dual Alarm Outputs

On/Off Latch Outputs

Alarm Level Control

Sensor Operating Profiles (cont.)

Amber LED

V+

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

Flashing

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

V+

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

Off On

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

Flashing

PNP=OffNPN=On

PNP=OffNPN=Off

PNP=OnNPN=Off

PNP=OnNPN=On

V+V+


If target is notdetected forone second,both outputsturn on.


Amber LED is OFFwhen an object is between near andfar alarm, flashingwhen in alarm, andON on loss of echo.

Note: When in alarmand on loss of echofor barrel connectorstyle models only,amber LED is ON.

Near Alarm

Far Alarm

Range

Normally Closed Outputs Operation

0.0 mm(0.00 in.)

31.8 mm(1.25 in.)

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

02

SE

RIE

S

DimensionsBarrel Cable Style

(ULTEM® plastic and stainless steel) SM602A-XXX-XX, SM602A-XXX-XXS

Barrel Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic and stainless steel) SM652A-XXX-XX, SM652A-XXX-XXS

“Flat-profile” Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic) SM652A-XXX-XXFP

GREEN LED

Sensing face

AMBER LED

18 mm x 1 mmThread

DIA

65.00 mm(2.550)

51.10 mm(2.012)

18 mm

Sensing face

BlueBlackBrown

12 mm x 1 mmThread

18 mm x 1 mmThread

White

65.00 mm(2.550)

51.10 mm(2.012)

18 mm

74.00 mm(2.90)


Ref

GREEN LED

AMBER LED

Sensing face

DIA18 mm

97.50 mm(3.84) Ref

14.70 mm(.580)

38.00 mm(1.50)

Sensing face

18 mm x 1 mmThread

AC127RefAMBER LED

DIA

105.66 mm(4.16) Ref

18 mm

GREEN LED

GREEN LED

AMBER LED 4.20 mm DIA[.165] (2x)Mounting holesSensing face

13.79 mm(.543)

30.00 mm(1.182)

74.00 mm(2.912)4.50 mm

(.177)9.80 mm

(.386)

21.03 mm(.828)

40.00 mm(1.575)

24.05 mm(.947)

16.25 mm(.640)

93.00 mm(3.66) Ref

1

4-88

“Flat-profile” Cable Style(ULTEM® plastic) SM602A-XXX-XXFP

HYDEPARKAC132

5 meters[16' ft]

4 3

21

4-POLEFEMALE CONNECTOR

RIGHT-ANGLE CONNECTOR HEAD

9.7 mm[.38]

50.8 mm[2.0]

#24/4 PVC INSULATEDFINE STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTORS,YELLOW PVC JACKET, 300/500V, 80˚C(HYDE PARK CABLE No. 106271)

.

BLUE

BROWN1

2

3

4 BLACK

WHITE



YELLOW


4

3

2

1

WHITE+BROWN

BLACK

- BLUE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR GREEN LED

AMBER LED

GREEN

38.0 mm(1.50)

28.5 mm(1.12) 14.7 mm

(.58)

1 2

34

6.35 mm (.250" ) TYP.+.38-0

+.015-0

12.7 mm (.50")

12.70 mm (.500")

9.7 mm(.38")

38.10 mm(1.500")

2.3 mm(.093")

57.2 mm(2.25")

28.6 mm(1.125")

50.8 mm(2.00")

25.4 mm(1.00")

18.52 mm (.729") DIA18.14 mm (.714") DIA

4.78 mm (.188" ) TYP.+.38-0

+.015-07.92 mm (.312")

12.70 mm(.500")

5.6 mm (.22") 17.48 mm(.688")

39.7 mm(1.56")

25.4 mm(1.00")

28.6 mm (1.13")

14.3 mm (.56")

18.52 mm(.729")

18.14 mm(.714")

2.3 mm(.090")

38.1 mm(1.50")

YELLOW


4

3

2

1

WHITE+BROWN

BLACK

- BLUE

GREEN

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

AMBER LED

GREEN LED




BLACK REF.


1 2

34


AC130 Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') (for flat-profile connector-stylesensors)




BLACK REF.



BLUE

BROWN12

34 BLACK

WHITE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

1 2

34



4-89

AC226 Stainless and polyamideconveyor-rail clamp/bracket set (for18 mm barrel sensors)

88.9 mm(3.50)



RAIL

58.42 mm(2.30)

AC132 Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') (for flat-profile connector-stylesensors)

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

02

SE

RIE

S



(2.220)56.40 mm

(.221)5.64 mm

(1.575)40.00 mm(.217)

5.50 mm

(3.110)79.00 mm

(.920)23.36 mm

(.828)21.00 mm

(.291)7.40 mm (1.440)

36.58 mm

(.281)7.14 mm

(.390)9.90 mm

(.108)2.74 mm


R 1.57mm(.062)TYP.

(2.220)56.40 mm

(.221)5.64 mm

(1.575)40.00 mm(.217)

5.50 mm

(3.110)79.00 mm

(.920)23.36 mm

(.828)21.00 mm

(.291)7.40 mm (1.440)

36.58 mm

(.281)7.14 mm

(.390)9.90 mm

(1.00)REF.

25.40 mm(1.750)

44.45 mm

(.108)2.740 mm

(1.500)38.10 mm




Spans:From 3.18 mm (1/8") to 228.6 mm (9")

Window Position, Initial Accuracy:± 1.59 mm (0.062") max.

Window Position Repeatability:± 0.69 mm (0.027") max.

Detection Benchmarks:Models with Ranges to 177.8 mm (7"): 1.59 mm (1/6") diameter rod at a distance of 63.5 mm (2.5") Max. ±10o tilt of large flat object at a distance of 127 mm (5")Models with Ranges from over 177.8 mm (7") to254 mm (10"): 1.59 mm (1/6") diameter rod at a distance of 76.2 mm (3") Max. ± 10o tilt of large flat object at a distance of 203.2 mm (8")

Sonic Frequency: 500 kHzSonic Cone Angle: 7o (see beam plot, page 4-72)

Power Requirements

Supply Voltage:12 to 24 VDC ± 10%, regulated supply

Current Consumption:Cable Model: 50 mA max. (excluding load)Connector Model: 60 mA max. (excluding load)


Output

NPN Sinking: 0 to 30 VMaximum on-state voltage at 100 mA: 0.2 volts

PNP Sourcing: 100 mA @ 24 VDC, max.

Response Time

“On” 3 ms, “Off” 3 ms (standard)“On” 1.5 ms, “Off” 1.5 ms (optional)

Indicators

Green LED: Power “On”Amber LED:

Cable model: “On” if object is detected within the window, regardless of output polarity (N.O./N.C.) style.Connector model with built-in cable LEDs: “On” if NPN output is sinking

Connections

Cable Style Models:24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket4-conductor, 3 meters (10') long

Connector Style Models:4-conductor, straight and right-angle “micro” style

Protection



Environmental



Operating Humidity: 100%Protection Ratings: NEMA 4X, IP67Chemical Resistance: Resists most acids and

bases, including most food products

Agency Approvals



Construction

Dimensions:BarrelCable Model: 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 65 mm (2.55") longConnector Model: 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 102 mm (4") long, including connector/cable assembly

Flat-profileCable Model: 30 mm (1.182") H

x 16.25 mm (0.640") W x 93 mm (3.66") LConnector Model: 30 mm (1.182") H

x 16.25 mm (0.640") W x 84.40 mm (3.322") LHousing:

Shock and vibration resistantCase: ULTEM®* plastic (FDA Approved)

(SS303 stainless steel available only in18 mm barrel-style)

Transducer Face: Silicone rubber - graySensor Cables: Lead-free PVC jacket, black (Model AC117)LED: Polycarbonate


Accessories18 mm Barrel Mounting Hardware

and Cables

Model AC117Model AC117Model AC117Model AC117Model AC117, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') with built-inLEDs for barrel connector-style prox sensors

Model AC127Model AC127Model AC127Model AC127Model AC127, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') with built-inLEDs for barrel connector-style prox sensors

Model AC226Model AC226Model AC226Model AC226Model AC226, Stainless and polyamide conveyor-railclamp/bracket set

Model AC227Model AC227Model AC227Model AC227Model AC227, Large, right-angle, stainlessmounting bracket

Model AC228Model AC228Model AC228Model AC228Model AC228, Small, right-angle, stainlessmounting bracket


Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for flat-profile, connector-style sensors

Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for flat-profile, connector-style sensors

Model AC231Model AC231Model AC231Model AC231Model AC231, Straight, stainless, mounting bracket

Model AC232Model AC232Model AC232Model AC232Model AC232, S-shaped, stainless, mountingbracket


4-90

SU

PE

RP

RO

X®

SM

60

2 S

ER

IES

4-91

Silic

one*

18mm

ULTE

M® *

18m

mSta

inles

s

Flat-p

rofile

ULTE

M®

Func

tiona

lityan

d Note

s

12-2

4 VDC

Cable

Conn

ector

Powe

r

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Mat

eria

ls

Spec

ial

Feat

ures

Transducer Housing

Near Limit(Near Alarm)

Distance from Far Limit(Far Alarm)Model No.

SM602 SeriesDual Level

SM602A-404-00 ■ ■ 6.4 mm (1/4") 102 mm (4") ■ ■ ■ ■ Pump-out LatchSM602A-416-00 ■ ■ 25 mm (1") 102 mm (4") ■ ■ Pump-out LatchSM602A-432-00S ■ ■ 51 mm (2") 102 mm (4") ■ ■ Pump-out LatchSM602A-404-10 ■ ■ 6.4 mm (1/4") 102 mm (4") ■ ■ Pump-in LatchSM602A-416-10 ■ ■ 25 mm (1") 102 mm (4") ■ ■ Pump-in LatchSM602A-432-10 ■ ■ 51 mm (2") 102 mm (4") ■ ■ Pump-in LatchSM602A-504-00 ■ ■ 6.4 mm (1/4") 127 mm (5") ■ ■ Pump-out LatchSM602A-516-00S ■ ■ 25 mm (1") 127 mm (5") ■ ■ Pump-out LatchSM602A-532-00FP ■ ■ 51 mm (2") 127 mm (5") ■ ■ Pump-out LatchSM602A-504-10 ■ ■ 6.4 mm (1/4") 127 mm (5") ■ ■ Pump-in LatchSM602A-516-10S ■ ■ 25 mm (1") 127 mm (5") ■ ■ Pump-in LatchSM602A-532-10FP ■ ■ 51 mm (2') 127 mm (5") ■ ■ Pump-in LatchSM602A-632-20 ■ ■ 51 mm (2") 152 mm (6") ■ ■ Dual-Alarm, Normally Open (N.O.)SM652A-404-00 ■ ■ 6.4 mm (1/4") 102 mm (4") ■ ■ Pump-out LatchSM652A-416-00 ■ ■ 25 mm (1") 102 mm (4) ■ ■ Pump-out LatchSM652A-432-00 ■ ■ 51 mm (2") 102 mm (4") ■ ■ Pump-out LatchSM652A-404-10 ■ ■ 6.4 mm (1/4") 102 mm (4") ■ ■ Pump-in LatchSM652A-416-10 ■ ■ 25 mm (1") 102 mm (4") ■ ■ Pump-in LatchSM652A-432-10 ■ ■ 51 mm (2") 102 mm (4") ■ ■ Pump-in LatchSM652A-504-00 ■ ■ 6.4 mm (1/4") 127 mm (5") ■ ■ Pump-out LatchSM652A-516-00S ■ ■ 25 mm (1") 127 mm (5") ■ ■ Pump-out LatchSM652A-532-00FP ■ ■ 51 mm (2") 127 mm (5") ■ ■ Pump-out LatchSM652A-504-10 ■ ■ 6.4 mm (1/4") 127 mm (5") ■ ■ Pump-in LatchSM652A-516-10S ■ ■ 25 mm (1") 127 mm (5") ■ ■ Pump-in LatchSM652A-532-00FP ■ ■ 51 mm (2") 127 mm (5") ■ ■ Pump-in LatchSM652A-632-20 ■ ■ 51 mm (2") 152 mm (6") ■ ■ Dual-Alarm, Normally Open (N.O.)


Far Limit(Far Alarm)

* = See definition in Sensing TermsAll possible sensor configurations are not listed here.

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

02

SE

RIE

S

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

06

SE

RIE

S

Model SM606 Series

SUPERPROX®

UltrasonicAnalogOutputSensors

• High repeatability500 kHz ultrasonicfrequency

• Fast response -as fast as 1.5 mssampling rate

• Self-contained,18 mm barrelor flat-profilehousing styles


• DeviceNet capabil-ity available in flat-profile models

• CE certified

One tough little proxwith an analogoutput

It is one of the smallest, fastest,most repeatable, analogsensors in the business. TheSUPERPROX® Model SM606series of analog sensors,incorporating the world’s leadingultrasonic technology, offersreliable measurement andcontrol of materials with fixedspan limits within sensing rangesup to 254 mm (10"). Thesesensors continuously monitorthe distance to an object andgenerate either a directlyproportional or inversely propor-tional 0 to 10 volt or 4-20 mAoutput. The sensors detectobjects of all colors andmaterials as small as 1.59 mm(0.0625") diameter, transparentor opaque, liquid or solid. Thenarrow 7

osonic beam allows the

sensor to accurately detectlevels in containers with open-ings as small as 9.52 mm(0.375").

With a response rate as fast as1.5 ms on the 102 mm range

model, the high resolutionSM606 series sensors arecapable of detecting rapidlychanging object positions assmall as 0.686 mm (0.027")at the rate of 667 samples persecond. Typical applicationsinclude the checking andcontrolling of fluid levels,measuring speed and positionof an object moving on a slideat rates in excess of 50 feet persecond, and controlling a webof paper or fabric. Higher gainmodels can detect very thinmaterials like thread and wire.

The 18 mm barrel housingsensor is available in eitherULTEM® plastic (standard) orSS303 stainless steel. The flat-profile housing is available inULTEM® plastic only. The sensorsare sealed to withstand dusty,dirty, clean-in-place, 100%humidity, high-pressure, andwashdown environments.


Operating on 15 to 24 VDC, the500 kHz barrel housing/cablestyle sensors are equipped withan amber LED; the barrelhousing/connector style sensorshave two LEDs: amber andgreen. The flat-profile sensors,in both cable and connectorstyle, have an amber LED. Theamber LED increases in intensityas output voltage increases. Thegreen LED indicates power is

4-93



EXAMPLE MODEL: SM6 0 6 A - 4 48 - 00 SUltrasonic Miniature Proximity SeriesPower/Connection Type0...15 to 24 VDC / cable style5...15 to 24 VDC / “micro” connector styleSensing Function6...AnalogDesign LevelA...Applies to all modelsSensing Range (Far Limit)1 to 9...inches, not in fractionsB...254 mm (10")

Sensing Span (Distance from Far Limit to Near Limit)**08...13 mm (1/2")16...25 mm (1")32...51 mm (2")48...77 mm (3")80...127 mm (5")96...152 mm (6")OB...203 mm (8")

Output Configuration (4-20 mA must be in flat-profile model)00...Inverse 0 to10 volts01...Direct 0 to10 volts03...Inverse 0 to 10 volts, loss of echo signal hold06...Direct 0 to 10 volts, loss of echo signal hold10...Inverse 4-20mA11...Direct 4-20 mA13...Inverse 4-20mA, loss of echo signal hold16...Direct 4-20 mA loss of echo signal holdOptionsContact factory for available optionsHousing Types ...No letter indicates standard ULTEM®* - 18 mm barrel housingFP...ULTEM®* flat-profile housingS...SS303 stainless steel - 18 mm barrel housing

* ULTEM® is a registered trademark of The General Electric Company.** Available only in 102 mm (4") range models.**Not allowed inside the deadband. Deadband is 0.75" for ranges ≤ 7" and 1.25" for ranges > 7"

being supplied. With protection ratingsof NEMA 4X and IP67, the sensors resistmost acids and bases, including mostfood products. The transducer face ismade of silicone rubber.

OperationThe SUPERPROX® Model SM606

series is a self-contained, pulse-echodevice that both transmits and receivessonic energy within its programmedsensing range. These sensors use thelatest ultrasonic technology with adiscriminating microprocessor thatallows the sensor to ignore all surround-ing sonic interference and detect onlythe designated object. When an objectis within the fixed analog sensing span,the analog output changes proportion-ally in relation to the analog sensingspan limits. For example, if the object ishalfway between the analog span limits,the output is 5 volts.

As shown below, Hyde Park offers bothdirect and inverse proportional analogoutput models for continuous sensingapplications.


SM606 series sensors continually andaccurately measure the elapsed time ofevery pulse echo reception betweeneach pulse transmission. The transmittedpulse begins a time clock to register theelapsed times for the received pulseechoes. Given the elapsed time, thesensor software calculates the distancetraveled out to the object and back tothe sensor, using the formula, D = TVs/2,where: D = distance from the sensor tothe object; T = elapsed time betweenthe pulse transmission and its echo

D

SHADED AREAREPRESENTS THEFIXED SENSINGSPAN

PULSEDwo

DwiECHO

OBJECT


4-94

receptions; Vs = the velocity of sound,approximately 1100 feet per second.

During operation, the calculateddistance (D) between the sensor and theobject is compared to the distancesbetween the sensor and the fixed spanlimits. These limits are shown in theillustration at right as Dwi and Dwo. If D isat or within the fixed span limits, an outputvalue for D, relative to the analog sensingspan limits, is generated.


Loss of Echo Signal HoldOutput Configuration

The sensor model with this configura-tion makes it possible, upon loss ofecho signals, to hold at the analog signalvalue of the last echo received. Whenthe sensor again receives echoes withinits sensing range, the analog signal isupdated to a value indicating theobject’s position at that moment relativeto the span limits.


conduit free of any AC power orcontrol wires.

Cable Style Model WireAssignments


Brn +VDC

Blu DCCom

Blk

Wht

Analog signal

Analog return

Connector Style Model PinAssignments

“Flat-profile” style


plasticand stainlesssteel)SM656A-444-XX,SM656A-444-XXS,SM656A-674-XX,SM656A-674-XXS

4-95

Analog returnWhite 2

3DC ComBlue

1+ 15 to 24 VDC

Brown

4Analog Signal

Black

LED Drive(Do not use)

White 2

3DC Com &

Analog Return

Blue

1+ 15 to 24 VDC

Brown

4Analog Signal

Black

Barrel style

Direct Proportional OutputThe analog signal value increases as the object moves

closer to the near span limit.

* Note: The Cable style sensors have an amber signal LED only; nogreen LED.

Inverse Proportional OutputThe analog signal value decreases as the object moves

closer to the near span limit.

Deadband

0.0 mm(0.00 in.)




Fixed SensingSpan

19.0 mm(0.75 in.)

Amber LED indicatesmagnitude of analogoutput. The amberLED is at full brightnesswhen the analog outputis at 10 volts.

AmberLED

OFFON ONON

20mA /10 V olts

4mA/0 Volts

ON

Output Voltage

On loss of echo,the analog outputgoes to 0 volts.And the amberLED is off.

Note:Connector Style has a green LED in additionto amber LED to indicate power "ON".

OFF ONON ON ON

Deadband

0.0 mm(0.00 in.)




Fixed SensingSpan

19.0 mm(0.75 in.)

Amber LED indicatesmagnitude of analogoutput. The amberLED is at full brightnesswhen the analog outputis at 10 volts.

AmberLED

20mA/10 Volts

4mA/0 Volts

Output Voltage On loss of echo,the analog outputgoes to 0 volts.And the amberLED is off.


plastic andstainlesssteel)SM606A-444-XX,SM606A-444-XXS,SM606A-674-XX, SM606A-674-XXS

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

06

SE

RIE

S





BLACK REF.



BLUE

BROWN12

34 BLACK

WHITE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

1 2

34


SM606A-444-XXFP, 606A-674-XXFP

Dimensions“Flat-profile” Connector Style (ULTEM® plastic)

SM656A-444-XXFP, 656A-674-XXFP


2.2k Ohm820 OhmYELLOW

CONNECTOR CIRCUITPNP-TYPE

4

3

2

1

WHITE

+BROWN

BLACK- BLUE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR GREEN LED

AMBER LED

GREEN

38.0 mm(1.50)

28.5 mm(1.12) 14.7 mm

(.58)

1 2

34


AC119 Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connec-tor/cable assembly,5 m (16'), with built-in LEDs (for barrelconnector-stylesensors)

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

1 2

34

2.2k Ohm820 OhmYELLOW

CONNECTOR CIRCUITPNP-TYPE

4

3

2

1

WHITE

+BROWN

BLACK- BLUE

GREEN

AMBER LED

GREEN LED




BLACK REF.



HYDEPARKAC132

5 meters[16' ft]

4 3

21



9.7 mm[.38]

50.8 mm[2.0]


.

BLUE

BROWN1

2

3

4 BLACK

WHITE

AC132 Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') (for flat-profile connector-stylesensors)

4-96



6.35 mm (.250" ) TYP.+.38-0

+.015-0

12.7 mm (.50")

12.70 mm (.500")

9.7 mm(.38")

38.10 mm(1.500")

2.3 mm(.093")

57.2 mm(2.25")

28.6 mm(1.125")

50.8 mm(2.00")

25.4 mm(1.00")

18.52 mm (.729") DIA18.14 mm (.714") DIA

4.78 mm (.188" ) TYP.+.38-0

+.015-07.92 mm (.312")

12.70 mm(.500")

5.6 mm (.22") 17.48 mm(.688")

39.7 mm(1.56")

25.4 mm(1.00")

28.6 mm (1.13")

14.3 mm (.56")

18.52 mm(.729")

18.14 mm(.714")

2.3 mm(.090")

38.1 mm(1.50")

AC226 Stainless and polyamide conveyor-rail clamp/bracketset (for 18 mm barrel sensors)

88.9 mm(3.50)



RAIL

58.42 mm(2.30)



(2.220)56.40 mm

(.221)5.64 mm

(1.575)40.00 mm(.217)

5.50 mm

(3.110)79.00 mm

(.920)23.36 mm

(.828)21.00 mm

(.291)7.40 mm (1.440)

36.58 mm

(.281)7.14 mm

(.390)9.90 mm

(.108)2.74 mm


R 1.57mm(.062)TYP.

(2.220)56.40 mm

(.221)5.64 mm

(1.575)40.00 mm(.217)

5.50 mm

(3.110)79.00 mm

(.920)23.36 mm

(.828)21.00 mm

(.291)7.40 mm (1.440)

36.58 mm

(.281)7.14 mm

(.390)9.90 mm

(1.00)REF.

25.40 mm(1.750)

44.45 mm

(.108)2.740 mm

(1.500)38.10 mm


4-97

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

06

SE

RIE

S

Connector Model: 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 102 mm (4") long, including connector/cable assembly


x 16.25 mm (0.640") Hx 93 mm (3.66") L

Connector Model: 30 mm (1.182") Hx 16.25 mm (0.640") Wx 84.40 mm (3.322") L

Housing:Shock and vibration resistantCase: ULTEM®* plastic (FDA Approved)

(SS303 stainless steel available only in18 mm barrel-style)

Transducer Face: Silicone rubber - graySensor Cables: Nontoxic PVC jacket, food gradeLED: Polycarbonate


Accessories18 mm Barrel MountingHardware and Cables

Model AC119, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), with built-inLEDs for connector-style prox sensors

Model AC129, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), with built-inLEDs for connector-style prox sensors

Model AC226, Stainless and polyamide conveyor-railclamp/bracket set

Model AC227, Large, right-angle, stainless,mounting bracket

Model AC228, Small, right-angle, stainless, mountingbracket


Model AC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for flat-profile, connector-style prox sensors

Model AC132, Right angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for flat-profile, connector-style sensors

Model AC231, Straight, stainless, mounting bracket

Model AC232, S-shaped, stainless, mountingbracket




Spans:From 3.18 mm (1") to 228.6 mm (9")

Detection Benchmarks: Models with Ranges to 177.8 mm (7"):

1.59 mm (1/6") diameter rod at a distance of 63.5 mm (2.5") Max. ±10o tilt of large flat object at a distance of 127 mm (5")Models with Ranges from over 177.8 mm (7")to 254 mm (10"): 1.59 mm (1/6") diameter rod at a distance of 76.2 mm (3") Max. ±10o tilt of large flat object at a distance of 203.2 mm (8")

Position Sensing @ 20oCResolution, Position:

Voltage Model span/1023Current Model span/818 but never less than 0.043 mm (0.0017") for either type

Resolution, Output:Voltage Model 9.775mVCurrent Model 15.6uA

Window Edge Position (either edge):Error, maximum ±1.57 mm (0.062")Repeatability, max. error ±0.381 mm (0.015")

Zero Offset:Voltage Model +18mV/-11mVCurrent Model 4mA +0.11mA/-0.141mA

Full Scale Offset, maximum:Voltage Model ±43mVCurrent Model +0.147mA/-0.300mA

Slope Error, maximum: 0.59% of Span(1% to 99% of Span)

Non-linearity, maximum: 0.76 mm (.030")Temperature Compensation: -20o to 60oCPosition Error Due to Temperature Shift:

±01.59 mm (0.062")Sonic Frequency: 500 kHzSonic Cone Angle: 7o (see beam plot, page 4-72)Sensing Bandwidth (sinusoidal oscillation):

50 Hz

Power Requirements

Supply Voltage:15 VDC to 24 VDC ± 10%, regulated supply



Output

Voltage ModelRange: 0-10 VDCMin. Load Resistance: 1000 Ohms

Current Model (flat-profile only)Range:4-20 mA (0-20 mA optional)Load Resistance: 0.1 to 350 Ohms

Response Time

2.5 ms (Standard)1.5 ms (Optional)

Indicators

Green LED (connector model only): powerAmber LED (connector & cable models):

intensity increases as output voltage increases

Connections

Cable Style Models:24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacketed,4-conductor, 3 meters (10') long

Connector Style Models:4-pin, 12 mm “micro” styleLEDs not built into this sensor. Must use AC119 right-angle mating connector with built-in LEDs. No other mating connector cable may be substituted due to unique LED circuit impe-

dance.

Protection



Environmental




Agency Approvals



Construction

Dimensions:BarrelCable Model: 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 65 mm (2.55") long

4-98

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

06

SE

RIE

S

4-99

SM606 SeriesAnalog Output

SM606A-444-00• ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-444-00FP• ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-444-00S• ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-444-01 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-444-01FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-444-01S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-444-02 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-444-02FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-444-02S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-444-03 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■ Loss of echo signal holdSM606A-444-03FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■ Loss of echo signal holdSM606A-444-03S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■ Loss of echo signal holdSM606A-444-04 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-444-04FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-444-04S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-674-00• ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-674-00FP• ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-674-00S• ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-674-01 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-674-01FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-674-01S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-674-02 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-674-02FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-674-02S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■


SM606A-674-04FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM606A-674-04S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-444-00• ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-444-00FP• ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-444-00S• ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-444-01 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-444-01FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-444-01S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-444-02 ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-444-02FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-444-02S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■


SM656A-444-04FP ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-444-04S ■ ■ 102mm (4") 70mm (2.75") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-674-00• ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-674-00FP• ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-674-00S• ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-674-01 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-674-01FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-674-01S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-674-02 ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-674-02FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-674-02S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■


SM656A-674-04FP ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

SM656A-674-04S ■ ■ 152mm (6") 117mm (4.62") ■ ■ ■

Model No. Inv.0

-10V

, 2.

5ms

cycle

Dir.0

-10V

, 2.

5ms

cycle

Inv.0

-10V

, 1.

5ms

cycle

Inv.0

-10V

, 2.

5ms

cycle

Dir.0

-10V

, 1.

5ms

cycle

Powe

r Vers

ionCo

nnec

tion

Style Transducer Housing

15/2

4 VDC

Cable

Conn

ecto

r

Range Span

Sensing

OutputConfiguration

MaterialsNear Limit Far Limit

Fixed SensingSpan

Range

Silic

one*

18m

m U

LTEM

® *

18mm

Stai

nless

Flat-p

rofile

Notes


•= Most commonly stocked sensors * = See definition in Sensing Terms.All possible sensor configurations are not listed here.

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

06

SE

RIE

S

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

07

SE

RIE

S

Model SM607 Series

SUPERPROX®

UltrasonicProximitySensorsSmall TargetSensing

This fast, high-gain,ultrasonic proximitysensor detectsobjects as small as0.076 mm (0.003") inwidth at a speed of400 inches persecond.

Where very small targetsensing applications requirefast, repeatable, reliable, andprecise on/off control, thehigh-frequency, fixed-windowSUPERPROX® Model SM607series ultrasonic proximitysensors are the ideal solution.Combining new and uniquepiezoelectric transducer andmicroprocessor technology, this“tough little prox” from Hyde Parkcombines high speed and highsensitivity in the reliable detec-tion of very small objects andedges. This sensor series hasfixed sensing windows as smallas 3 mm (0.125") within sensingranges up to 63.5 mm (2.5").The sensor’s advanced ultra-sonic technology, the world’sfinest, allows for a deadband asshort as 38.1 mm (1.5"), resultingin a quicker decay of “cross talk”and the capability of closerobject detection. Another benefit

• Fast response -0.5 ms sampling rate

• Fixed sensing win-d o w

• Self-contained,18 mm barrelor flat-profilehousing styles

• Ideal for the precisedetection of thinedges, as in labels andtamper-proof seals


• DeviceNet Capabilityavailable in flat-profile models

• CE certified

of the technology is revealed ina sampling rate of 0.5 ms, 2000samples per second and thedetection of small reflectivesurfaces moving past the sensorat 400 inches per second.


By virtue of its very high gainand speed, the SM607noncontact sensor offers reliabledetection of objects as small as0.076 mm (0.003") diameterregardless of material, color, orshape. These include suchitems as: thin wires, threads,floss, filaments, electricalconnections, fine glue beads onbox tops, bag seams, and clearoptical extrusions. The high gainand speed work together tocreate a new edge detectionsystem that can be used onhigh-speed container lines indetecting tamper-proof safetyseals, labels, and caps. Otherapplications include detectingpaper and film edges, tape onpackages, web edges, bagseams, and wherever there’s aneed to upgrade a metal proxfunction. The sensors detect all

materials, transparent oropaque, liquid or solid.

With protection ratings ofNEMA 4X and IP67, thesesensors are impervious tochanging light conditions, colors,noise, dust, 100% humidity,caustic chemicals, and otherhostile environments. They areresistant to most acids andbases, including most foodproducts. The sensing trans-ducer is made of silicone rubberand the sensors are CE certified.Easy to install, the sensors are

4-101



EXAMPLE MODEL: SM6 0 7 A - 2 08 - 00 SUltrasonic Miniature Proximity SeriesPower/Connection Type0...12 to 24 VDC / cable style5...12 to 24 VDC / “micro” connector styleSensing Function7...Proximity Style - no on/off delayDesign LevelSensing Range2...51 mm (2")A...38.1 mm (1.5") – label edge onlySensing Window02...3 mm (0.125")04...6 mm (0.25")08...13 mm (0.5")Functionality00...Small object/N.O. outputs01...Label edge/N.O. outputs10...Small object/N.C. outputs11...Label edge/N.C. outputs01...Straight label edge/N.O. outputs02...Circular label edge/N.O. outputs11...Straight label edge/N.C. outputs12...Circular label edge/N.C. outputsOptionsContact factory for available optionsHousing Types ...No letter indicates standard ULTEM®* plastic - 18 mm barrel housingFP...ULTEM®* flat-profile housingS...SS303 stainless steel - 18 mm barrel housingNOTE: Contact the factory for DeviceNet communications capability in the flat-profile models

*ULTEM® is a registered trademark of The General Electric Company.

available in three different housingstyles. The 18 mm barrel housingsensors are available in either ULTEM®

plastic (standard) or SS303 stainlesssteel. The “flat-profile” housing sensorsare available only in ULTEM® plastic. Aswith all SUPERPROX® sensors, cableand connector styles are available.

Operating on 12 to 24 VDC, the500 kHz sensors are equipped withsinking type (NPN) and sourcing type(PNP) outputs, a green LED to indicatepower “on” and an amber LED toindicate when the object is detectedwithin the fixed window.

The SUPERPROX® Model SM607barrel- and flat-profile-style proximitysensors are today’s answer for verysmall object detection and improvedproductivity throughout the plant.


series is a self-contained, pulse-echodevice that both transmits and receivessonic energy over a sensing range of upto 51 mm (2"). These sensors use thelatest ultrasonic technology with adiscriminating microprocessor thatallows the sensor to ignore all surround-ing sonic interference and detect onlythe designated object. An object isdetected when it is at or within the fixedsensing window.


SM607 series sensors continually andaccurately measure the elapsed time ofevery pulse echo reception betweeneach pulse transmission. The transmit-ted pulse begins a time clock to registerthe elapsed times for the received pulseechoes. Given the elapsed time, thesensor software calculates the distancetraveled out to the object and back tothe sensor, using the formula, D = TVs/2,where: D = distance from the sensor tothe object; T = elapsed time betweenthe pulse transmission and its echo

D


PULSEDwo

DwiECHO

OBJECT


receptions, Vs = the velocity ofsound, approximately 1100feet per second.

During operation,the calculateddistance (D)between thesensor and the objectis compared to the distancesbetween the sensor and thefixed window limits. These limits areshown in the illustration as Dwi and Dwo.If D is at or within the fixed window limits,

an output change takesplace and remainsunchanged until the echoeither does not return or itreturns from outside thefixed window limits.

As shown below, HydePark offers normally open(N.O.) or normally closed(N.C.) (sinking and

sourcing) output models available fordiscrete on/off sensing applications.

4-102

ONOFF OFF

Deadband

AmberLED


Fixed SensingWindow

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)



0.0 mm(0.00 in.)


38.1 mm(1.50 in.)


V+V+ V+

OFFON ON

Deadband

AmberLED


Fixed SensingWindow

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)

BLK(sink)

WHT(source)



0.0 mm(0.00 in.)


38.1 mm(1.50 in.)


V+ V+ V+

Example: Model No. SM657A-204-10Example: Model No. SM657A-204-00

Normally Closed OutputThe sensor output is “Off” with the object in the fixed sensing window.

Normally Open OutputThe sensor output is “On” with the object in the fixed sensing window.

Electrical WiringRegardless of model style, the wiring

and conductor colors for the ModelSM607 series sensors are the same.

PNP

NPN

BROWN

BLACK

WHITE

BLUE

LOAD

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

LOAD

DCCom

DC(+)

CurrentLimit


BLUE 3DC Com




Brn+VDC

Blu DCCom

Blk

Wht

NPN Sinking Output

PNP Sourcing Output


Connector Style Model Pin As-signments


should be mounted in brackets thatallow them to be adjusted for properalignment. Hyde Park offers the ModelAC226 stainless and polyamide con-veyor-rail clamp/bracket set, ModelAC227 large, right-angle, stainlessmounting bracket, Model AC228 small,right-angle, stainless, mounting bracket,Model AC231 straight, stainless,mounting bracket and Model AC232s-shaped, stainless, mounting bracketwhich are illustrated, with dimensions,on Pages 4-104 and 4-105.

GREEN LED

Sensing face

AMBER LED

18 mm x 1 mmThread

DIA

65.00 mm(2.550)

51.10 mm(2.012)

18 mm

Sensing face

BlueBlackBrown

12 mm x 1 mmThread

18 mm x 1 mmThread

White

65.00 mm(2.550)

51.10 mm(2.012)

18 mm

74.00 mm(2.90)


Ref

GREEN LED

AMBER LED

Sensing face

DIA18 mm

97.50 mm(3.84) Ref

14.70 mm(.580)

38.00 mm(1.50)

Sensing face

18 mm x 1 mmThread

AC127RefAMBER LED

DIA

105.66 mm(4.16) Ref

18 mm

GREEN LED

4-103

“Flat-profile”Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic)SM657A-XXX-XXFP


plastic andstainlesssteel)SM607A-XXX-XX,SM607A-XXX-XXS


plasticand stainlesssteel)SM657A-XXX-XX,SM657A-XXX-XXS


SM607A-XXX-XXFP

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

07

SE

RIE

S





BLACK REF.



BLUE

BROWN12

34 BLACK

WHITE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

1 2

34

4-104


AC226 Stainless and polyamide conveyor-rail clamp/bracket set (for 18 mm barrel sensors)

YELLOW


4

3

2

1

WHITE+BROWN

BLACK

- BLUE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR GREEN LED

AMBER LED

GREEN

38.0 mm(1.50)

28.5 mm(1.12) 14.7 mm

(.58)

1 2

34

88.9 mm(3.50)



RAIL

58.42 mm(2.30)

6.35 mm (.250" ) TYP.+.38-0

+.015-0

12.7 mm (.50")

12.70 mm (.500")

9.7 mm(.38")

38.10 mm(1.500")

2.3 mm(.093")

57.2 mm(2.25")

28.6 mm(1.125")

50.8 mm(2.00")

25.4 mm(1.00")

18.52 mm (.729") DIA18.14 mm (.714") DIA

4.78 mm (.188" ) TYP.+.38-0

+.015-07.92 mm (.312")

12.70 mm(.500")

5.6 mm (.22") 17.48 mm(.688")

39.7 mm(1.56")

25.4 mm(1.00")

28.6 mm (1.13")

14.3 mm (.56")

18.52 mm(.729")

18.14 mm(.714")

2.3 mm(.090")

38.1 mm(1.50")



(2.220)56.40 mm

(.221)5.64 mm

(1.575)40.00 mm(.217)

5.50 mm

(3.110)79.00 mm

(.920)23.36 mm

(.828)21.00 mm

(.291)7.40 mm (1.440)

36.58 mm

(.281)7.14 mm

(.390)9.90 mm

(.108)2.74 mm

YELLOW


4

3

2

1

WHITE+BROWN

BLACK

- BLUE

GREEN

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

AMBER LED

GREEN LED




BLACK REF.


1 2

34







Spans:From 3.18 mm (1/8") to 38.1 mm (1.5")

Window Position, Initial Accuracy:± 1.59 mm (0.062")

Window Position Repeatability:± 0.69 mm (0.027")

Detection Benchmarks:0.076 mm (0.003") width at a distance of 51 mm (2")

Sonic Frequency: 500kHzSonic Cone Angle: 7o (see beam plots, page 4-72)

Power Requirements

Supply Voltage:12 to 24 VDC + 10%, regulated supply



Output

NPN Sinking: 0 to 30 V, 100 mA max.The sinking output is “off” when the sensoris not detecting an object (N.O.)

PNP Sourcing: 0 to 30 V, 1 A max.The sourcing output is “off” when the sensoris not detecting an object (N.O.)

Response Time

“On” 0.5 ms, “Off” 0.5 ms

Indicators

Green LED: power “on”Amber LED: “on” if object is detected within

the window, regardless of output polarity(N.O./N.C.) style. Connector model using cablewith built-in LEDs: “on” if NPN output is low.

Connections

Cable Style Models:24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket,4-conductor, 3 meters (10') long

Connector Style Models:24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket4-conductor, right angle “micro” style

Protection


Outputs: current-limited over-voltage, ESD, over-current.

Environmental




Agency Approvals



Construction

Dimensions:Barrel

Cable Model: 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 65 mm (2.55") longConnector Model: 18 mm dia. x 1 mm threaded housing x 102 mm (4") long


x 16.25 mm (0.640") Wx 93 mm (3.66") L

Connector Model: 30 mm (1.182") Hx 16.25 mm (0.640") Wx 84.4 mm (3.322") L

Housing:Shock and vibration resistantCase: ULTEM®* plastic - (FDA Approved)

(SS303 stainless steel available only in 18 mm barrel-style)

Transducer Face: Silicone rubber - graySensor Cable: Lead-free PVC jacket, black (Model AC117)LED: Polycarbonate

* ULTEM® is a registered trademark of The General ElectricCo.

4-105

Accessories18 mm Barrel Mounting Hardware and

Cables

Model AC117, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') with built-inLEDs for barrel connector-style prox sensors

Model AC127, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), with built-inLEDs for barrel connector-style prox sensors

Model AC226, Stainless and polyamide conveyor-rail clamp/bracket set


Model AC228, Small, right-angle, stainless, mount-ing bracket


Model AC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for flat-profile, connector-style prox sensors

Model AC231, Straight, stainless, mounting bracket

Model AC232, S-shaped, stainless, mountingbracket AC241 Steel/black oxide, 45o angle, labeledge mounting bracket used with SUPERPROXSM6X7A-A08-01FP or SM6X7A-A08-11FP flat-profilelabel sensors

Model AC241, Steel/black oxide, 45o angle, labeledge mounting bracket used with the SUPERPROX®

SM6X7A-A08-01FP or SM6X7A-A08-11FP flat-profilelabel sensors



R 1.57mm(.062)TYP.

(2.220)56.40 mm

(.221)5.64 mm

(1.575)40.00 mm(.217)

5.50 mm

(3.110)79.00 mm

(.920)23.36 mm

(.828)21.00 mm

(.291)7.40 mm (1.440)

36.58 mm

(.281)7.14 mm

(.390)9.90 mm

(1.00)REF.

25.40 mm(1.750)

44.45 mm

(.108)2.740 mm

(1.500)38.10 mm


AC241 Steel/black oxide, 45o angle, label edgemounting bracket used with SUPERPROX SM6X7A-A08-01FP or SM6X7A-A08-11FP flat-profile label sensors

4-

ALL AROUND TOP OF

0.800

M4x0.7 - 6H

0.600

0.225

0.200

1.25

5.50

R0.13 R0.13

45°

0.57

0.68

0.10

R0.03

0.78

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M6

07

SE

RIE

S

4-106


Powe

r Ver

sion

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Mat

erial

s

12-2

4 VDC

Cable

Conn

ecto

r

Transducer Housing

Silic

one*

18m

m U

LTEM

®*

18m

mst

ainl

ess

Flat

-pro

file

Model No. Range

Sensing

Window


Fixed SensingWindow

Range



SM607A-A08-01• ■ ■ 38.1mm (1.5") 12.7mm (.5") ■ ■

SM607A-A08-01FP• ■ ■ 38.1mm (1.5") 12.7mm (.5") ■ ■

SM607A-A08-01S• ■ ■ 38.1mm (1.5") 12.7mm (.5") ■ ■

SM607A-A08-02 ■ ■ 38.1mm (1.5") 12.7mm (.5") ■ ■

SM607A-A08-02FP ■ ■ 38.1mm (1.5") 12.7mm (.5") ■ ■

SM607A-A08-02S ■ ■ 38.1mm (1.5") 12.7mm (.5") ■ ■

SM607A-202-00 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 3mm (.125") ■ ■

SM607A-202-00FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 3mm (.125") ■ ■

SM607A-202-00S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 3mm (.125") ■ ■

SM607A-204-00 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 6mm (.25") ■ ■

SM607A-204-00FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 6mm (.25") ■ ■

SM607A-204-00S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 6mm (.25") ■ ■

SM607A-208-00• ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (.5") ■ ■

SM607A-208-00FP• ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (.5") ■ ■

SM607A-208-00S• ■ ■ 38.1mm (1.5") 12.7mm (.5") ■ ■

SM657A-A08-01• ■ ■ 38.1mm (1.5") 12.7mm (.5") ■ ■

SM657A-A08-01FP• ■ ■ 38.1mm (1.5") 12.7mm (.5") ■ ■

SM657A-A08-01S ■ ■ 38.1mm (1.5") 12.7mm (.5") ■ ■

SM657A-A08-02 ■ ■ 38.1mm (1.5") 12.7mm (.5") ■ ■

SM657A-A08-02FP ■ ■ 38.1mm (1.5") 12.7mm (.5") ■ ■

SM657A-A08-00S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (.5") ■ ■

SM657A-202-00 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 3mm (.125") ■ ■

SM657A-202-00FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 3mm (.125") ■ ■

SM657A-202-00S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 3mm (.125") ■ ■

SM657A-204-00 ■ ■ 51mm (2") 6mm (.25") ■ ■

SM657A-204-00FP ■ ■ 51mm (2") 6mm (.25") ■ ■

SM657A-204-00S ■ ■ 51mm (2") 6mm (.25") ■ ■

SM657A-208-00• ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (.5") ■ ■

SM657A-208-00FP• ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (.5") ■ ■

SM657A-208-00S• ■ ■ 51mm (2") 13mm (.5") ■ ■

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

00

SE

RIE

S I

NT

RO


30 mmUltrasonicSensors

SUPERPROX®

Model SM900 SeriesProximity sensing withno delay

SUPERPROX®

Model SM902 SeriesDual-level sensing with on& off latch control

SUPERPROX®

Model SM906 SeriesLevel/distance sensingwith analog output

• Field programmable capability

• DeviceNet capability

• CE certified

4-107

Broad modelselections in newSUPERPROX®

30 mm series bringconvenience andcost-effectivesensing to specificapplications

Using the same world-leadingultrasonic technology perfectedand proven in the versatileSUPERPROX® 500 series, threenew 30 mm series sensorsbroaden the list of reliable HydePark sensing solutions. With thisSUPERPROX® 900 series, thedesign engineer, maintenancemanager, and other profession-als can easily select a “smart”ultrasonic sensor specificallyconfigured for an application.

The applications cover thoserequiring either proximity sensingwith on/off output, dual-levelsensing with on/off latch control,or continuous level/distancesensing with analog output.Depending on the specificsensing application, 1 meter,

2 meter, and 8 meter sensingrange models are available withspecific sensing functionality.These models offer a variety ofoutput modes and types,response times, features, andoptions. Threaded, barrel-stylehousings, available in eitherULTEM® plastic or SS303stainless steel, make installationquick, especially in those areaswhere mounting is often difficult.All the 30 mm sensors are CEcertified.

For sensing applicationsrequiring connection to aDeviceNet network, all modelsin this series are available withthis capability as an optionalselection.

The SUPERPROX® 900 seriescontinues the long tradition ofproviding sensing solutionswhere other sensing technologieshave not met demandingstandards for reliability andproductivity. With these 30 mmsensors, the same degree ofreliability is assured in thedetection of most objectsregardless of material.

Harsh environments, high-speedruns, caustic cleaning solutions,and frequent washdowns are oftenthe rule, not the exception, for thisrugged, self-contained, sensorline. Like other Hyde Park sensors,this series has protection ratings ofIP67 and NEMA 4X, providingresistance to most acids andbases, including most foodproducts. They are sealed againstdust, noise, and other hostileenvironments. Without exception,all three 30 mm series models canbe counted on day in and day outfor the reliable detection of objectswhether they are transparent oropaque, liquid or solid...regardless of color or shape.



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber

4-108

PULSE


D


Dwo

DwiECHO

OBJECT


Field ProgrammableSensor Models

SUPERPROX+ software combined withthe Model AC441A configurator inter-face module enables the SUPERPROX900 series sensors to be programmedby the user with either standard orcustom sensing configurations. Thesefield programmable sensors use an ‘SC’prefix in the model number to designateand differentiate the sensors from factoryconfigured SUPERPROX 900 seriesmodels.

All the unique sensing capabilities andfunctions available in the SUPERPROXSM900, 902, and 906 sensor series arealso available in field programmableSC900/906 model versions. An evengreater sensing capability in functional-ity is realized with these field program-mable sensor models through the user-friendly SUPERPROX+™ software toallow customization for specific applica-tions.

For more details on the Model SC900series and other field programmablesensor models along with the ModelAC441A configurator interface modulego to the SUPERPROX+™ section foundon page 4-145 in the catalog.

Operation Like the SUPERPROX® 500 series

sensors, the 30 mm models are pulse-echo devices that both transmit andreceive sonic energy within selectedsensing ranges. A unique combinationof advanced ultrasonic sensing technol-ogy and a discriminating microproces-sor and push-button setup programenables the detection of only thoseobjects within a set “window” or spanwhile ignoring all surrounding interfer-ence. When the object to be detected isat or within the user-set window limits,either a discrete output switches or ananalog output changes proportionallywith respect to analog span limits set bythe user.

Easy to Set UpConvenience in setting up the

SUPERPROX® 900 series sensors foroperation begins with the ease in whichthe sensors can be mounted in theproper position. Whether placed in abracket close to the object or through avessel cover several feet above theobject, the sensor is quickly securedusing a pair of jam nuts. Depending onthe model series selected, a singlepush-button at the rear of the sensor isused to set either the near and farwindow limits, the dual-level limits,

or the analog span limits.To set the limits, a target or object is

placed in front of the sensor succes-sively at the set points representing thedesired near (Dwi) and far (Dwo) limitsshown in the illustration. When the push-button is pressed at each set point, therespective distances (Dwi and Dwo)from the sensor are stored in the sensormemory to represent the sensingwindow limits.

For long distances or tall-tank applica-tions, where the long-range (8 meter)sensor’s push-button setup is notpractical, an optional, hand-held,configuration accessory is available touse in setting the window limits andconfiguring the sensor’s functionality foroperation.

Located next to the sensor’s push-button is a pair of LEDs. The multicolorLED is used to indicate setup andoperational status; the red LED is usedto indicate the status of the output.

The sensor outputs, whether discreteor analog, are compatible with mostlogic control systems and programmablecontrollers.


SUPERPROX® 900 series sensorscontinually and accurately measure theelapsed time of every pulse transmis-

Beam PlotsThe following plots, developed from

data collected at 20oC, zero air flow,defines the boundaries and shape of thesonic beam for the SUPERPROX® 900series sensors.

For the 1 and 2 meter series theboundaries were established using a 10cm x 10 cm (3.94" x 3.94") “target”positioned parallel to the sensor face.The plot for each sensor series is validfor targets equal to or larger than10 cm x 10 cm. Beam boundaries aredetermined by moving the large flat

sion. The transmitted pulse begins atime clock to determine the elapsedtimes for the received pulse echoes.Given the elapsed time, the sensorsoftware calculates the distance traveledout to the object and back to the sensor,using the formula, D = TVs/2, where D =distance from the sensor to the object; T= elapsed time between the pulsetransmission and its echo receptions; Vs= velocity of sound, approximately 1100feet per second.

During operation, the calculateddistance (D) between the sensor and theobject is compared to the distancesbetween the sensor and the set limits.The operation (discrete and analog)depends on the model number.

ApplicationsFor applications specific to the three

series of SUPERPROX® 900 seriessensors, see either the product informa-tion sections that follow or the Applica-tion/Sensor Selection Chart on Page 2-1.

target into the beam while the plane ofthe target is held perpendicular to thebeam axis.

The same is true for the 8 meter serieswith the exception that the target is30 cm x 30 cm (12" x 12").

In each sensor series, the plot extendsfrom the end of the “deadband” on theleft to the end of the sensing range onthe right. The sensor is illustrated in themiddle left margin.

These and other plots are availablefrom Hyde Park upon request.

SM9XXA-100000

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110

-400

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

400

0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40

-10

-8

-6

-4

-2

0

2

4

6

8

10

mm inches

cm

inches

deadband


SM9XXA-400000

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220

-800

-600

-400

-200

0

200

400

600

800

0.0 8.5 17.0 25.5 34.0 42.5 51.0 59.5 68.0 76.5 85.0

-10-8-6-4-202468

10

mm inches

cm

inches

deadband


SM9X0A-800000

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

-400

-300

-200

-100

0

100

200

300

400

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

-100

-80

-60

-40

-20

0

20

40

60

80

100

cm inches

m

feet

DEADBAND


4-109

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

00

SE

RIE

S I

NT

RO

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

00

SE

RIE

S

Model SM900 Series

SUPERPROX®

UltrasonicProximitySensors

• Sensing ranges of1 m (39"), 2 m (79"),and 8 m (26')

• Reliable detectionwith simple on/offcontrol of the out-put

• Easy push-buttonsetup or optionalhand-held setup/display accessoryavailable for all

• Self-contained,30 mm barrel, ineither ULTEM®

plastic or SS303stainless steelhousing

• Resistant to causticmaterials and harshenvironments


• DeviceNetcapability

• CE certified

30 mm ultrasonicproximity sensorsoffer modelselections for range,output type,response time,default window,and transducer face

4-111

Up to 8 Meter RangeProximity Sensing

Whether the object beingdetected is just a few inchesfrom the sensor or as far away as26 feet, or the application callsfor a specific sensor configura-tion, the SUPERPROX® ModelSM900 series of ultrasonicsensors offers a variety ofproximity sensing solutions.There is the mounting conve-nience of a 30 mm housing,sensing ranges of 1 m (39"),2 m (79"), and a long-range8 m (26'), the shortestdeadbands in the sensingindustry, and unique factoryconfigurability to meet the user’sneeds. In addition to sensingranges, model selectionsinclude normally-open ornormally-closed NPN and PNPoutputs, complementary NPN orcomplementary PNP outputs,

and a variety of response timesand default sensing windowsetup limits. By using the ModelReference Guide to select thespecific model required, theuser is assured of a reliable,cost-effective proximity sensingsolution for a multitude ofapplications. All models in this series areequipped with a push-button toset the limits for the sensing“window.” When it is impracticalto use the push-button for settinglong-range sensing limits, anoptional, hand-held, setup/display accessory is available.All limits are stored in nonvolatilememory and thus are retained ifpower is removed from thesensor. The sensors are available ineither ULTEM® plastic or SS303stainless steel housings. Bothhousings are sealed to withstanddusty, dirty, clean-in-place,noncondensing humidity, high-pressure washdown environ-ments. Unlike other sensingtechnologies, these sensors arecapable of detecting all materialsregardless of color, shape, andcomposition (transparent or

4-112

1 meter and2 meter models

The standard 1 meter and the 2 metermodels are identified in the ModelReference Guide as the ModelSM900A-1 and Model SM900A-4sensors, respectively. These modelsprovide for proximity sensing as close as50.8 mm (2") from the sensor within the1 m (39") range and 120 mm (4.7") fromthe sensor within the 2 m (79") range. Toensure ease of mounting, the length ofthe connector model, excluding theconnector/cable assembly, is just 96 mm(3.78"). These sensors operate on asonic frequency of 200 kHz and areavailable with response times as fast as10 ms. The transducer face is made ofFDA approved silicone rubber. For proximity-sensing applications insevere, corrosive-type environments, theModel SM900A-7STS sensor has anSS303 stainless steel housing and isequipped with an SS304 stainless steel-faced transducer. This model series, witha sensing range of 120 mm to 1 m (4.7"to 39"), provides reliable operation ineither the detection of certain chemicalsand corrosive materials or where causticcleaning solutions are used in wash-downs of machinery and equipment inclose proximity to the sensor. For out-of-doors, proximity-sensing applications,where cold weather is a factor, thiscorrosion-resistant model series pro-vides reliable operation in temperaturesas low as -10° C (14° F).

8 meter, long-rangemodels No other proximity sensor has as shorta deadband, as long a sensing range,and is housed in as small a package asthe Model SM900A-8 series of long-range, ultrasonic sensors. Configurable

Model Reference Guide - SM900 SeriesUse the guide below to ensure the correct model number is specified for theapplication. Please note that not all sensor model combinations are available.

EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL: SM9 5 0 A - 1 0 0 000 -SM9 5 0 A - 1 0 0 000 -SM9 5 0 A - 1 0 0 000 -SM9 5 0 A - 1 0 0 000 -SM9 5 0 A - 1 0 0 000 -

SUPERPROX® Product SeriesPower/Connection Type0...12 to 24 VDC / cable style5...12 to 24 VDC / connector styleSensing Type0...Proximity - on/offDesign LevelA...Applies to all modelsSensing Range1...51 mm to 1 m (2" to 39")4...120 mm to 2 m (4.7" to 79")7…120 mm to 1 m (4.7" to 39") - Required for ST option8…203 mm to 8 m (8" to 26')Output Type0...Normally open (N.O.) - NPN & PNP1...Normally closed (N.C.) - NPN & PNP2...Complementary NPN outputs3...Complementary PNP outputsResponse Time - On/Off0...Standard: 25 ms (1 m) / 35 ms (2 m) / 250 ms (8 m)1...Fast: 10 ms (1 m) / 15 ms (2 m) / 100 ms (8 m)2...100 ms (1 m/2 m)3...250 ms (1 m/2 m) 5...1.000 s (1 m/2 m/8 m)4...500 ms (1 m/2 m/8 m) 6...2.500 s (1 m/2 m/8 m)Functionality000...Standard default window: + 6.35 mm (0.25") (1 m/2 m);

+ 63.5 mm (2.50") (7.6 m)001...Default window: + 12.7 mm (0.50") (1 m/2 m)002...Default window: + 25.4 mm (1.00") (1 m/2 m)003...Default window: + 2.54 mm (0.10") (1 m/2 m)004...Default window: + 9.52 mm (0.375") (1 m/2 m)090...Default window: + 51 mm (2.00") (1 m/2 m)Options ...No designator indicates no options (standard)ST...Stainless transducer (must also specify stainless

housing; available in 120 mm to 1 m models only)FS...Fluorosilicone transducer face (1 m models only)AD...Limits push-button disabledOB...Object modeHousing Types ...No designator indicates standard ULTEM®* plastic housing (standard)S...SS303 stainless steel (1 and 2 m models only)


in covers and tight spaces in the plant.They operate on a sonic frequency of75 kHz with a standard response time of200 ms. A response time of 100 ms isalso available. An epoxy transducer faceallows the fully encapsulated sensor toperform in a wide range of harshenvironments, including those involvingmost acids, bases, and oils.

opaque, liquid or solid) including clearglass, powder, food products, metal,plastics, and objects that change colors.They are virtually unaffected bychanging light conditions, colors, andnoise. Packaged in a 30 mm, threadedhousing with jam nuts, the Model SM900sensors are easily mounted in normallytough-to-install areas of the plant. Withprotection ratings of NEMA 4X and IP67,the sensors resist most acids, bases,and oils, including most food products.All the sensors in this model series areCE certified. Additionally, the ModelSM900 series sensors offer compatibleintegration with most programmablelogic controllers.

for long-range proximity sensingapplications requiring a simple on/offoutput, these ultrasonic sensors detectobjects of all materials over a sensingrange from just 203 mm (8") to 8 m (26').With the length of the cable model only116.31 mm (4.579"), a fraction of thelength of other long-range sensors,these sensor models are easy to mount




Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber

Applications Applications for these long-rangeproximity sensors extend to most everyindustry or business requiring reliabledetection within the range of 8 meters(26 feet). By virtue of the 75 kHzfrequency, the sensor’s wide, 20o beamis especially effective in detectingobjects with a variety of surface profiles.In applications where high soundabsorption conditions exist in thematerial being sensed, and either theone or two meter range model sensorbecomes unreliable because of lostenergy, the more powerful long-rangeSM900A-8 can provide the solution whenused in the shorter-range distances. Temperature compensation allows thesesensors to operate reliably in outdoorapplications in temperatures ranging from-10° to 60° C (14° to 140° F).

Operation The SUPERPROX® Model SM900series is a self-contained, pulse-echo,proximity sensing device that bothtransmits and receives sonic energywithin specified sensing ranges.Operating on 12 to 24 VDC, andemploying the latest piezoelectric andmicroprocessor technology, thesesensors detect only those designatedobjects within a set “window” and ignoreall surrounding sonic interference. Prior to operation, a simple and easypush-button “teach” function is used toset the sensing window limits. The nearand far limits of a desired sensingwindow can be set anywhere within thesensing range and may be set to eitherencompass the full sensing range orbe as small as desired. The push-buttonsetup allows a window to be set as smallas 2.54 mm (0.10") within the 1 and 2 mranges and, depending on ambientconditions, a window within the 8 mrange can be as small as 102 mm (4.0").A double press of the SETUP push-button makes possible the setting of adefault window anywhere within thesensing range. The sensors are equipped with a multi-color sensing status LED and a red LED.The red LED shows the state of the out-put. When the output is active, the redLED is on. When the output is not active,the red LED is off. The multicolor LEDindicates the position of the objectrelative to the sensing window limits:green when the object is inside thewindow; red when the object is outsidethe window; and off when the object isoutside the sensing range. Two different sensing programconfigurations, both employing fore-

ground and background suppression,are available in the SM900 series,depending on the sensing application. The standard sensing configuration,used in most proximity sensing applica-tions, calls for the sensor to operate in a“background sensing mode.” In thismode, the sensor can detect objectseither directly or retroreflectively bydoing a break-beam technique with afixed background target. When objectsare of irregular shape or non-repeatableorientation, break-beam sensing with afixed background target should be used.After the sensing window is set to sensean object or the background target, thesensor continually transmits sonicpulses.

When the first pulse echo is receivedafter each transmission pulse, thesensor shuts off its receiver and interro-gates the elapsed travel time of thereceived first echo to determine whetherthe object is in or out of the sensingwindow. The sensor’s receiver thenwaits for the next echo to interrogate.When either no echo is received, or thefirst echo received off an object travelsa lesser or greater distance than thewindow distance, the sensor determinesthere is no object present. Whensensing objects by break-beam with afixed background target, the sensordetermines there is no object presentwhenever receiving echoes off thebackground target. An optional “object sensing mode”configuration is recommended when thesensor must sense objects beyond aforeground surface having an openingthat permits reception of the pulseechoes. An example would be thesensing of an object through a grid orinside a narrow opening. Sensing in thismode is done by setting the sensingwindow limits beyond the foregroundsurface. During operation, the sensorreceives all pulse echoes from objects infront of it, including the foregroundsurface, without interruption. But, in thismode, the discriminating microprocessorpermits the sensor to accept only thosepulse echoes from objects that are withinthe sensing window limits and ignoreany foreground objects.

Exception:Exception:Exception:Exception:Exception: Multiple echoes receivedoff objects at either 1/2 or 1/4 distancesfrom the sensor to the window may beaccepted or confused as an object inthe sensing window. This is avoided bymounting the sensor in a position wherethis condition cannot exist.

Setting the Window Limits Located on the backside of the sensor,the SETUP push-button is used to setboth the near and far window limitswithin which the sensing is to take place.Before the limits are set, the sensor mustbe properly aligned with the object to bedetected. To set the near and far limits, depressthe SETUP push-button (the multicolorLED rapidly flashes amber to indicatethe push-button is being pressed) untilthe multicolor LED flashes green inabout 3 seconds, and then release theSETUP push-button. The multicolor LEDcontinues flashing green indicating thesensor is waiting for the first windowlimit. Align a flat object parallel to thesensor face at the desired distanceposition for either (near or far) windowlimit, and press the SETUP push-buttononce. Upon release of the SETUP push-button, the multicolor LED flashes amberindicating the first window limit is setand the sensor is waiting for the secondwindow limit. Align a flat object parallelto the sensor face at the desired positionfor the second window limit and pressthe SETUP push-button once. Uponrelease of the SETUP push-button, themulticolor LED turns to the color thatindicates where the object is located.The sensor has no time-out for settinglimits. While the SETUP push-button isdepressed in setting either the first orsecond window limit, the multicolorLED will turn amber to indicate thesensor detects the object. If the sensordoes not detect the object, the multi-color LED will turn red while the push-button is depressed and flash red 2seconds when it is released. After theLED flashes red 2 seconds, it will eitherflash green if the sensor is requestingthe first window limit again or flashamber if the sensor is requesting thesecond window again. A special feature of these sensorsallows the user to set an automaticdefault window of fixed size anywherewithin the sensing range. For the 1 and2 meter range models, the standarddefault window is 12.7 mm (0.50"). It is127 mm (5.00") for the 8 meter rangemodels. Other default window sizes areavailable for all the models uponrequest. To easily set the defaultwindow, while the multicolor LED isflashing green, align a flat object parallelto the sensor face at the center of thedesired window and press the SETUPpush-button twice in succession withoutmoving the object. An automatic default

4-113

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

00

SE

RIE

S



Cable/Connector Wire Colors andOutputsCable Model Wire Assignments

Sinking/Sourcing N.O./N.C.Brn

Blu

Blk

Wht

+ 12 to 24 VDC

NPN /Sinking

PNP /Sourcing

DC Com

Brn

Blu

Blk

W ht

+ 12 to 24 VDC

DC Com

NPN/Sinking - N.O.

NPN/Sinking - N.C.

Brn

Blu

Blk

W ht

+ 12 to 24 VDC

DC Com

PNP/Sourcing - N.O.

PNP/Sourcing - N.C.

2

3

1

4

PNP /Sourcing White

NPN /SinkingBlack

+ 12 to 24 VDC Brown

DC Com Blue

2

3

1

4

White+ 12 to 24 VDC

Brown

BlackDC Com Blue

PNP/Sourcing - N.C.

PNP/Sourcing - N.O.

2

3

1

4

White+ 12 to 24 VDC

Brown

BlackDC Com Blue

NPN/Sinking - N.C.

NPN/Sinking - N.O.

4-114


PNP

NPN

BROWN

BLACK

WHTE

BLUE

LOAD

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

LOAD

DCCom

DC(+)

Current Limit

Current Lim it

PNP

BROWN

WHTE

BLUE

LOAD

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

DCCom

DC(+)

Current Limit

PNP

Current Limit

LOAD

BLACK

NPN

BROWN

BLACK

WHTE

BLUE

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

LOAD

DCCom

DC(+)

NPN

LOAD

Current Lim it

Current Lim it

Complementary NPN/SinkingOutputs

Complementary PNP/SourcingOutputs

Connector Model Pin AssignmentsSinking/Sourcing N.O./N.C.

Complementary Sinking

Complementary Sourcing

Complementary Sinking

Complementary Sourcing

window limit will be set at a distanceequal to half the default window in frontof and behind the flat-object surfacenearest the sensor. If, for example, thefunctionality of the 1 or 2 meter rangesensor calls for the standard defaultwindow, the sensing window is set withlimits 6.35 mm (0.25") in front of andbehind the object’s front surface. For long distances or tall-tank applica-tions, when the sensor’s push-button isnot practical, an optional, ModelAC441A Handheld Configurator can beused to set or change the near and farwindow limits and display the objectdistance when the sensor is located upto 200 feet from the user. The ModelAC441A cannot, however, be used toset the default window. Once set, the window limits are savedin nonvolatile memory and thus areretained when power is removed fromthe sensor.

How Does it work?During setup and operation, theseSM900 series sensors continually andaccurately measure the elasped time ofevery pulse echo reception betweeneach pulse transmission. The transmittedpulse begins a time clock to register theelasped times for the received pulseechoes. Given the elasped time, thesensor software calculates the distancetraveled out to the object or surface andback to the sensor, using the formula, D= TVs/2, where: D = distance from thesensor to the object; T = elasped timebetweem the pulse transmission and itsecho receptions, Vs = the velocity ofsound, approximately 1100 feet persecond. During operation, the calculateddistance (D) between the sensor and theobject is compared to the distancesassociated with the window limits. Theselimits are shown in the illustration atlower right as Dwi and Dwo. If D is within these limits, an output isgenerated. The output remains on untilthe echo does not return or it returnsfrom outside the window limits. PULSE


D


Dwo

DwiECHO

OBJECT


Calculating Pulse Transmission

Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic and SS303 stainless steel)SM950A-1, SM950A-4, SM950A-7STS

28.30 mm[1.114] DIA

34.70 mm[1.365] DIA

M30 x 1.5 mm-6g THREADS

84.51 mm[3.327]

20.10 mm[.790]

2 - White 1 - Brown

4 - Black3 - Blue

M12 mm x 1 mm -6gThreads

95.99 mm(3.779)

AC132

117.15 mm[4.612]

84.51 mm[3.320]

.600

1.523

34.70 mm[1.365] DIA

125.00 mm[4.921]

84.51 mm[3.327]

AC130

34.70 mm[1.365] DIA

4-115

DimensionsCable Style(ULTEM® plastic and SS303 stainless steel)SM900A-1, SM900A-4, SM900A-7STS

SetupPushbutton

Red LED

Multicolor LED

28.30 mm[1.114] DIA

34.70 mm[1.365] DIA


20.10 mm[.790]

94.95 mm(3.738)

84.51 mm(3.327)

M30 x 1.5 -6g

28.30 mm DIA(1.114)

43.18 mm(1.700) DIA

42.09 mm(1.657)

106.38 mm(4.188)

116.31 mm(4.579)

Cable Style(ULTEM® plastic & SS303 stainless steel)SM900A-8 Long-range

(1.102) DIA

147.04 mm(5.789)

139.19 mm(5.480)

AC132

AC130

14.7 mm(0.580)

14.7 mm(0.580)

38.0 mm(1.500)

M30 x 1.5 -6g

28.30 mm DIA(1.114)

43.18 mm(1.700) DIA

42.09 mm(1.657)

106.38 mm(4.188)

117.35 mm(4.620)

2-White

3-Blue 4-Black1-Brown

PushbuttonMulticolorLED

Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic & SS303 stainless steel)SM950A-8 Long-range

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

00

SE

RIE

S



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber


1 and 2 meter ranges1 and 2 meter ranges1 and 2 meter ranges1 and 2 meter ranges1 and 2 meter ranges

Model Sensing Ranges51 mm to 1 m (2.0" to 39")120 mm to 1 m (4.7 to 39")**120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79")

Sonic Frequency: 200 kHzMinimum-size Detection(Model SM900A-1):

1.59 mm (0.0625") diameter rod up to 635 mm(25") distance from sensor

Maximum Angular Deviation:+ 10° on 305 mm x 305 mm (12" x 12") flat targetat a distance of 305 mm (12")

Sonic Cone Profile: See Beam Plots, Page 4-109Limit Adjustment Resolution: 0.08 mm (0.003")Repeatability: + 0.8716 mm (0.03431") max.Temperature Compensated

Power Requirements

Supply Voltage:12 to 24 VDC + 10% excluding output load

(regulated supply)Current Consumption: 100 mA max., excluding loadPeak Inrush Current: 0.50 AmpPower Consumption: 1.2 W max., excluding load

4-116

AccessoriesAC130 Straight, M12 micro, 4-

conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5m (16'), for 30 mm, barrel-style sensors

FULL R. TYP

2.36 mm WALL[.093] TYP REF.

R. 1.60 mm [.063]

38.10 mm[1.500]

60.33 mm[2.375]

38.10 mm[1.500]

R 3.18 mm [.125]

R .76 mm[.030] (4x)

R 22.22 mm[.875]

ø 32.54 mm [1.281]

22.22 mm[.875] 44.45 mm

[1.750]

38.10 mm[1.500]

6.35 mm /[.250] SLOTOPENING FOR WIRE CABLETO PASS THRU REF.

7.14 mm[.281] (2x)

29.36 mm[1.156]

3.18 mm[.125]

7.92 mm[.312]

28.60 mm [1.126]

AC132 Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connec-tor/cable assembly, 5m (16'), for 30 mm,barrel- style sensors

AC233 Small, right-angle, stainlessmounting bracket for 30 mm, barrel-stylesensors




BLACK REF.



BLUE

BROWN12

34 BLACK

WHITE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

1 2

34

HYDEPARKAC132

5 meters[16' ft]

4 3

21



9.7 mm[.38]

50.8 mm[2.0]


.

BLUE

BROWN1

2

3

4 BLACK

WHITE

ProtectionPower Supply: current-limited over-voltage, ESD,

reverse polarityOutputs: current-limited over-voltage, ESD,

over-currentNOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE: This sensor is NOT RATED EXPLOSIONPROOF.

Environmental

Operating Temperature Range:0° to 50°C (32° to 122°F) for

silicone-faced models- 20° to 50°C (-4° to 122°F) for stainless

steel-faced modelsStorage Temperature Range:

-20° to 80°C (-4° to 176°F) forsilicone-faced models

-50° to 80°C (-58° to 176°F) forstainless steel-faced models

Operating Humidity: 100%Protection Ratings: NEMA 4X, IP67Chemical Resistance: Unaffected by

most acids, bases, and oils.Fluorosilicone- and stainless steel-faced trans-

ducers available for severe, corrosive-type environments.

Construction

Dimensions:Cable Model: 30 mm (1.181") dia. x 1.5 mm-6g

threaded housing x 94.95 mm(3.738") mm long, including 34.70 mm

Outputs

Sinking Output (NPN):Maximum on-state voltage @ 100 mA: 0.37 voltMaximum load current: 100 mA

Maximum applied voltage: 35 VDCSourcing Output (PNP):

Maximum on-state voltage drop @ 100 mA:0.50 volt

Maximum load current: 100 mA

Response Times -

Minimum, Standard

10 ms on/off, 20 ms on/off (1 m range models)15 ms on/off, 30 ms on/off (2 m range models)Other response times are available.

Indicators


operational modes.Red LED:

Visual indicator for sensor output;illuminated when output is in anactive (on) state.

Connection Options

Cable Style:24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free PVC jacketed,4-conductor, 3 meters (10') long, standard

Connector Style: 12 mm, 4 pole, male



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber

Connection Options


Connector Style: 12 mm, 4 pole, male

Protection



NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE: This sensor is NOT RATED EXPLOSIONPROOF.

Environmental

Operating Temperature Range: - 20° to 60°C(-4° to 140°F)

Storage Temperature Range: -40° to 100°C(-40° to 212°F)


most acids, bases, and oils.

Construction


threaded housing x 116.31 mm(4.579") mm long, including 43.18 mm(1.700") dia. x 42.09 mm (1.657") longsensing head

Connector Model: 30 mm (1.181") dia x 1.5 mm-6g threaded housing x 117.35 mm (4.620")long; 139.19 mm (5.480") long, includingAC132 right-angle, connector/cableassembly; 147.04 mm (5.789") long,including AC130 straight, connec-tor/cable assembly; sensing headdimension same as cable model.

Housing: Epoxy encapsulated to resist shockand vibration

Case: ULTEM®* plastic (FDA Approved)Transducer Face: Epoxy - whiteSensor Cables: Lead-free, black PVC jacketed

Agency Approvals

CE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:EN61326:1997 (annex A, industrial) includingamendment A1:1998. EN55011 Group 1 Class A



**Available only in the stainless steel-faced, 1 m range models

(1.365") dia. x 20.10 mm (0.790") longsensing head

Connector Model: 30 mm (1.181") dia x 1.5 mm-6g threaded housing x 95.99 mm (3.779")long; 117.15 mm (4.612") long, includingAC 132 right-angle, M12 micro, connector/cable assembly; 125.00 mm (4.921") long,including AC130 straight, M12 micro,connector/cable assembly; sensing headdimension same as cable model.

Housing:Epoxy encapsulated to resist shock and vibration

Case:ULTEM®* plastic (FDA Approved) orSS303 stainless steel

Transducer Face:Silicone rubber - graySS304 stainless steel, 0.051 mm (0.002") thick**

Sensor Cables: Lead-free, black PVC jacketed

Agency Approvals

CE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:EN61326:1997 (annex A, industrial) includingamendment A1:1998. EN55011 Group 1 Class A


8 meter, long range

Model Sensing Range:203 mm to 8 m (8.0" to 26')

Sonic Frequency: 75 kHzMinimum-size Detection (Model SM900A-8):

50.8 mm (2.0") diameter rod up to 4572 mm (15')distance from the sensor

Maximum Angular Deviation:+ 10° on a large flat surface at a distance of

6.096 m (20')+ 5° on a large flat surface at a distance of

8 m (26')Sonic Cone Profile: See Beam Plots, Page 4-109Limit Adjustment Resolution: 0.254 mm (0.01")Repeatability: + 2.54 mm (0.10") max.Temperature Compensated

Power Requirements


(regulated supply)Current Consumption: 100 mA max., excluding loadPeak Inrush Current: 0.50 Amp.Power Consumption: 1.2 W max., excluding load

Outputs



Maximum on-state voltage drop @100 mA: 0.50 voltMaximum load current: 100 mA

Response Times -

Minimum, Standard

100 ms on/off, 200 ms on/offOther response times are available.

Indicators

Multicolored (Amber, Red, Green) LED:Indicates limits setup and operationalmodes.

Red LED:Visual indicator for sensor output;illuminated when output is in anactive (on) state.

4-117

AccessoriesModel AC130,Model AC130,Model AC130,Model AC130,Model AC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16')Model AC132,Model AC132,Model AC132,Model AC132,Model AC132, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4conductor, connector /cable assembly, 5 m (16')Model AC233,Model AC233,Model AC233,Model AC233,Model AC233, Small, right-angle, stainless,

mounting bracketModel AC250-n, Model AC250-n, Model AC250-n, Model AC250-n, Model AC250-n, Tank sensor mounting reducer,

available with four different outside diameters;used with all SUPERPROX® SM900 family

sensors. n = 1 (1 1/4" NPT); 2 (2" NPT);3(3" NPT); 4(4" NPT)

Model AC251-n, Model AC251-n, Model AC251-n, Model AC251-n, Model AC251-n, Tank sensor mounting flange,available with three different pipe thread dia-

meters, furnished with matching AC250 Tank sensor mounting reducer; used with all SUPERPROX® SM900 family sensors. n = 2 (2"

NPT); 3(3" NPT); 4(4" NPT)Model AC441A,Model AC441A,Model AC441A,Model AC441A,Model AC441A, Handheld Configurator

See Page 7-1 for accessory photos.

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

00

SE

RIE

S

Powe

r Ver

sion 1

2/24

VDC

Cable

Conn

ecto

r

51 m

m -

1 m.

2” -

39”

120 m

m -

2 m4.7

” - 79

”

120 m

m -

1 m4.7

” - 39

”

203 m

m -

7.6 m

8” -

25’

Silic

one

Stain

less

Fluoro

silico

ne

Epox

y

30 m

m U

LTEM

®*

30 m

m s

tain

less

N.O.

NPN

& PN

P

N.C.

NPN

& PN

P

Com

plem

entar

yNP

N

Com

plem

entar

yPN

P

Resp

onse

Tim

e

Defau

lt Wind

ow

Othe

r

Model No.

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Sen

sing

Rang

e

Transducer Mate

rials

Housing Spec

ial

Feat

ures

* ULTEM® is a registered trademark of The General Electric Co.All possible sensor configurations are not listed here.

Out

put

Type

SM900A-100000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM900A-100000FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM900A-100000OB ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25” Object Proximity ModelSM900A-100000S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM900A-101000OB ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 10 ms ± 0.25” Object Proximity ModelSM900A-110000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM900A-120000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM900A-120001 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.50”SM900A-130000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM900A-130000OBS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25” Object Proximity ModelSM900A-400000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 30 ms ± 0.25”SM900A-400000OB ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 30 ms ± 0.25” Object Proximity ModelSM900A-400000S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 30 ms ± 0.25”SM900A-420000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 30 ms ± 0.25”SM900A-700000STS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM900A-800000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 200 ms ± 2.50”SM950A-100000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-100000FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-100000OB ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25” Object Proximity ModelSM950A-100000S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-100001 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.50”SM950A-100002 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 1.00”SM950A-100003 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.10”SM950A-100003OB ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.10” Object Proximity ModelSM950A-100005 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.125”SM950A-101000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 10 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-101000S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 10 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-102200 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 100 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-110000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-110000S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-110003 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.10”SM950A-115001 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 1.0 s ± 0.50”SM950A-120000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-120000S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-120003OBS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.10” Object Proximity ModelSM950A-130000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-130000OB ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25” Object Proximity ModelSM950A-400000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 30 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-400000S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 30 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-401002 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 15 ms ± 1.00”SM950A-402000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 100 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-410000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 30 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-420000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 30 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-430000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 30 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-4300005 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 30 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-700000STS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 20 ms ± 0.25”SM950A-800000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 200 ms ± 2.50”



4-118

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

02

SE

RIE

S

Model SM902 Series

SUPERPROX®

Ultrasonic Dual-level Sensors

• Sensing ranges of1 m (39"), 2 m (79"),and 8 m (26')

• Easy push-buttonsetup or optionalhand-held setup/display accessoryavailable for all

• Dual-level on/offlatch output

• Dual setpoint on/off outputs


plastic or stainlesssteel housing

• Resistant to causticmaterials and harshenvironments



• CE certified

Up to 8 meter (26feet) level control,mounting conve-nience and broadfunctionality in thisnew 30 mm, dual-level sensor series

4-119

Up to 8 MeterRange Dual-Level Sensing

The world’s leading ultrasonictechnology now makes possiblediscrete level control in vessels,tanks, hoppers, bins, andreservoirs, covering objectdistances a few inches from thesensor to as far away as 26 feet.Depending on the modelselected and material beingdetected, the SUPERPROX®

Model SM902 series of “smart”dual-level sensors offers sensingranges of 1 m (39"), 2 m (79"),and a long-range 8 m (26'), withthe shortest deadbands in thesensing industry of 51 mm (2"),120 mm (4.7"), and 203 mm (8"),respectively. In addition to range selection,the sensors can be factoryconfigured for a specific level-

control function, output type,response time, and functionality.Using these selections, an idealsolution can be found for suchoperations as: starting andstopping a pump and openingand closing a valve. Othersinclude controlling either looplevels or tension on web pro-cessing lines relative to two setlevel control limit points. Packaged for mountingconvenience in a threaded,30 mm housing, 60% smallerthan other level sensors withequal functionality, these dual-level sensors are easily installed,without positioning limitations, incovers and other hard-to-mountareas. All models are equippedwith a push-button to set thesensor’s near and far limits of thesensing “window.” When it isimpractical to use the push-button for setting long-rangelimits, an optional, hand-held,setup/display accessory isavailable. All limits are stored innonvolatile memory and thus areretained if power is removed



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber

from the sensor. Unlike other sensing technologies,these sensors are capable of detectingall materials, liquid, granular, and solid,regardless of color, shape, and compo-sition, transparent or opaque, includingpowder, food products, grains, chemi-cals, pharmaceuticals, oils, plastics,and objects that change colors. Thesensors are available in either ULTEM®

plastic or SS303 stainless steel hous-ings which are fully encapsulated towithstand shock and vibration. Both aresealed to withstand dusty, dirty, clean-in-place, noncondensing humidity, high-pressure washdown environments, andthey are virtually unaffected by chang-ing light conditions, colors, and noise.With housings that meet NEMA 4X andIP67 industry standards, the sensorsresist most acids, bases, and oils,including most food products. All thesensors in this model series are CEcertified. Additionally, the Model SM902series sensors offer dependableoperation and compatible integrationwith most programmable logic control-lers.

1 meter and 2 meter rangemodels

In the Model Reference Guide, thestandard 1 meter range models areidentified as the Model SM902A-1 andSM952A-1 series sensors, and the 2meter range models are identified as theModel SM902A-4 and SM952A-4 seriessensors. Respectively, these modelsprovide for dual-level sensing from50.8 mm to 1 m (2" to 39") and 120 mm to2 m (4.7" to 79"). The length of theconnector model, excluding the connec-tor/cable assembly, is just 96 mm (3.78"),thus adding to the mounting conve-nience. These sensors operate on asonic frequency of 200 kHz and areavailable with response times as fast as150 ms. The FDA approved siliconerubber transducer face, while used tocouple the ultrasonic energy to the air,is also resistant to most acids, bases,oils, and food products.

For dual-level-control sensing applica-tions that involve severe, corrosive-typeenvironments, the Model SM902A-7STSand SM952A-7STS sensors have anSS303 stainless steel housing with anSS304 stainless steel-faced transducer.These models, with a sensing range of120 mm to 1 m (4.7" to 39"), providereliable operation in the detection ofcertain strong chemicals and corrosivematerials, and where caustic cleaningsolutions are used in washdowns ofmachinery and equipment in close

proximity to the sensor. For out-of-doors,dual-level-control sensing applications,where cold weather is a factor, thesecorrosion-resistant models providereliable operation in temperatures aslow as -10°C (14°F).

Non-level control applications ideallysuited for these sensors within the 1and 2 meter ranges include: containeraccumulation detection on massconveyors and controlling either looppositions or tension on web processinglines relative to two set control limits.

8 meter, long-rangemodels

No other discrete, level-control sensoron the market has as short a deadband,as long a sensing range, and is housedin as small a package as the ModelSM902A-8 and Model SM952A-8 seriesof long-range, ultrasonic, dual-levelsensors. As indicated in the ModelReference Guide, these 30 mm sensorsdetect objects over a sensing range ofjust 203 mm (8") to 8 m (26'). The116.31 mm (4.579") length of the cablemodel, a fraction of the size of otherlong-range sensors, ensures easyinstallation. The sensors operate on asonic frequency of 75 kHz with astandard response time of 1 second,with other response times available. Thetransducer face of the fully encapsulatedsensor is made of epoxy which, inaddition to coupling the ultrasonicenergy to the air, allows the sensor toperform in a wide range of harshenvironments including those involvingmost acids, bases, and oils.

Applications for these long-range,dual-level sensors can be found inalmost every industry or business whenreliable detection within the range of 8meters (26 feet) is required. By virtue ofthe 75 kHz sonic frequency, the sensor’swide, 20o beam is especially effective insensing the levels of various types ofliquids, solids, and granules as close as203 mm (8") from the sensor’s face.These applications include the process-ing of food and beverage products andpharmaceuticals, as well as thetreatment of water and sewage. In thesensing of dry materials, such as grainsand powders, the long-range, dual-levelsensors offer an efficient alternative tocertain limit switch devices, which canbe prone to frequent maintenanceproblems and unreliable operation.

In applications where high soundabsorption conditions may exist in thematerial being detected, and either theone or two meter range model sensorbecomes unreliable because of lost

energy, the more powerful long-rangeSM902 can provide the solution whenused within the sensing ranges of eitherone or two meters.

Temperature compensation allowsthese long-range sensors to operatereliably in outdoor applications intemperatures ranging from -20° to 60°C(-4° to 140°F).


series sensor, operating on 12 to 24 VDCregulated power, is a self-contained,pulse-echo, dual-level, sensing devicethat monitors and controls most nonhaz-ardous material levels within the speci-fied sensing ranges. With extremelyshort deadbands, the sensors arecapable of detecting levels of liquids,solids, and powders as high as 51 mm(2") from the sensor face.

Before operation, a push-button“teach” function is used to set thesensing window limits. The near andfar limits of a desired sensing windowcan be set anywhere within the sensingrange and may be set to encompassthe full sensing range or be as small asdesired. A double press of the SETUPpush-button, makes possible the settingof a default window anywhere within thesensing range.

Functionality in the operation of the30 mm, long-range sensors includes thecapability to be configured for variousNPN and PNP, normally open, normallyclosed or complementary output modesfor: pump-in latch or pump-out, with andwithout alarm or setpoint, and dualalarm/dual setpoint operations. A loss-of-echo feature can be selected to holdthe output in the event of a loss-of-echocondition.

During setup and operation, amulticolor LED indicates the limits setupand operational modes; a red LEDilluminates when the output is in anactive (on) state.

4-120


SM902 series sensors continually andaccurately measure the elapsed time ofevery pulse echo reception betweeneach pulse transmission. The transmittedpulse begins a time clock to register theelapsed times for the received pulseechoes. Given the elapsed time, thesensor software calculates the distancetraveled out to the object or surface andback to the sensor, using the formula, D= TVs/2, where D = distance from thesensor to the object; T = elapsed timebetween the pulse transmission and itsecho receptions; V = the velocity ofsound, approximately 1100 feet persecond.

During operation, the calculateddistance (D) between the sensor and theobject (e.g., level) is compared to thedistance between the sensor and thenear and far limits. These limits areshown in the illustration above as Dwiand Dwo. When D is equal to one of thetwo limits, according to the level-controlfunctions, an output change takes place.A red LED illuminates when the output isin an active (on) state.

PU

LSE

DEC

HO

DWO (Far Limit)

DWI (Near Limit)

Level-Control FunctionsThe level control output in the Model

SM902 series can be configured formany different operating functions.Through the Model Reference Guide, thesensor can be selected to perform apump-in latch function, pump-out latchfunction, dual-setpoint function, dualalarm, or a combination of thesefunctions.

Pump-in LatchWhen the level moves farther than the

far limit, the sensor level control outputswitches state and latches, starting apump-in process.The sensor levelcontrol output does not change state

Model Reference Guide - SM902 SeriesUse the guide below to ensure the correct model number is specified for the application.

Please note that not all sensor model combinations are available.

EXAMPLE MODEL: SM9 5 2 A - 1 0 0 0 00 - SM9 5 2 A - 1 0 0 0 00 - SM9 5 2 A - 1 0 0 0 00 - SM9 5 2 A - 1 0 0 0 00 - SM9 5 2 A - 1 0 0 0 00 -SUPERPROX® Product SeriesPower/Connection Type0...12 to 24 VDC / cable style5...12 to 24 VDC / connector styleSensing Function2..Dual levelDesign LevelA...Applies to all modelsSensing Range1...51 mm to 1 m (2" to 39")4...120 mm to 2 m (4.7" to 79")7…120 mm to 1 m (4.7" to 39") - Required for ST option8…203 mm to 8 m (8” to 26’)Level-Control Function0...Pump-out latch1...Pump-in latch2...Dual setpoint3...Dual alarm4...Pump-in latch, with alarm5...Pump-out latch, with alarm6...Pump-in latch, with setpoint7...Pump-out latch, with setpointOutput TypeLevel-control functions 0 and 1 (Pump in/out units without alarm or setpoint):0...Normally open (N.O.) - NPN & PNP1...Normally closed (N.C.) - NPN & PNP2...Complementary NPN outputs3...Complementary PNP outputsLevel-control functions 2 and 3 (Dual alarm/dual setpoint units):4...Normally open (N.O.) - NPN outputs5...Normally closed (N.C.) - NPN outputs6...Normally open (N.O.) - PNP outputs7...Normally closed (N.C.) - PNP outputsLevel-control functions 4 through 7 (Pump units with alarm or setpoint):4...N.O. control and alarm/setpoint - NPN outputs5...N.C. control and alarm/setpoint - NPN outputs6...N.O. control and alarm/setpoint - PNP outputs7...N.C. control and alarm/setpoint - PNP outputs8...N.O. control, N.C. alarm/setpoint - NPN outputs9...N.C. control, N.O. alarm/setpoint - NPN outputsA...N.O. control, N.C. alarm/setpoint - PNP outputsB...N.C. control, N.O. alarm/setpoint - PNP outputsResponse TimeResponse TimeResponse TimeResponse TimeResponse Time0...Standard: 150 ms (1 m) / 200 ms (2 m) / 1 s (8 m)1...300 ms (1 m) / 400 ms (2 m)2...1.000 s (1 m) / 1.500 s (2 m)4…500 ms (1 m and 2 m)Functionality00...Standard default window: + 6.35 mm (0.25"), 1 m

and 2 m; + 63.5 mm (2.50"), 8 m02...Default window, + 6.35 mm (0.25"),1 m and 2 m;

+ 63.5 mm (2.50"), 8 m; outputs on on loss-of-echo04...Default window, + 9.52 mm (0.375"),1 m and 2 m; outputs off on loss-of-echoOptions ...No designator indicates no optionsST...Stainless transducer (available in stainless steel housing and 120 mm to 1 m models only)LE...No change in output on loss of echoFS...Fluorosilicone transducer face (1 m models only)AD...Limits push-button disabledHousing Types ...No designator indicates standard ULTEM®* plastic

S...SS303 stainless steel (1 and 2 m models only)

NOTE: Contact the factory for DeviceNet communications capability* ULTEM® is a registered trademark of The General Electric Company.

4-121

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

02

SE

RIE

S



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber

4-122

Setting theWindow Limits

Located on the backside of the sensor,the SETUP push-button is used to set thenear and far window limits within whichthe level sensing is to take place. Before

2 meter range models, the standarddefault window is 12.7 mm (0.50"). It is127 mm (5.0") for the 8 meter rangemodels. Other default window sizes areavailable for all the models uponrequest. To easily set the defaultwindow, while the multicolor LED isflashing green, align a flat objectparallel to the sensor face at the centerof the desired window and press theSETUP push-button twice in successionwithout moving the object. An automaticdefault window limit will be set at adistance equal to half the defaultwindow in front of and behind the flat-object surface nearest the sensor. If, forexample, the functionality of the 1 or 2meter range sensor calls for the stan-dard default window, the sensingwindow is set with limits 6.35 mm (0.25")in front of and behind the object’s frontsurface.

For long distances or tall-tank applica-tions, when use of the sensor’s push-button is not practical, an optional,Model AC441A handheld configuratorcan be used to set or change the nearand far window limits and display theobject distance when the sensor islocated up to 200 feet from the user.The Model AC441A cannot, however, beused to set the default window.

Once set, the window limits are savedin nonvolatile memory and thus areretained when power is removed fromthe sensor.

Loss of Echo OperationOutput Off, On Loss of Echo

Loss of echo occurs when the sensordoes not receive echoes from an objector surface level within its sensing rangefor more than one second. When thisoccurs, the sensor’s output automati-cally switches off. When the sensoragain receives echoes, the outputassumes the state relative to the dual-level control or dual-setpoint limits.

Output Holds, On Loss of Echo(“LE” Option)

The LE suffix in the Model ReferenceGuide indicates an available option forusers who do not prefer the standardresponse to loss of echo. With the LEoption, when loss of echo occurs, thereis no change in the output state of thesensor. When the sensor again receivesechoes, the output assumes the staterelative to the dual-level control or dual-setpoint limits.

until the level moves back closer thanthe near limit to stop the pumpingprocess.

Pump-out LatchWhen the level moves farther than the

far limit, the sensor level control outputswitches state and latches, stoppingpump-out process. The sensor levelcontrol output does not change stateuntil the level moves back closer thanthe near limit to restart the pumpingprocess.

Dual SetpointTwo sensor outputs are used to enable

this control function. One output oper-ates independently with the near set-point limit while the other operatesindependently with the far setpoint limit.The near setpoint limit output switchesstate when the level moves closer thanthe near setpoint limit and does notswitch back until the level moves fartherthan the near setpoint limit.

The far setpoint limit output switchesstate when the level moves closer thanthe far setpoint limit and does not switchback until the level moves farther thanthe far setpoint limit.

Dual AlarmTwo sensor outputs are used to enable

this control function. One output oper-ates independently with the near alarmlimit while the other operates indepen-dently with the far alarm limit. The nearalarm limit output switches state whenthe level moves above (closer than) thenear alarm limit and changes state whenthe level moves back below (fartherthan) the near alarm limit. The farsetpoint limit output switches state whenthe level moves below (farther than) thefar alarm limit and changes state whenthe level moves back above (closerthan) the far alarm limit. As a fail-safe,the normally open (N.O.) dual alarmoutputs are physically active when thelevel is between the alarm limits andphysically inactive when in an alarmcondition.

Pump Latch with Alarm/SetpointThis control function uses a combina-

tion of the above level control functions.

the limits are set, the sensor must beproperly aligned with the object to bedetected.

To set the window limits, depress theSETUP push-button (the multicolor LEDrapidly flashes amber to indicate thepush-button is being pressed) until themulticolor LED flashes green in about 3seconds, and then release the SETUPpush-button. The multicolor LEDcontinues flashing green indicating thesensor is waiting for the first windowlimit. Align a flat object parallel to thesensor face at the desired distanceposition for either the near or far windowlimit, and press the SETUP push-buttononce. Upon release of the SETUP push-button, the multicolor LED flashes amberindicating the first window limit is setand the sensor is waiting for the secondwindow limit. Align a flat object parallelto the sensor face at the desired positionfor the second window limit and pressthe SETUP push-button once. Uponrelease of the SETUP push-button, themulticolor LED turns to the color thatindicates where the object is located.The sensor has no time-out for settinglimits.

For sensor models with a controloutput and either an alarm or setpointoutput, the alarm or setpoint limit is setafter the window limits are set. Withthese models, after the SETUP push-button is pressed for the second windowlimit and released, the multicolor LEDflashes amber/green indicating thesecond window limit is set and thesensor is waiting for either the alarm orsetpoint limit. Align a flat object parallelto the sensor face at the desired positionfor either the alarm or setpoint limit andpress the SETUP push-button once.Upon release of the SETUP push-button,the multicolor LED turns to the color thatindicates where the object is located.

While the SETUP push-button isdepressed, the multicolor LED turnsamber to indicate the sensor detects theobject. If the sensor does not detect theobject, the multicolor LED is red whilethe SETUP push-button is depressed,and flashes 2 seconds when the SETUPpush-button is released. After flashingred 2 seconds, the sensor requests thatwindow limit again by flashing green forthe first window limit or flashing amberfor the second window limit.

A special feature of these sensorsallows the user to set an automaticdefault window of fixed size anywherewithin the sensing range. For the 1 and

Red LED

Multicolor LED

SetupPushbutton

Connector

Pump-in Control


Red RedSetpoint

Output

OffAmber

Green Amber

Flashing

GreenRed Off

Green AmberRed

Flashing

Red OffSetpoint

Output

Amber

FlashingRed / Green

Red


Sensing Range

0.0 mm(0.0 in) Deadband

R ange

Pump-Out Control

Setpoint farther than far limit

Setpoint between control limits

Setpoint

Output

Setpoint closer than near limit

Bold lines forthe control andsetpoint outputsindicate whenthat output ison.

If no object isdetected for1 second, themulticolor LEDturns off, and both outputs turnoff.

Diagram is for Pump Latch output wi th N.O . Se tpoint. N.C . setpoint is also ava ilable

FlashingFlashing

Flashing


Sensing Range

Red LED

Multicolor LED

SetupPushbutton

Connector

Pump-In Control

GreenRed AmberAlarm

Output

OffAmber

Flashing

Green Amber

Flashing

GreenRed Amber

Amber

Off

Green AmberRed

Flashing

Red Off

Alarm limit between midpoint of control limits and far limit

Alarm limit farther than far limit

Alarm

Output

Bold lines forthe control andalarm outputsindicate whenthat output ison.

If no object isdetected for1 second, themulticolor LEDturns off, and both outputs turnoff.

Pump-Out Control

ControlOutput

Diagram is for P ump Latch output with N.O. Alarm. N.C. alarm is a lso a vailable

Alarm

Output

0.0 mm(0.0 in) Deadband

Range


Flashing

Alarm limit between midpoint of control limits and near limit

FlashingRed

Flashing

GreenRed Green Off

Alarm

Output

Alarm limit closer than near limit

4-123

Sensor Operating ProfilesPump-in Latch Pump-out Latch

Multicolor LEDConnector

Multicolor LED

0.0 mm(0.0 in)

Near Limit

Range

Far LimitDeadbandErratic operationwithin this range

Red AmberGreen


On loss of echo, themulticolor LED turns offand the outputs turn off

Red StatusLED

SetupPushbutton

Deadband

AmberRed Green


Multicolor LED

0.0 mm(0.0 in)

Near Limit

Range

Far Limit




Red StatusLED

SetupPushbutton

Deadband

OffAmberGreenRed

OffOff

FlashingOn

- No object detected- Object farther than far setpoint- Object between setpoints- Object closer than near setpoint

AmberGreen OffMulticolor LED

Red

NearSetpoint

FarSetpoint

0.0 mm(0.0 in)

WHTNear Output

BLKFar Output

WHTNear Output

BLKFar Output

WHTNear Output

BLKFar Output

WHTNear Output

BLKFar Output

Red LED On

Red LED Flashing

Red LED Off

WHTNear Output

BLKFar Output

WHTNear Output

BLKFar Output

WHTNear Output

BLKFar Output

WHTNearOutput

BLKFar Output

Red LED On

Red LED Flashing

Red LED Off


Red LED Off

Red LED On

Range

*

*

*



On loss of echo, themulticolor LED turns offand the outputs turn on

RedLED

SetupPushbutton

Multicolor LED Red LED Description

Multicolor LED Red LED Description

OffAmberGreenRed

OnOn

FlashingOff

- No object detected- Object farther than far setpoint- Object between setpoints- Object closer than near setpoint

Normally Closed Outputs Operation

Normally Open Outputs Operation

= Illustrated are NPN/Sinking Outputs. PNP/Sourcing Outputs are also available.

Deadband

Dual Setpoint Dual Alarm

NPNs Pump Latch with N.O. Setpoint

NPNsPumpLatchwithN.O.Alarm

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

02

SE

RIE

S



Cable Model Wire Assignments

4-124

OutputsLatch

NPN/Sinking and PNP/Sourcing

Complementary NPN/Sinking

Complementary PNP/Sourcing

Brn

Blu

Blk

W ht

+ 12 to 24 VDC

DC Com

Brn

Blu

Blk

W ht

+ 12 to 24 VDC

DC Com

NPN/Sinking

PNP/Sourcing

NPN/Sinking - N.O.

NPN/Sinking - N.C.

Brn

Blu

Blk

W ht

+ 12 to 24 VDC

DC Com

PNP/Sourcing - N.O.

PNP/Sourcing - N.C.

Brn

Blu

Blk

W ht

+ 12 to 24 VDC

DC Com

Near Setpoint Limit

Far Setpoint Limit

2

3

1

4DC Com Blue

+ 12 to 24 V DCWhite

Black

BrownPNP/Sourcing

NPN/Sinking

2

3

1

4DC Com Blue


Black

BrownPNP/Sourcing - N.C.

PNP/Sourcing - N.O.

2

3

1

4DC Com

Blue


Black

BrownNPN/Sinking - N.C.

NPN/Sinking - N.O.

2

3

1

4DC Com

B lue


Black

BrownFar Setpoint Limit

Near Setpoint Limit

NPN

BROWN

BLACK

BLUE

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

LOAD

DCCom

DC(+)

NPN

LOAD

Current Lim it

Current Lim it

WHITE

NPN

BROWN

BLACK

BLUE

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

LOAD

DCCom

DC(+)

PNP

Current Lim it

Current Lim it

WHITE

LOAD

NPN

BROWN

BLACK

BLUE

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

LOAD

DCCom

DC(+)

NPN

LOAD

Current Lim it

Current Lim it

WHITE

Near Limit

Far Limit

PNP

BROWN

BLUE

LOAD

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

DCCom

DC(+)

Current Limit

PNP

Current Limit

LOAD

BLACK

WHITE

PNP

BROWN

BLUE

LOAD

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

DCCom

DC(+)

Current Limit

PNP

Current Limit

LOAD

BLACK

WHITE

Near Limit

Far Limit

Complementary Sinking outputs

Complementary Sourcing outputs


Dual Alarm Setpoint OutputsNPN/Sinking - N.O./N.C., PNP/Sourcing - N.O./N.C.

OutputsDual Alarm/Setpoint

Dual NPN/Sinking Dual PNP/Sourcing

Latch OutputsLatch OutputsLatch OutputsLatch OutputsLatch OutputsSinking/Sourcing - N.O./N.C. outputs

4-125

DimensionsCable Style

(ULTEM® plastic and SS303 stainless steel)SM902A-1, SM902A-4, SM902A-7STS

Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic and SS303 stainless steel)SM952A-1, SM952A-4, SM952A-7STS

28.30 mm[1.114]

DIA34.70 mm[1.365] DIA


84.51 mm[3.327]

20.10 mm[.790]

M12 mm x 1 mm -6gThreads

95.99 mm(3.779)

Multicolor LED

28.30 mm[1.114] DIA

34.70 mm[1.365] DIA


84.51 mm[3.327]

20.10 mm[.790]

94.95 mm[3.738]

SetupPushbutton

Red StatusLED

Connector

AC132

117.15 mm[4.612]

84.51 mm[3.327]

.600

1.523

34.70 mm[1.365] DIA

125.00 mm[4.921]

84.51 mm[3.327]

AC130

34.70 mm[1.365] DIA

(1.102) DIA

147.04 mm(5.789)

139.19 mm(5.480)

AC132

AC130

14.7 mm(0.580)

14.7 mm(0.580)

38.0 mm(1.500)

M30 x 1.5 -6g

28.30 mm DIA(1.114)

43.18 mm(1.700) DIA

42.09 mm(1.657)

106.38 mm(4.188)

117.35 mm(4.620)

2-White



M30 x 1.5 -6g

28.30 mm DIA(1.114)

43.18 mm(1.700) DIA

42.09 mm(1.657)

106.38 mm(4.188)

116.31 mm(4.579)

Cable Style(ULTEM® plastic and SS303 stainless steel)SM902A-8 long-range

Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic and SS303 stainless steel)SM952A-8 long-range

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

02

SE

RIE

S



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber

4-126

AccessoriesAC130 Straight, M12 micro, 4-

conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5m (16'), for 30 mm, barrel-style sensors


STRIP-BACK JACKET AND FOIL 2"


BLACK REF.



1 2

34

BLUE

BROWN1

2

3

4 BLACK

WHITE

(4)-POLE FEMALE

CONNECTOR

HYDEPARKAC132

5 meters[16' ft]

4 3

21



9.7 mm[.38]

50.8 mm[2.0]


.

BLUE

BROWN1

2

3

4 BLACK

WHITE

AC132 Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5m (16'), for 30 mm, barrel-style sensors


1 and 2 meter ranges

Model Sensing Ranges:51 mm to 1 m (2.0" to 39")120 mm to 1 m (4.7" to 39")**120 mm to 2 m (4.7" to 79")

Sonic Frequency: 200 kHzMinimum-size Detection(Model SM902A-1):1.59 mm (0.0625")

diameter rod up to 635 mm (25") distance fromsensor

Maximum Angular Deviation:+ 10° on 305 mm x 305 mm (12" x 12") flat

target at a distance of 305 mm (12")Sonic Cone Profile: See Beam Plots, Page 4-109Limit Adjustment Resolution: 0.08 mm (0.003")Repeatability: + 0.8716 mm (0.03431") max.Temperature Compensated

Power Requirements

Supply Voltage:12 to 24 VDC + 10% excluding output load(regulated supply)

Current Consumption: 100 mA max., excluding loadPeak Inrush Current: 0.50 Amp.Power Consumption: 1.2 W max., excluding load

Outputs

Sinking Output (NPN):Maximum on-state voltage @ 100 mA: 0.37 voltMaximum load current: 100 mAMaximum applied voltage: 35 VDC

Sourcing Output (PNP):Maximum on-state voltage drop @

100 mA: 0.50 voltMaximum load current: 100 mA

Response Time - Standard

150 ms on/off (1 m range models)200 ms on/off (2 m range models)Other response times are available.

Indicators

Multicolored (Amber, Red, Green) LED:Indicates limits setup and operational modes.

Red LED:Visual indicator for sensor output: illuminatedwhen output is in an active (on) state.

Connection Options


Connector Style:12 mm, 4 pole, male

AC233 Small, right-angle,stainless, mounting bracketfor 30 mm, barrel-style sensors.

Protection




Environmental

Operating Temperature Range:0° to 50°C (32° to 122°F) for

silicone-faced models- 20° to 50°C (-4° to 122°F) for

stainless steel-faced modelsStorage Temperature Range:

-10° to 80°C (14° to 176°F) forsilicone-faced models

-50° to 80°C (-58° to 176°F) forstainless steel-faced models

Operating Humidity: 100%Protection Ratings: NEMA 4X, IP67Chemical Resistance: Unaffected by most acids,

bases, and oils. Fluorosilicone and stainlesssteel-faced transducers available for severe,corrosive-type environments.

FULL R. TYP


R. 1.60 mm [.063]

38.10 mm[1.500]

60.33 mm[2.375]

38.10 mm[1.500]

R 3.18 mm [.125]

R .76 mm[.030] (4x)

R 22.22 mm[.875]

ø 32.54 mm [1.281]

22.22 mm[.875] 44.45 mm

[1.750]

38.10 mm[1.500]


7.14 mm[.281] (2x)

29.36 mm[1.156]

3.18 mm[.125]

7.92 mm[.312]

28.60 mm [1.126]



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber

Construction


threaded housing x 94.95 mm (3.738")long, including 34.70 mm (1.365") dia. x20.10 mm (0.790") long sensing head

Connector Model: 30 mm (1.181") dia x 1.5 mm-6g threaded housing x

95.99 mm (3.779") long; 117.15 mm(4.612") long, including AC132 right-angle, M12 micro, connector/cableassembly; 125 mm (4.921") long, includingAC130 straight, M12 micro, connector/cable assembly; sensing head dimensionsame as cable model.


Case: ULTEM®* plastic (FDA Approved)or SS303 stainless steel

Transducer Face: Silicone rubber - graySS304 stainless steel, 0.051 mm(0.002") thick**


8 meter, long range

Model Sensing Range:203 mm to 8 m (8.0" to 26')

Sonic Frequency: 75 KHzMinimum-size Detection (Model SM902A-8):



6.096 m (20')+ 5° on a large flat surface at a distance of

8 m (26')Sonic Cone Profile: See Beam Plots, Page 4-109Limit Adjustment Resolution:

0.254 mm (0.01")Repeatability: + 2.54 mm (0.10") max.Temperature Compensated

Power Requirements


(regulated supply)Current Consumption: 100 mA max., excluding loadPeak Inrush Current: 0.50 Amp.Power Consumption: 1.2 W max., excluding load

Outputs



Maximum on-state voltage drop @ 100 mA:0.50 volt

Maximum load current: 100 mA

Response Time - Standard

1 s on/offOther response times are available.

Indicators

Multicolored (Amber, Red, Green) LED:Indicates limits setup and operational modes.

Red LED:Visual indicator for sensor output; illuminatedwhen output is in an active (on) state.

Connection Options


Connector Style:12 mm, 4 pole, male

Protection

Power Supply: current-limited over- voltage, ESD,reverse polarity


NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE: This sensor is NOT RATEDEXPLOSION PROOF.

Environmental

Operating Temperature Range:- 20° to 60°C (-4° to 140°F)



most acids, bases, and oils.

Construction


threaded housing x 116.31 mm(4.579") mm long, including 43.18 mm(1.70") dia. x 42.09 mm (1.657") longsensing head

Connector Model: 30 mm (1.181") dia x1.5 mm-6g threaded housingx 117.35 mm (4.62") long; 139.19 mm(5.48") long, including AC132 right-angle, connector/cable assembly;147.04 mm (5.789") long, includingAC130 straight, connector/cableassembly; sensing head dimension sameas cable model.

Housing: Epoxy encapsulated to resist shock andvibration

Case: ULTEM®* plastic (FDA Approved)Transducer Face: Epoxy - whiteSensor Cables: Lead-free, black PVC jacketed

Agency Approvals

CE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:EN63126: 1997 (annex A, industrial) includingamendment A1:1998. EN55011 group 1 Class A.Declaration of Conformity available upon request.

* ULTEM® is a registered trademark of The General

Electric Co.

** Available only in the stainless steel-faced,

1 m range models

4-127

AccessoriesModel AC130Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16')Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16')Model AC233Model AC233Model AC233Model AC233Model AC233, Small, right-angle, stainless,

mounting bracketModel AC250-nModel AC250-nModel AC250-nModel AC250-nModel AC250-n, Tank sensor mounting reducer,

available with four different outside diameters;used with all SUPERPROX® SM900 family sensors.n = 1 (1 1/4" NPT); 2 (2" NPT); 3 (3" NPT);4 (4" NPT)

Model AC251-nModel AC251-nModel AC251-nModel AC251-nModel AC251-n, Tank sensor mounting flange,available with three different pipe threaddiameters, furnished with matching AC250Tanksensor mounting reducer; used with allSUPERPROX® SM900 family sensors. n = 2 (2"NPT); 3 (3" NPT); 4 (4" NPT)

Model AC441AModel AC441AModel AC441AModel AC441AModel AC441A, Handheld configurator


SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

02

SE

RIE

S

4-128

12/2

4 VD

C Po

wer V

ersion

Cab

le

Conn

ecto

r

51 m

m -

1 m, 2

” - 39

”

120 m

m -

2 m, 4

.7” -

79”

120 m

m -

1 m, 4

.7” -

39”

203 m

m -

8 m, 8

” - 26

’

Pum

p-ou

t latch

Pum

p-in

latch

Dual

Setp

oint

Dual

alarm

Pum

p-in

latch

, with

alar

m

Pum

p-ou

t latch

, with

alar

m

Pum

p-in

latch

, with

set p

oint

Pum

p-ou

t latch

, with

set p

oint

Silic

one

Stain

less

Fluoro

silico

ne

Epox

y

30 m

m U

LTEM

®

30 m

m s

tain

less

Outp

ut T

ype

Resp

onse

Tim

e

Defau

lt wind

ow

Loss

of Ec

ho H

old

Model No.

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Sens

ingRa

nge

Spec

ial

Feat

ures


Outp

utM

ode

Transducer

Mate

rials

Housing

SM902A-100000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 150 ms ±0.25”SM902A-100000LES ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 150 ms ±0.25” ■SM902A-110000LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 150 ms ±0.25” ■SM902A-112000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Complementary NPN Outputs 150 ms ±0.25”SM902A-124000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN Outputs 150 ms ±0.25”SM902A-126000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. PNP Outputs 150 ms ±0.25”SM902A-144100LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. Control & Alarm - NPN Outputs 300 ms ±0.25” ■SM902A-168000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. Control & N.C. Setpoint-NPN Outputs 150 ms ±0.25”SM902A-400000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 200 ms ±0.25”SM902A-424000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN Outputs 200 ms ±0.25”SM902A-424000LES ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN Outputs 200 ms ±0.25” ■SM902A-435001 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.C. NPN Outputs 200 ms ±0.25”SM902A-444000LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. Control & Alarm - NPN Outputs 200 ms ±0.25” ■SM902A-700000STS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 150 ms ±0.25”SM902A-735000LESTS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.C. NPN Outputs 150 ms ±0.25” ■SM902A-824000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN Outputs 1.000 s ±2.50”SM952A-100000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 150 ms ±0.25”SM952A-100000S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 150 ms ±0.25”SM952A-100100LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 300 ms ±0.25” ■SM952A-110000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 150 ms ±0.25”SM952A-110000LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 150 ms ±0.25” ■SM952A-110000LES ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 150 ms ±0.25” ■SM952A-110000S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 150 ms ±0.25”SM952A-110002 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 150 ms ±0.25”SM952A-110200 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 1.000 s ±0.25”SM952A-110200FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 1.000 s ±0.25”SM952A-110200LES ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 1.000 s ±0.25” ■SM952A-112200 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Complementary NPN Outputs 1.000 s ±0.25”SM952A-113100S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Complementary NPN Outputs 300 ms ±0.25”SM952A-124000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN Outputs 150 ms ±0.25”SM952A-124000LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN Outputs 150 ms ±0.25” ■SM952A-124000S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN Outputs 150 ms ±0.25”SM952A-124100LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN Outputs 300 ms ±0.25” ■SM952A-125000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.C. NPN Outputs 150 ms ±0.25”SM952A-126000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. PNP Outputs 150 ms ±0.25”SM952A-126000LES ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. PNP Outputs 150 ms ±0.25” ■SM952A-127000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.C. PNP Outputs 150 ms ±0.25”SM952A-134000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN Outputs 150 ms ±0.25”SM952A-136100LES ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. PNP Outputs 300 ms ±0.25” ■SM952A-164000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. Control & N.C. Setpoint-NPN Outputs 150 ms ±0.25”SM952A-400000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 200 ms ±0.25”SM952A-410000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 200 ms ±0.25”SM952A-410100LES ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 400 ms ±0.25” ■SM952A-413000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Complementary NPN Outputs 200 ms ±0.25”SM952A-424000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN Outputs 200 ms ±0.25”SM952A-426000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. PNP Outputs 200 ms ±0.25”SM952A-426000S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. PNP Outputs 200 ms ±0.25”SM952A-426100 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. PNP Outputs 400 ms ±0.25”SM952A-434000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN Outputs 200 ms ±0.25”SM952A-437000LE ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.C. PNP Outputs 200 ms ±0.25” ■SM952A-456000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. Control & Alarm - PNP Outputs 200 ms ±0.25”SM952A-710000STS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 150 ms ±0.25”SM952A-810000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ N.O. NPN &PNP 1.000 s ±2.50”

SM902 SeriesLevel with Analog Output


SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

06

SE

RIE

S

Model SM906 Series

SUPERPROX®

UltrasonicAnalog OutputSensors

• Sensing spans of1 m (39"), 2 m (79"),and 8 m (26')

• Easy push-buttonsetup or optionalhand-held, setup/display accessoryavailable for all

• Either 4 to 20 mAor 0 to 10VDCanalog output;either direct orinverse proportionaloutputs


plastic or stainlesssteel housing

• Resistant tocaustic materialsand harshenvironments

• Field program-mable capability


• CE certified

Control levels andmeasure distancesover spans of up to 8meters (26 feet) withbroad functionalityand 30 mm mountingconvenience

4-129

Up to 8 MeterSpan Measure-ment &LevelControl

In vast contrast to other self-contained analog sensors, thisnew and smaller 30 mm,SUPERPROX® Model SM906sensor series offers mountingconvenience, broad functional-ity, and a selection of threeanalog sensing spans encom-passing a few inches from thesensor to as far away as 26 feet.Depending on the modelselected and the distance orlevel of the material beingmeasured or controlled, thesensors offer analog spans of1 m (39"), 2 m (79"), and a longspan of 8 m (26'). The capabilityis enhanced further with theshortest deadbands in thesensing industry of 51 mm (2"),120 mm (4.7"), and 203 mm (8"),respectively.

As shown in the Model Refer-ence Guide, the SM906 series ofultrasonic analog sensors givesthe user a wide selection offactory-configurable functionality

to maximize the sensor’sefficiency in specific analogsensing applications. In additionto the analog sensing span, theuser may select a 0 to 10 VDC or4 to 20 mA output that is eitherdirectly or inversely proportional,output state for loss of echo andpower up, and response time.Also, a broad selection ofsensing functionality configura-tions, with foreground and/orbackground suppression, makespossible optimum sensingdiscrimination. This includes,for example, the capability ofmonitoring levels in a tank whileignoring the paddles on the tankagitator.

The 30 mm housing, 60%smaller than other analogsensors with equal functionality,provides a package for theSM906 that is easily installed,without positioning limitations, incovers and other hard-to-mountareas. The models in this seriesare equipped with a push-buttonto set the sensors’ near and farspan limits. When it is impracticalto use the push-button for settingthe long-range limits, an optional,hand-held, setup/displayaccessory is available. The twolimits can be set for a span toeither encompass the full rangeof the sensor or create a span as



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber

small as desired for precise level ordistance control. A typical example ofprecise level control is when the applica-tion calls for maintaining a constant filllevel in a filler machine. In this example,the analog output provides a means ofcontrolling the product flow into the filleras the filler speed changes. The analogoutput may provide a means for control-ling the speed of other machinery aswell as regulate the movement of controlvalve actuators. The analog output mayalso connect directly to programmablecontroller analog input modules forperforming complex loop control orsimple status (e.g., distance measuring)monitoring functions. All control limitsare stored in nonvolatile memory andthus are retained if power is removedfrom the sensor.

Unlike other sensing technologies,these sensors are capable of detectingall materials, liquid, granular, and solid,regardless of color, shape, and compo-sition, transparent or opaque, includingpowder, food products, grains, chemi-cals, pharmaceuticals, oils, plastics,and objects that change colors. Thethreaded housings are available in etherULTEM® plastic or SS303 stainless steelwhich are epoxy encapsulated to with-stand shock and vibration. Both hous-ings are sealed to withstand dusty, dirty,clean-in-place, noncondensing humidity,high-pressure washdown environments,and they are virtually unaffected bychanging light conditions, colors, andnoise. In meeting NEMA 4X and IP67industry standards, the sensors resistmost acids, bases, and oils, includingmost food products. All the sensors inthis model series are CE certified.

1 meter and 2 meter spanmodels

For purpose of definition, the standard1 meter span models are identified in theModel Reference Guide as the ModelSM906A-1 and SM956A-1 series sensorsand the 2 meter-span models areidentified as the Model SM906A-4 andSM956A-4 series sensors. Respectively,these models provide for analog outputsensing from 50.8 mm to 1 m (2" to 39")and 120 mm to 2 m (4.7" to 79"). The 96mm (3.78") length of the connector model,excluding the connector/cable assembly,adds to the sensor’s installation conve-nience. Operating on a sonic frequency of200 kHz, these sensors have a standardresponse time of 25 ms and 35 ms for the1 and 2 meter span models, respectively,with others available as shown in theModel Reference Guide. The FDAapproved silicone rubber transducer,

while used to couple the ultrasonicenergy to the air, is also resistant to mostacids, bases, oils, and food products.

Various functional choices plus themounting convenience of a 30 mmhousing combine to achieve reliabilityand cost effectiveness for these models inthe detection of moving object positionsin specific sensing applications. Theseinclude: monitoring and controlling levelsof liquids and solid materials in bins andfiller bowls, controlling container flow onmass conveyors, monitoring and control-ling roll diameters and speeds, webs ofpaper and fabrics, extrusion widths,tension, dancer loops and valve posi-tions, as well as the modulation ofvariable-speed motors, pumps andwinding/unwinding equipment.

For 1 meter span, analog outputsensing applications that require mea-surement and control capability in severe,corrosive-type environments, the ModelSM906A-7STS and Model SM956A-7STSseries models have an SS303 stainlesssteel housing and an SS304 stainlesssteel-faced transducer. With an analogsensing span of 120 mm to 1 m (4.7" to39"), these sensors provide reliableoperation in either the detection of certainchemicals and corrosive materials orwhere caustic cleaning solutions are usedin washdowns of machinery and equip-ment in close proximity to the sensor. Forout-of-doors, analog sensing applica-tions, where cold weather is a factor, thiscorrosion-resistant model series providesreliable operation in temperatures as lowas -10°C (14°F).

8 meter, long-span modelsThe Model SM906A-8 and Model

SM956A-8 series represents the onlyanalog sensors on the market that offersthe combination of shortest deadband,longest span, and smallest package. Asindicated in the Model Reference Guide,these sensors measure and monitor theposition and level of objects over asensing span of just 203 mm (8") to 8 m(26'). With this shortest deadband, theneed to position the sensor at greatdistances from the object, typical ofmost long-span sensors, is eliminated.At only 116.31 mm (4.579") in length forthe cable-style model, a fraction of thesize of other long-span sensors, these30 mm diameter sensors are easilymounted in covers and other tightspaces in the plant. They operate on asonic frequency of 75 kHz with astandard response time of 250 ms and aminimum response time of 150 ms.Other response times are available. Anepoxy transducer face, in addition to

coupling the ultrasonic energy to the air,allows the sensor to perform in a widerange of harsh environments includingthose involving most acids, bases, andoils.

By virtue of the 75 kHz frequency,the sensor’s wide, 20-degree beam isespecially effective in sensing the tankor bin levels of various types of liquids,solids, and granules. This includesapplications involving the blending ofingredients and the processing of foodproducts and pharmaceuticals, as well asthe treatment of water and sewage. Foroutdoor analog output applications, thesensors have temperature compensationfor operation in temperatures rangingfrom -20° to 60°C (-4° to 140°F). Inapplications where high sound absorp-tion conditions exist in the material beingdetected, (e.g., tiny plastic pellets), andeither the 1 or 2 meter span modelsensor becomes unreliable because oflost energy, the more powerful long-spanSM906 can provide the solution whenused in the shorter-span distances.


series is a self-contained, pulse-echodevice that both transmits and receivessonic energy within the specified analogspan. Operating on 15 to 24 VDC, thesesensors use the latest ultrasonic sensingand microprocessor technology thatallows the sensor to ignore all surround-ing sonic interference and detect onlythe designated object. During operation, the sensor monitorsthe distance to an object or level whilegenerating a proportional analog outputrelative to the two analog span limits.When an object is within the analogspan, the analog output value changesproportionally in relation to the analogspan limits. For example, if the object ishalfway between the analog span limits,the output is either 5 volts or 12 mA,depending on the output model se-lected. The output range adjusts to thesize of the analog span and remainsproportional regardless of where thelimits are set for the analog span.

The sensors are equipped with amulticolor sensing status LED and a redoutput LED. The multicolor LED indicateswhere the level or target position isrelative to the span limits. It is greenwhen the object is between the analogspan limits, red if closer than the nearspan limit, and amber if farther than thefar span limit. The red LED indicates therelative value of the analog output andvaries in intensity according to the

4-130

output. The higher the current or voltageoutput, the brighter the red LED.

As shown on this page, Hyde Parkoffers both direct and inverse propor-tional analog output models for continu-ous sensing applications.


SM906 series ultrasonic sensorscontinually and accurately measure theelapsed time of every pulse echoreception between each pulse transmis-sion. The transmitted pulse begins atime clock to register the elapsed timesfor the received pulse echoes. Given theelapsed time, the sensor softwarecalculates the distance traveled out tothe object or surface and back to thesensor, using the formula, D = Tvs/2,where: D = distance from the sensor tothe object; T = elapsed time betweenthe pulse transmission and its echoreceptions; and Vs = the velocity ofsound, approximately 1100 feet persecond.

During operation, the calculated distance (D) between the sensor and the objectis compared to the distances between the sensor and the analog span limits. Theselimits are shown in the illustration below as Dwi and Dwo. If D is within the analogspan limits, according to the selected sensing functionality configuration, a propor-tional output value for D, relative to the analog span limits, is generated.

Inverse PrInverse PrInverse PrInverse PrInverse Proporoporoporoporoport ional Outputt ional Outputt ional Outputt ional Outputt ional OutputThe analog 0 to 10 Volt or 4 to 20 mA signal value decreases as the objectmoves closer to the near span limit.

Di rDi rDi rDi rDi rect Prect Prect Prect Prect Proporoporoporoporoport ional Outputt ional Outputt ional Outputt ional Outputt ional OutputThe analog 10 to 0 Volt or 20 to 4 mA signal value increases as the objectmoves closer to the near span limit.

Analog

Span

Red LED-The brightness indicates the relative valueof the analog output:-Off if analog output is minimum-Bright red if analog output is maximum

ONOFF ONON

10 Volts or 20 mA

Red

Near

Limit

Far

Limit

Green

Multicolor LEDindicates the relativeobject position withinthe sensing range.

Output

0 Volts or 4 mA

Sensing Range

Amber

RedLED

MulticolorLEDOff

ON

Span Span


Analog

Span

Red LED-The brightness indicates the relative valueof the analog output:-Off if analog output is minimum-Bright red if analog output is maximum

ONON ON OFFON

10 Volts or 20 mA

Red

Near Span Limit

Far

Limit

Green

Multicolor LEDindicates the relativeobject position withinthe sensing range.

Output

0 Volts or 4 mA

Sensing Range

Amber

RedLED

MulticolorLEDOff

Span


PULSE


D


Dwo

DwiECHO

OBJECT

Near Span Limit Far Span Limit

4-131

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

06

SE

RIE

S



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber

Model Reference Guide - SM906 SeriesUse the guide below to ensure the correct model number is specified for theapplication. Please note that not all sensor model combinations are available.

EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL: SM9 5 6 A - 1 0 0 0 00 -SM9 5 6 A - 1 0 0 0 00 -SM9 5 6 A - 1 0 0 0 00 -SM9 5 6 A - 1 0 0 0 00 -SM9 5 6 A - 1 0 0 0 00 -SUPERPROX® Product SeriesPower/Connection Type0...15 to 24 VDC / cable style5...15 to 24 VDC / connector styleSensing Function6...AnalogDesign LevelA...Applies to all modelsAnalog Span1...51 mm to 1 m (2 to 39")4...120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79")7...120 mm to 1 m (4.7 to 39") - Required for ST option8…203 mm to 8 m (8" to 26')Output Signal0...Inverse 0 to 10 V 4...Inverse 0 to 5 V 8... Autoslope 0 to 10 V1...Direct 0 to 10 V 5...Direct 0-5 V 9... Autoslope 4 to 20 mA2...Inverse 4 to 20 mA 6...Inverse 0 to 20 mA3...Direct 4 to 20 mA 7...Direct 0 to 20 mAOutput State for Loss of Echo and Power Up0...Minimum1...Maximum2...Hold on loss of echo and minimum on power up3...Hold on loss of echo and maximum on power upResponse Time0...Standard: 25 ms (1 m) / 35 ms (2 m) / 250 ms (8 m)1...Fast: 15 ms (1 m) / 20 ms (2 m) / 150 ms (8 m)2...100 ms (1 m /2 m)3...250 ms (1 m/2 m)4...500 ms (1 m/2 m/8 m)5...1.00 s (1 m/2 m/8 m)6...2.50 s (1 m/2 m/8 m)Functionality00...Standard: No foreground or background suppression (background mode)01...Foreground suppression only (object mode) ignore echoes before near limit02...Foreground suppression only (background mode), process first echo, ignore if before near limit03...Foreground and background suppression (background mode), process first echo, ignore if not within limitsOptions ...No designator indicates no optionsST...Stainless transducer (available in stainless steel housing for 120 mm to 1 m models only)FS...Fluorosilicone transducer face (1 m models only)AD...Limits push-button disabledHousing Types ...No designator indicates standard ULTEM®* plastic housingS...SS303 stainless steel (1 and 2 m models only)


4-132


Sensing FunctionalityConfiguration

There are four sensing functionalityconfigurations available, through modelselection, to provide a Model SM906series sensor with optimum sensingdiscrimination. This means the sensoris capable of detecting objects at certaindistances and ignoring objects at otherdistances. An example would be in themonitoring of a level in a tank whileignoring the paddles on the tankagitator which would be closer thanthe near span limit.

Each configuration employs a differentalgorithm to determine which echoreturns are either accepted or ignoredover the specified sensing range. Thus,these four configurations enable thesensor series to address a multitude ofcontinuous-sensing, process-controlapplications.

Use the following four illustrations as aguide in selecting the functionality bestsuited for the sensing application.

Configuration: “00” - Standard:No foreground or backgroundsuppression

With this configuration, the sensorprocesses only the first echo receivedfrom anywhere within the sensing span.

SM906Series

NearSpanLimit

FarSpanLimit

SensingSpan

The first echo receivedbetween the near spanlimit and the sensingspan is processed.All other echo returnsare ignored.

Deadband:

SM906Series

NearSpanLimit

FarSpanLimit

SensingSpan

If the first echo return is received from closerthan the near span limit, this echo and all subsequentechoes are ignored.

Deadband:

SM906Series

NearSpanLimit

FarSpanLimit

SensingSpan

The first echo return received from betweenthe span limits is processed.All other echo returns are ignored.

Deadband:

Configuration: “02” - Foregroundsuppression only (backgroundmode)

With this configuration, the sensorprocesses only the first echo receivedfrom an object. If the first processedecho from the object is closer than thenear span limit, the echo is ignored andnot processed. If the first processedecho from the object is between the nearspan limit and the sensing range, theecho is processed and the analogoutput value is updated.

Analog OutputResponse Function

The analog output value is derivedfrom the sensor response time and theobject distance from the sensor. The“standard” response for the one meterrange sensing model is 25 ms and itsanalog output value is derived from theaverage of the last two echo returns.The “fast” response time for a one meterrange sensing model is 15 ms and itsanalog output value is derived from thelast echo return. For sensors with otherresponse times, the analog output valuereaches 95% of the final output value inthe stated response time using an

4-133

NearSpanLimit

FarSpanLimit

SM906Series

SensingSpan

The first echo return is processed. All other echo returns are ignored.

Deadband:

Configuration: “01” - Foregroundsuppression only (object mode)

With this configuration, the sensorignores echoes received from objectscloser than the near span limit andprocesses only the first echo receivedfrom between the near span limit and thesensing range.

Configuration: “03” - Foregroundand background suppression(background mode)

With this configuration, the sensorprocesses only the first echo receivedfrom an object. If the echo is receivedfrom between the near and far spanlimits, the echo is accepted and theanalog output value is updated. If theecho is received from closer than thenear span limit or farther than the farspan limit, the echo is ignored and theanalog output value is not updated.

exponential averaging function.

Setting the Analog SpanLimits

Located on the backside of the sensor,the SETUP push-button is used to setboth the near and far span limits.Depress the SETUP push-button (themulticolor LED rapidly flashes amber toindicate the push-button is beingpressed) until the multicolor LED flashesgreen in about 3 seconds, and thenrelease the SETUP push-button, Themulticolor LED continues flashing greenindicating the sensor is waiting for thefirst span limit. Align a flat object parallelto the sensor face at the desireddistance position for either (near or far)span limit, and press the SETUP push-button once. Upon release of theSETUP push-button, the multicolor LEDflashes amber indicating the first spanlimit is set and the sensor is waiting for thesecond span limit. Align a flat objectparallel to the sensor face at the desiredposition for the second span limit andpress the SETUP push-button once.Upon release of the SETUP push-button, the multicolor LED turns tothe color that indicates where theobject is located. The sensor hasno time-out for setting limits.

While the SETUP push-button isdepressed, the multicolor LED turnsamber to indicate the sensor detectsthe object. If the sensor does not de-tect the object, the multicolor LED isred while the SETUP push-button isdepressed, and when the SETUP push-button is released, the multicolor LEDflashes red 2 seconds. After flashingred for 2 seconds, the sensor requeststhat span limit again by flashing greenfor the first span limit or flashing amberfor the second span limit.

Once set, span limits are saved innonvolatile memory and thus areretained when power is removed fromthe sensor.

Output State for Loss ofEcho Selections

As shown in the Model ReferenceGuide, four selections are available toaddress loss of echo conditions forspecific applications.

Selection “0” or “1” - WithoutSignal Hold on Loss of Echo

On power-up or when no echoes aredetected for one second, for the 1 and 2meter sensing span and 4 seconds forthe 8 meter sensing span, the analogoutput will go to a minimum value forselection 0 or a maximum value forselection 1.

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

06

SE

RIE

S

DimensionsCable Style(ULTEM® plastic and stainless steel)SM906A-1, SM906A-4, SM906A-7STS

Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic and Stainless Steel)SM956A-1, SM956A-4, SM956A-7STS

SetupPushbutton

Red Status LED

Connector

Multicolor LED

28.30 mm[1.114] DIA

34.70 mm[1.365] DIA


78.00 mm[3.070]

84.51 mm[3.327]

20.10 mm[.790]

94.95 mm[3.738]

28.30 mm[1.114] DIA

34.70 mm[1.365] DIA


78.00 mm[3.070]

84.51 mm[3.327]

20.10 mm[.790]

M12 mm x 1 mm - 6 gThreads

95.99 mm(3.779)

AC132

117.15 mm[4.612]

84.51 mm[3.327]

.600

1.523

34.70 mm[1.365] DIA

125.00 mm[4.921]

84.51 mm[3.327]

AC130

34.70 mm[1.365] DIA

4-134

Selection “2” or “3” - With SignalHold on Loss of Echo

If no echoes are received after power-up, the analog output value is a mini-mum when using selection 2 or amaximum when using selection 3. Inaddition, if echoes are not detected, theanalog output value holds until echoesare once again received within thesensor’s range.

Multicolor LED OperationRed-

object sensed closer than the nearspan limit.

Green-object sensed at or between thenear and far span limits.

Amber-object sensed beyond the farspan limit.

Off-no object sensed within the fullsensing range.

Red LED OperationThe red LED intensity varies directly

with the magnitude or the analog output.The red LED is off when the output is ata minimum and full brightness when theoutput is at a maximum.


conduit free of any AC power of controlwires.

Cable Model Wire AssignmentsBrn +VDC

Blu

Blk

Wht Analog return

DCCom

or 4 to 20 mA analog signal

0 to 10 V

2

3

1

4

Analog Return White

Analog Signal Black

DC Com Blue

+ 15 to 24 VDC Brown

Connector Model PinAssignments

M30 x 1.5 -6g

28.30 mm DIA(1.114)

43.18 mm(1.700) DIA

42.09 mm(1.657)

106.38 mm(4.188)

116.31 mm(4.579) Cable Style

(ULTEM® plastic)SM906A-8 long-range



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber

4-135

Mounting AccessoriesAC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable

assembly, 5 m (16'), for 30 mm, barrel-style sensors


STRIP-BACK JACKET AND FOIL 2"


BLACK REF.



1 2

34

BLUE

BROWN1

2

3

4 BLACK

WHITE

(4)-POLE FEMALE

CONNECTORFULL R. TYP


R. 1.60 mm [.063]

38.10 mm[1.500]

60.33 mm[2.375]

38.10 mm[1.500]

R 3.18 mm [.125]

R .76 mm[.030] (4x)

R 22.22 mm[.875]

ø 32.54 mm [1.281]

22.22 mm[.875] 44.45 mm

[1.750]

38.10 mm[1.500]


7.14 mm[.281] (2x)

29.36 mm[1.156]

3.18 mm[.125]

7.92 mm[.312]

28.60 mm [1.126]

AC132, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for 30 mm,barrel-style sensors

AC233, Small,right-angle, stainlessmounting bracket for30 mm, barrel-stylesensors

HYDEPARKAC132

5 meters[16' ft]

4 3

21



9.7 mm[.38]

50.8 mm[2.0]


BLUE

BROWN1

2

3

4 BLACK

WHITE

(1.102) DIA

147.04 mm(5.789)

139.19 mm(5.480)

AC132

AC130

14.7 mm(0.580)

14.7 mm(0.580)

38.0 mm(1.500)

M30 x 1.5 -6g

28.30 mm DIA(1.114)

43.18 mm(1.700) DIA

42.09 mm(1.657)

106.38 mm(4.188)

117.35 mm(4.620)

2-White



Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic)SM956A-8 long-range

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

06

SE

RIE

S



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber

General SpecificationsSensing [TA = 20° C (68° F)]1 and 2 meter ranges

Model Sensing Ranges:51 mm to 1 m (2.0" to 39")120 mm to 1 m (4.7 to 39")**120 mm to 2 m (4.7 to 79")

Sonic Frequency: 200 kHzMinimum Object-size Detection:

1.59 mm (0.0625") diameter rod up to 635 mm (26")distance from sensor

Maximum Angular Deviation:+ 10° on 305 mm x 305 mm (12" x 12") flat targetat a distance of 305 mm (12")

Sonic Cone Profile: See Beam Plots, Page 4-109Limit Adjustment Resolution: 0.08 mm (0.003")Repeatability: + 0.8716 mm (0.03431") max.Temperature Compensated

Power Requirements

Supply Voltage15 to 24 VDC @ 80 mA, excluding output load


Outputs

Output Range:0 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA, depending onmodel selected

Output Configuration:Inverse (0 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA)Direct (10 to 0 VDC or 20 to 4 mA)

Voltage Output Slope: 33 mV/mm(0.833 V/inch) using a 305 mm (12") span

Minimum Load Resistance: 1 K Ohms(5 K Ohms recommended for best accuracy)

Current Output Slope: 52 μA/mm (1.33 mA/inch)using a 305 mm (12") span

Maximum Load Resistance: 500 Ohms(250 Ohms recommended for best accuracy)

Analog Output Electrical Specifications (Test conditions: 24 VDC, TA = 20° C, large flat

target, still air, @ minimum span size of

304.8 mm or 12")

current voltageoutput1 output2

Output Range 4-20 mA 0-10 VLoad Resistance (Ohms) 10 to 500 1 K to ∞Resolution3 4.88 μA 2.44 mVDC

Accuracy(% of span)4 + 0.50 + 0.40

Linearity(% of span) + 0.10 + 0.10

TemperatureDependence(% of span/ °C) + 0.006 + 0.004

1tested with 250 Ohm load2tested with 1000 Ohm load; a low value is

recommended to minimize noise pickup3resolution = span/4096; Maximum: 0.23 mm (0.009")

for 1 meter model, max. span 0.459 mm (0.018")for 2 meter model, max. span

4best accuracy may be limited to 0.794 mm(0.03125") due to wave-skip phenomena

Response Times - Minimum, standard

15 ms on/off, 25 ms on/off (1 m range models)20 ms on/off, 35 ms on/off (2 m range models)Other response times are available.

Indicators

Multicolored (Amber, Red, Green) LED:Indicates object position relative to the spanlimits

Red LED:Intensity increases as output signal increases.

Connection Options


Connector Style:12 mm, 4-pole, male

Protection




Environmental

Operating Temperature Range:0° to 50°C (32° to 122°F) for silicone-faced

models -20° to 50°C (-4° to 122°F) for stainless steel-

faced modelsStorage Temperature Range:

-40° to 100°C (-40° to 212°F) for silicone-facedmodels

-50° to 80°C (-58° to 176°F) for stainless steel-faced models


bases, and oils. Fluorosilicone andstainless steel-faced transducersavailable for severe, corrosive-typeenvironments.

Construction


threaded housing x 94.95 mm (3.738")mm long, including 34.70 mm (1.365") dia.x 20.10 mm (0.790") long sensing head

Connector Model: 30 mm (1.181") diax 1.5mm-6g threaded housing x95.99 mm (3.779") long; 117.15 mm(4.612") long, including AC 132 right-angle, M12 micro, connector/cableassembly; 125 mm (4.921") long,includingAC130 straight, M12 micro, connector/cable assembly; sensing head dimensionsame as cable model.


Case: ULTEM®* plastic or SS303 stainless steelTransducer Face: Silicone rubber - gray

SS304 stainless steel, 0.051 mm (0.002")thick**


8 meter, long rangeModel Sensing Range:

203 mm to 8 m (8.0" to 26')Sonic Frequency: 75 kHzMinimum Object-size Detection:



6.096 m (20')+ 5 on a large flat surface at a distance of 8 m

(26') sonic cone profile: see beam plots,Page 4-109

Limit Adjustment Resolution: 0.254 mm (0.01")Repeatability: + 2.54 mm (0.10") max.Temperature Compensated

Power Requirements

Supply Voltage15 to 24 VDC + 10%, excluding output load,regulated supply


Outputs

Output Range:0 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA, depending on model

selectedOutput Configuration: Inverse (0 to 10 VDC or 4 to

20 mA) Direct (10 to 0 VDC or 20 to 4 mA)Voltage Output Slope:

3.28 mV/mm (83.3 mV/inch) using a 3.048 mm(10') span

1.64 mV/mm (41.7 mV/inch) using a 6.096 mm(20') span

Minimum Load Resistance: 1 K Ohms(5 K Ohms recommended for best accuracy)Current Output Slope:5.2 μA/mm (0.133 mA/inch) using a 3.48 mm

(10') span2.6 μA/mm (0.066 mA/inch) using a 6.096 mm

(20') spanMaximum Load Resistance: 500 Ohms

Analog Output Electrical Specifications (Test conditions: 24 VDC, TA = 20° C, large flat

target, still air, @ minimum span size of 3.048 m

or 10')

current voltage

output1 output2

Output Range 4-20 mA 0-10 V

Load Resistance

(Ohms) 10 to 500 1 K to ∞

Resolution3 4.88 μA 2.44 mVDC

Accuracy

(% of span)4 + 0.50 + 0.40

Linearity

(% of span) + 0.15 + 0.15

Temperature

Dependence

(% of span/°C) + 0.006 + 0.004

1tested with 250 Ohm load2tested with 1000 Ohm load; a low value is

recommended to minimize noise pickup3resolution = span/4096; Maximum: 1.90 mm

(0.071") for 8 meter, long-range model, max.span

4best accuracy may be limited to 2.117 mm(0.083") due to wave-skip phenomena

4-136



Current LED New LED

Output R

ed A

mber

Response Times - Minimum, Standard

150 ms on/off, 250 ms on/offOther response times are available.

Indicators

Multicolored (Amber, Red, Green) LED:Indicates object position relative to the spanlimits.

Red LED:Intensity increases as output signal increases.

Connection Options

Cable Style Models:24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free PVC jacketed,4-conductor, 3 meters (10') long, standard

Connector Style Models:4-conductor, straight and right-angle “micro” style

Protection




Environmental

Operating Temperature Range:-20° to 60° C (-4° to 140° F)

Storage Temperature Range:-40° to 100° C (-40° to 212° F)


bases, and oils.

Construction


threaded housing x 94.95 mm (3.738") mmlong, including 34.70 mm (1.365") dia. x20.10 mm (0.790") long sensing head

Connector Model: 30 mm (1.181") dia x 1.5 mm-6gthreaded housing x 95.99 mm (3.779")long; 117.15 mm (4.612") long, includingAC132 right-angle, connector/ cableassembly; 125.00 mm (4.921") long,including AC130 straight, connector/cableassembly; sensing head dimension sameas cable model.


Case: ULTEM®* plastic (FDA Approved)Transducer Face: Epoxy - white


Agency Approvals

CE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:EN63126: 1997 (annex A, industrial) includingamendment A1:1998. EN55011 group 1 Class A.Declaration of Conformity available upon request.

*ULTEM® is a registered trademark of The General

Electric Co.

**Available only in the stainless steel-faced, 1 m-span models

AccessoriesModel AC130,Model AC130,Model AC130,Model AC130,Model AC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16')Model AC132,Model AC132,Model AC132,Model AC132,Model AC132, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16')Model AC233,Model AC233,Model AC233,Model AC233,Model AC233, Small, right-angle, stainless,

mounting bracketModel AC250-n,Model AC250-n,Model AC250-n,Model AC250-n,Model AC250-n, Tank sensor mounting reducer,

available with four different outside diameters;used with all SUPERPROX® SM900 family sensors.n = 1 (1 1/4" NPT); 2 (2" NPT); 3 (3" NPT);4 (4" NPT)

Model AC251-n,Model AC251-n,Model AC251-n,Model AC251-n,Model AC251-n, Tank sensor mounting flange,available with three different pipe threaddiameters, furnished with matching AC250 Tanksensor mounting reducer; used with allSUPERPROX® SM900 family sensors. n = 2 (2"NPT); 3 (3" NPT); 4 (4" NPT)

Model AC441A, Model AC441A, Model AC441A, Model AC441A, Model AC441A, Handheld configurator


4-137

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® S

M9

06

SE

RIE

S

SM906 SeriesLevel/Distance with Analog Output


4-138

12/2

4 VD

C Po

wer V

ersion

Cab

le

Conn

ecto

r

51 m

m -

1 m.

2” -

39”

120 m

m -

2 m4.7

” - 79

”

120 m

m -

1 m4.7

” - 39

”

203 m

m -

8 m8”

- 26

’

Inv.

0-10

V

Dir. 0

-10V

Inv.

4-20

mA

Dir. 4

-20 m

A

Mini

mum

Max

imum

Hold

on lo

ss o

f ech

om

in. o

n po

wer u

p

Hold

on lo

ss o

f ech

om

ax. o

n po

wer

up

Silic

one

Stain

less

Fluoro

silico

ne

Epox

y

30 m

m U

LTEM

®

30 m

m s

tain

less

Resp

onse

Tim

e

No Fo

regr

ound

orBa

ckgr

ound

Supp

r.

Foreg

roun

d Sup

pr.(O

bject

Mod

e)

Foreg

roun

d Sup

pr.(B

ackg

roun

d Mod

e)

Fg &

Bg S

uppr.

(Bac

kgro

und M

ode)

Model No.

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Analo

gSp

an Func

tiona

lity


Ou

tput

st

ate

on

loss

of

Ec

ho

Powe

r Up

Outp

utSi

gnal

Transducer

Mate

rials

Housing

SM906A-100000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM906A-102000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM906A-103100S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 15 ms ■SM906A-111000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM906A-120000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM906A-122000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM906A-122203 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 100 ms ■SM906A-122600S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2.50 s ■SM906A-132000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM906A-133000FS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM906A-400000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM906A-400000S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM906A-410000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM906A-411000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM906A-430000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM906A-431000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM906A-432000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM906A-721000STS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM906A-800000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 250 ms ■SM906A-832000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 250 ms ■SM956A-100000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-102000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-110000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-110000S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-111000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-120000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-122000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-123600S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2.50 s ■SM956A-130000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-130003S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-131000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-131101S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 15 ms ■SM956A-132000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-132400S ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 500 ms ■SM956A-133000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-133003 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-133600 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2.50 s ■SM956A-400000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM956A-402000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM956A-410000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM956A-412000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM956A-420000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM956A-420200 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 100 ms ■SM956A-430000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM956A-432000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 35 ms ■SM956A-432303 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 250 ms ■SM956A-733003STS ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 25 ms ■SM956A-800000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 250 ms ■SM956A-820000 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 250 ms ■

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® C

T1

00

0A

SE

RIE

S

Model CT1000A Series

SUPERPROX®

UltrasonicCountingSensor

Now there’saccurate counting ofcontainers overa wide range ofsizes... even in thepresence of “dither”or jiggling backand forth

Accurate counting of contain-ers on single-file conveyingsystems has challenged thecontainer manufacturing, foodprocessing and packaging,beer/beverage, and pharmaceu-tical industries for many years.The Model CT1000A series is anultrasonic sensor designedespecially for achieving accuratecontainer counting.

The Model CT1000A ultra-sonic counting sensor countsseparated containers as well asthose moving back-to-back atline speeds up to 2000 contain-ers per minute. The accuracy ismaintained in the presence ofline stoppages, reversals, andcontainer jiggling in front of thesensor. The sensor provides asetting for large versus smallcontainer sizes, and regularversus irregular containershapes.

The Model CT1000A sensor iscapable of counting various sizecontainers with a single setting

• Compatiblewith most types ofexternal countersand PLC’s

• Counts accurately

• Counts a widerange of containersizes

• Counts irregularshapedcontainers

• Counts glass,metal, plastic, andcompositecontainers

• Counts accuratelyat line speedsup to 2000containers perminute

• CE certified

of the sensor as long as theproper spacing between therails and containers is main-tained and the distance from thesensor to the containers is notchanged. This feature elimi-nates the need to stop theconveyor line and readjust thesensor each time there is achange in the container size ormaterial.

Made of tough ULTEM®, thesensor measures 139.7 mm(5.50") long x 66.5 mm (2.62")wide x 78.7 mm (3.10") high.With protection ratings of IP67and NEMA 4X, the sensor resistsmost acids and bases, includingmost food products. It is sealedto withstand dusty, noisy,noncondensing-humidity, high-pressure, washdown environ-ments typically associated withbeverage-filling operations. Thetransducer face of the sensor ismade of silicone rubber.

OperationThe Model CT1000A counting

sensor must be mounted so thesensing face is parallel to thecontainer or object moving pastthe sensor, and away from anythreads at the top of certaincontainers. The sensing range,to the inside of the pass-line-rail,is 50.8 mm to 69.8 mm (2.0" to2.75") for most size containers.

As the Model CT1000A countsa container, its red LED flashesand its output generates a 20millisecond pulse with whicheither an electronic counter,PLC, or other counting systemkeeps count.

The output pulse timebecomes variable at line speedsabove 1500 containers perminute, and is the time betweencontainers divided by 2.

4-139

Model Reference Guide - CT1000A SeriesUse the guide below to ensure the correct model number is specified for theapplication. Please note that not all sensor model combinations are available.

EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL: CT1 5 00 A-00 00-CT1 5 00 A-00 00-CT1 5 00 A-00 00-CT1 5 00 A-00 00-CT1 5 00 A-00 00-SUPERPROX® Product SeriesPower/Connection Type0...15 to 24 VDC / cable style5...15 to 24 VDC / connector style - STANDARDSensing Function00...Standard counting01...Velocity

Design LevelA...Applies to all models

Operating Mode0...Standard1...Counting with jam detection (3 transducer model)

Output TypeCounting with no jam output velocity and print control sensors:0...Normally open (N.O. - NPN & PNP) - standard1...Normally closed (N.C. - NPN & PNP)2...Complimentary NPN outputs3...Complimentary PNP outputsCounting with Jam output:4...Normally open (N.O. - NPN & NPN)5...Normally closed (N.C. - NPN & NPN)6...Normally open (N.O. - PNP & PNP)7...Normally closed (N.C. - PNP & PNP)Special Functionality00...Standard01...Divide by 1002...Divide by 2403...Divide by 10010…Count up / down outputs20…100ms pulse outputFeatures and Options - Optional...No letter indicates no features or optionsFS...Fluorosilicone transducer faceHousing Types - Optional...No letter indicates standard ULTEM®* plastic housing.N...NORYL®* Dairy 3A gray plastic housingPower Cable Length - Optional...No number indicates standard power cable length/nn...Cable model, length of cable in feet

*ULTEM® and NORYL are registered trademarks of The General Electric Company.

If containers move past the sensor in theopposite direction, the sensor remembers notto generate pulses until the containers movepast the sensor in the correct direction. Thesensor remembers up to 32,000 containersmoving in the opposite direction.

The setup mode, which specifies thecontainer size, container shape, andconveyor direction, is done through the two-digit numeric display and the setup push-button. The setup mode is saved in nonvola-tile memory and thus retained when power isremoved from the sensor.

The Model CT1500A-1400 counting sensorwith jam detection is also available.

4-140

®

R

sensing and control solutions

CT1500A-0000COUNTING SENSOR

2 3

MADEIN USA

15-24VDC 125MA 1299

TO SET PASS LINESTEP 1: PRESS AND HOLD PUSHBUTTON, RELEASE WHEN "P3" FLASHES.STEP 2: PASS THREE CONTAINERS IN THE SAME DIRECTION IN FRONT OF THE SENSOR AT THE NEAR PASS LINE.

NOTE: TO VIEW SETUP PARAMETER VALUES, PRESS AND RELEASE PUSHBUTTON.

STEP 1: PRESS AND HOLD PUSHBUTTON TO CYCLE T HROUGH PARAMETERS.STEP 2: PRESS AND RELEASE PUSHBUTTON TO SWITCH B ETWEEN PARAMETER VALUES.STEP 3: TO SELECT A PARAMETER VALUE, PRESS AND HOLD PUSHBUTTON.

NOTE : IF YOU ARE ON A PARAMETER VALUE AND DO NOT PRESS THE P USHBUTTON FOR 7 SECONDS, THAT PARAMETER VALUE WILL BE SAVED.

TO SET PARAMETERS

PATENT PENDING

PARAMETER VALUE - 1 VALUE - 2

CONTAINER SIZECONTAINER SHAPECONTAINER DIRECTION

UU = LARGEr r = ROUNDr L =

uu = SMALLn r = NOT-ROUNDL r =

PassLine

TOPVIEW

BACKVIEW

CountLED

SetupPushbutton

50.8 to 70.0 mm(2.00 to 2.75 inches)from center sensorsurface to pass line.See Specifications.

CT1500A-0000 Counting Sensor

How does it work? During setup and operation, the CT1000A

continually and accurately measures theelapsed time of every pulse echo receptionbetween each pulse transmission for each of

its transducers. The transmitted pulse beginsa clock to register the elapsed times for thereceived pulse echoes. Given the elapsedtime, the CT1000A software calculates thedistance traveled out to the container and

PULSE

0.0 mm[0.0 in]

D


Dwo

DwiECHO

OBJECT

D =T*Vs

2

Parameter Value 1 Value 2

Container Size UU = large uu = small

(2.0" - 12.0" approx.) (1.5" - 2.0" approx.)

Container Shape rr = round nr = not round

Container Direction rL = ← (right/left) Lr = → (left/right)

4-141

back to the sensor, using the formula,

where: D = distance from the sensor tothe object; T = elapsed time betweenpulse transmission and its echo recep-tions, Vs = velocity of sound, approxi-mately 1100 feet per second.

During operation, the calculateddistance (D) is used by the CT1000A todetermine the location and direction ofeach container as it passes by the unit.When each individual container isrecognized to have passed by thesensor in the correct direction, the unitincrements the digital display and pulsesthe output.

SetupBefore using the counting sensor, the

container size, shape, and directionmust be set first; and then the pass linemust be set. On the back side of thesensor is a 2-digit LED display and asetup push-button. Normally this displayshows either a count or fault status. This2-digit LED display and setup push-button are also used to set the containerdirection, size, shape, and the pass linefor the containers. Momentarily press-ing the setup push-button displays thecontainer size, shape, and direction.This action clears the 2-digit LED displaycontainer count but does not affect theexternal counting device.

Container Size, Shape, andDirection

Press and hold the setup push-buttonuntil the 2-digit LED display alternates ablank display with the current value for

the desired parameter, and then releasethe setup push-button. (The parameterdisplayed can be determined from theparameter value as shown in the tablebelow, since the parameter values are allunique. When the setup push-button isfirst pressed and held for a few seconds,the 2-digit LED display first flashes P3for pass line setup, and then continuesto the setup parameters. To change theparameter to the other value, press andrelease the setup push-button. To savethe current parameter value as theselected value for the parameter, eitherpress and hold to move to the nextparameter; or wait 7 seconds for theparameter setup to timeout. After thesetup push-button is not pressed for 7seconds, the selected value for eachsetup parameter is saved in nonvolatilememory, and the display returns tonormal operation.

Pass Line SetupThe sensor must be mounted so that

thecontainerspassthesensoratafixeddistance from the sensor. Press and holdthe setup push-button until the 2 digitLED display flashes P3 and then release.Next move 3 containers past the sensorat the near edge of the pass line. Aftereach container passes the sensor, thedigit following the P is decremented.After the 3rd container passes thesensor, the pass line is set, and the 2digit LED display returns to displaying acontainer count. If you wish to abort thepass line setup, press and release thesetup push-button. If you press andhold, the sensor switches to containersize, shape, and direction setup mode.

Electrical Wiring

Black (NPN / Sinking)

White (PNP / Sourcing) Brown (V+)

Blue (DC Com)

3

2 WhitePNP / Sourcing

4 BlackNPN / Sinking

1 Brown+ 15 to 24 VDC

BlueDC Com

Black (NPN / Sinking)

White (PNP) / Sourcing) Brown (V+)

Blue (DC Com)

Count – NPN/PNP

Count – NPN/PNP

Black (NPN / Sinking - N.O.)

White (NPN / Sinking - N.C.) Brown (V+)

Blue (DC Com)

3

2 WhiteNPN / Sinking - N.C.

4 BlackNPN / Sinking - N.O.


BlueDC Com

Black (PNP / Sourcing - N.O.)

White (PNP) / Sourcing - N.C.) Brown (V+)

Blue (DC Com)

3

2 WhitePNP / Sourcing - N.C.

4 BlackPNP / Sourcing - N.O.


BlueDC Com

Count – NPN

Count – PNP

SU

PE

RP

RO

X® C

T1

00

0A

SE

RIE

S

HYDEPARKAC132

5 meters[16' ft]

4 3

21



9.7 mm[.38]

50.8 mm[2.0]


BLUE

BROWN1

2

3

4 BLACK

WHITE

4-142

Dimensions

AC132 Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connec-tor/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for 30 mm, barrel- stylesensors




BLACK REF.



BLUE

BROWN1

2

3

4 BLACK

WHITE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

1 2

34

Electrical Wiring

Count/Jam – NPN/NPN

Count/Jam – PNP/PNP

Black (Count)

White (Jam Detect) Brown (V+)

Blue (DC Com)

3

2 White - JamNPN / Sinking

4 Black-CountNPN / Sinking


BlueDC Com

(NPN / Sinking)

(NPN / Sinking)

Black (Count)

White (Jam Detect) Brown (V+)

Blue (DC Com)

3

2 White - JamNPN / Sinking

4 Black-CountNPN / Sinking


BlueDC Com

(PNP / Sourcing)

(PNP / Sourcing)

NPN

BROWN

BLACK

BLUE

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

DCCom

DC(+)LOAD

Current Limit

PNP

BROWN

WHTE

BLUE

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

DCCom

DC(+)

LOAD

Current Limit

‚

113.0 mm [4.450]

124.5 mm [4.90]

66.5 mm [2.620]

78.7 mm [3.100]

139.7 mm[5.50] REF.

9.5 mm [.375]

Use 1/4 Cap Screws

22.9 mm [.900]

CLOf Sensorson Far Side

9.4 mm [.37]

2 3

AccessoriesAC130 Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connec-

tor/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for 30 mm, barrel-stylesensors

PNP Outputs

NPN Outputs

4-143

Accessories, con't.AC234 Mounting bracket

124.5 mm(4.90)

6.3 mm(.25) Wide

R 4.7 mm(.188)

90˚

3.04 mm(.120) TYP

64.80 mm(2.55)

18.2 mm(.72)

152.40 mm(6.00)

101.6 mm(4.00)

7.50 mm(.55)

69.15 mm(1.65)

17 mm(.67)

76.2 mm(3.00)

R 3.0 mm(.12)

R 3.0 mm(.12)

General SpecificationsPower Supply

Supply Voltage: +15 to 24 VDC ±10% regulated supplyCurrent: 125 mA max. (excluding load)Protection: ESD and reverse-polarity

Sinking Output

Maximum on-state voltage @ 100mA: 0.37 V Maximum load current: 100 mA Maximum applied voltage: 30 VDC Protection: ESD and over-current

Sourcing Output

Maximum on-state voltage drop @ 100mA: 0.50 VMaximum load current: 100 mAMaximum output voltage: Equal to supply voltageProtection: ESD and over-current

Temperature

Operating Temperature: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F), @ 100% relativehumidity

Storage Temperature: -40°C to 100°C (-40°F to 212°F)

Maximum Rail Separation

Container diameter plus 6.3mm (0.25")

Distance from Center Face to Near Pass Line

Small containers 38.1mm (1.5") to 50.8mm (2.0") dia.50.8 mm to 63.5 mm (2.00" to 2.50")

Large containers 50.8mm (2.0") to 305mm (12.0") dia.50.8 mm to 69.8 mm (2.00" to 2.75")

Maximum Counting Rate

2000 containers per minute

Sonic Frequency

500kHz

Sensor Dimensions

W= 66.5 mm, L= 139.7 mm, H= 78.7mm(W= 2.62 in, L= 5.50 in, H= 3.10 in.)

Sensor Connector

4 pin connectorUse either AC130 or AC132 sensor cable (Must be purchased separately)

Sensor Materials

Housing: Epoxy filled to resist shock and vibrationCase: ULTEM®* (FDA Approved)Face: FDA approved silicone rubberOptional Cable: Non-toxic PVC jacket2-digit LED Window: LEXAN*

Sensor Ratings and Approvals

NEMA 1, 3, 4x, 12, 13, and IP67CE mark compliantDeclaration of conformity available upon request.

*ULTEM® and LEXAN® are registered trademarks of The General Electric Company.

AccessoriesModel AC130Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130Model AC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m

(16'), for connector-style sensors

Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132Model AC132, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5m (16'), for connector-style sensors

Model AC234Model AC234Model AC234Model AC234Model AC234, Counting sensor bracket


SU

PE

RP

RO

X® C

T1

00

0A

SE

RIE

S

SU

PE

RP

RO

X+

TM

SUPERPROX+TM

• Model AC441Aconfiguratorserially downloadsand uploads allsensor programconfigurations

• Windows-basedconfigurationprogram with func-tionality graphics

• Allows user toconfigureSUPERPROXsensors in the field

• Field programmablemodels SC300/600/606/900/906 series

• Increase sensingcapability & flex-ibility over SMseries equivalent

• Remote limit setupin SC & SM900/906series sensors

• Limits push-buttonlockout option inSC900/906 seriessensors

• CE certified

4-145

SUPERPROX+TM

allows in-the-fieldprogramming ofSUPERPROXsensors by the user

SUPERPROX+ softwarecombined with the ModelAC441A configurator interfacemodule allows the user to nowload either standard or customsensing configurations into theSUPERPROX® 300, 600, 606, 900,and 906 series sensors desig-nated with an 'SC' prefix modelnumber.

The 'SC' prefix designator hasbeen assigned in order todifferentiate these field program-mable sensors from the factoryconfigured sensors designatedwith an 'SM' prefix model number.The SUPERPROX+ software willnot operate with 'SM' seriessensors to prevent possiblealteration of the factory loadedconfiguration defined by thespecific sensor model number.

All the unique sensing capabili-ties and functions available in"SM" sensor models of the

SUPERPROX® 300, 600, 606,900, and 906 series are alsoavailable, plus additionalcapability and functionality inthe equivalent field program-mable "SC" sensor models. Theonboard processor used in the"SC" sensor models has anEEPROM. This gives the userthe option to write over anexisting sensor programconfiguration as many times asnecessary until it is exactlycorrect for the intended applica-tion.

SC sensor models offer theoption to lockout the limits setuppush-button. Through theSUPERPROX+ software, thelimits setup push-button in theSC900 and 906 series sensorscan be inhibited for protectingthe limits from being changed .

More than just aprogram configurator

The Model AC441Aconfigurator interface moduleserves as both a programdownloading as well as anuploading interface for all ‘SC’sensor models. In addition, the

ConfigurationPackagefor FieldProgrammingSUPERPROX®

Sensors

Model Reference Guide - SC Configurable SeriesUse the guide below to ensure the correct model number is specified for the


EXAMPLE MODEL: SC6 0 6 A - B C 0 FPSUPERPROX+ Product SeriesSC3...Miniature configurable modelsSC6...18 mm and flat-profile configurable modelsSC9...30 mm threaded barrel configurable modelsPower/Connection Type0...12 to 24 VDC/cable style5...12 to 24 VDC/connector styleSensing Function0...Discrete output - proximity6...Analog output (SC6 and SC9 only)Design LevelA...Applies to all modelsMaximum Far LimitSC3 Series4...102 mm (4")

SC6 SeriesB...254 mm (10")

SC9 Series1...51 mm to 1 m (2" to 39")4...120 mm to 2 m (4.7" to 79")7...120 mm to 1 m (4.7" to 39") - Required for ST option8...203 mm to 8 m (8" to 26')Output Signal0...Discrete modelsV...Analog models - voltage outputC...Analog models - current (mA) output (except SC606 barrel style)Functionality0...StandardOptions ...No designator indicates no optionsST...Stainless transducer (must also specify stainless housing/120 mm to

1 m range models onlyFS...Flourosilicone transducer faceHousing Types ...No designator indicates standard ULTEM®* plastic barrel housingFP...ULTEM® flat-profile housingS...SS303 stainless steel - 18 mm or 30 mm barrel housing

* ULTEM® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company.

Model Reference Guide - AC441A Configurator SeriesUse the guide below to ensure the correct model number is specified for the


AC441A-1...US Version - with 110VAC power supply inlineAC441A-2...UK Version - with 220VAC power supply, inlineAC441A-3...European Version - with 220VAC power supply, inlineAC441A-US...Complete configuration package including: AC441A-1 configurator, 1

AC130-3 cable, 1 AC137 adapter, and 1 AC172 RS232 cable.

NOTE: All AC441A series models are supplied with SUPERPROX+™ software CD, power supply for appropriate country, and

mounting bracket.

4-146

Model AC441A can be used as a stand-alone limits setup calibrator for settingthe sensing or span limits at specificdistances from the sensor in SC900 and906 series sensors through the aid of itsfour digit LED display. With either modelSC900 or 906 series sensor connectedto the Model AC441A and powered,whatever settings have been set throughthe limits push-button can be read fromthe Model AC441A display. The actualsensing distance between a sensor andthe object being sensed can also beread in real time from the ModelAC441A display to verify sensoroperation with either the model SC900or 906 series sensor.

OperationThe SUPERPROX+ software with the

Model AC441A configurator interfacemodule enables the SC300, 600, 606,900, and 906 series sensors to beconfigured in the field with a wide rangeof unique sensing capability. Besidesthis feature, the SUPERPROX+ softwarevisually simulates on the computerscreen the LED sensing status andoutput functionality with a simulatedtarget. With this visual graphic aid, thevarious sensing and operating param-eters representing a configuration canbe checked prior to loading into thesensor for verifying the functionality iscorrect for the application.

Another feature of the SUPERPROX+software allows the SC300, 600, 606,900, and 906 series sensors to beconfigured with either an equivalentstandard series 'SM' model or a usercustom program configuration. Acustom program may be changed anynumber of times due to the EEPROM/memory used in these sensors. An 'SM'series sensor configuration can becopied, modified, and saved in a customfile directory, but cannot be changed inor deleted from the standard file direc-tory.

A user information drop-down mes-sage will appear at each programparameter block in every configurationto give explanation or instruction of theindividual functionality. By placing andpausing the cursor over any one of theparameter blocks, a drop-down mes-sage automatically appears to explainthat particular functionality in theconfiguration.

All dimensional units for displaying thevarious distances associated with aconfiguration like sensing limits, range,deadband, etc. is selectable in eitherEnglish or metric measure. This issimply selected through the "setup"drop-down menu.

PC Communications Serial PortBRN +12 TO +24 VDCBLU DC ComBLKWHTNO CONNECTIONNO CONNECTION

>>>1>>>2>>>3>>>4>>>5>>>6

EN

TE

R

16

54

32 N

EA

R

FAR

MO

DE

SC600/SC650/SC660/SC606 Wiring to AC441A - Note the black and white wires differences.

SC600/SC650

SC606/SC656/SC660

BRN +12 TO +24 VDCBLU DC Com

BLKWHT

NO CONNECTIONNO CONNECTION

>5>4>3>2>1

>6

>5>4>3>2>1

>6

The SC660 has reversed outputs; a white-wire NPN and black-wire PNP output

PC CommunicationsSerial Port

BRN +12 TO +24 VDCBLU DC ComBLKWHTNO CONNECTIONNO CONNECTION

>>>1>>>2>>>3>>>4>>>5>>>6

16

54

32

SC900/SC906 Wiring to AC441A

>6>5>4>3>2>1

BRN +12 TO +24 VDCBLU DC ComBLKWHTNO CONNECTIONNO CONNECTION >6

>5>4>3>2>1

PC Communications Serial PortBRN +12 to +24 VDCBLU DC Com

BLKWHT

NO CONNECTIONNO CONNECTION

>>>1>>>2>>>3>>>4>>>5>>>6

16

54

32

SC300/SC350/SC380 Wiring to AC441A

>5>4>3>2>1

>6

The SC660/SC360/SC390 has reversed outputs; a white-wire NPN and black-wire PNP output

DAY

TON

,OH

IO U

SA

EN

TE

R

NE

AR

FAR

MO

DE

DAY

TON

,OH

IO U

SA

EN

TE

R

NE

AR

FAR

MO

DE

DAY

TON

,OH

IO U

SA

Electrical WiringThe sensor wires must be run in conduit


4-147

RequirementsThere are three basic peripheral items

required to acquire full fieldconfigurating capability. In addition tothe SUPERPROX+ software and theModel AC441A configurator interfacemodule, the only other item is a straight-through DB9 serial port cable. This itemis available from Hyde Park as a Model

AC172 accessory cable option.The SUPERPROX+ software is compat-

ible for operation on all Windows 95, 98,ME, 2000, or XP operating systems.Only SUPERPROX® 300, 600, 606, 900,and 906 series sensors having an 'SC'prefix in the model number may beconfigured in the field with this software.

SU

PE

RP

RO

X+

TM

MODEFAR

NEAR

DAYTON,OHIO USA

2 3 4 5 61

ENTER

165.5 mm (6.516)

70.5 mm (2.776)

28.9 mm (1.138)

4 Character Display

InputSwitches

IndicatorLED©s

AC Transformer Socket

(Transformer included with AC441A Input 120VAC 6Hz 16W Output 18VDC 500mA)

DB 9 Connector Pin Assignments Female PC AC441A Male

2 ---- TxD ---- 2 3 ---- RxD---- 3 4 ---- DTR ----4 5 ---- GND----5

Optional for PC interface

AC441A 6 Position Connector Block Assignments AC441A

Note: Required connections depend on sensor type

Wall Mounting Bracket(Included with AC441A)

50.8 mm (2.000)

76.2 mm (3.000)

24.5(1.000)

3.2 mm x 12.7 mm (0.125 x 0.500)

Slot

#8-Clearance hole 2x

123456

SM900/SM906/SM606

BrownBlueBlackWhite

VDCDC ComInputOutputRS232 InputRS232 Output

SM300/SM600

BrownBlueWhiteBlack

------------------------------------

------------------------------------

} Special Models Only

4-148

DimensionsAC441A

General SpecificationsModel AC441A

Power Requirements

18 to 24 volts DC, 175 mA max. (includes powersupply to sensor)

Power Connector

5.5 x 2.1 mm jack center negative

Power Supply

In-line, universal input: 85VAC to 265VAC, 50/60HzOutput: 24VDC, 0.63ASupplied with country-specific AC line cord/plugand DC output cord. Both cords are 6' in length.

Other Connections

6-pin quick disconnect for sensor DB9 femaleconnector for PC interface.

Sensor Mounting Distance

47 m (150') maximum

Display

4-digit 7 segment 0.4" tall red LED with decimalpoint

Dimensions

6.37" (152 mm) x 2.76" (70 mm) x 1.15" (29 mm)

Operating Temperature

0° to 50°C (32° to 122°F) @ 10-90% non-condensing humidity. Not suitable for permanentoutdoor use.

Ratings and Certifications

CE mark compliantDeclaration of Conformity available upon request

AccessoriesModel AC137, Micro to pico adapter

Model AC172, DB9, RS232 straight-through cable,2 m (6')


DE

VIC

EN

ET

™

DeviceNet™

4-149

• Available forbothanalog andproximity sensors

• Ability to set manydifferent perameters,such as averaging,loss-of-echo, andalarm limits

• Allows user to useproducts from avariety of manufac-turers

DeviceNet™ sen-sors are compat-ible with theworld's leadingdevice-level net-work for industrialautomation

Hyde Park offers sensorsthat are compatible withDeviceNet. Both analog andproximity versions of theSM650/SM656 flat-profile andthe SM950-SM956 1,2, and 8meter range are available.

These sensors cancommunicate at either 125k,250k, or 500k baud rates andcan be set to any MACIDaddress from 1 to 63. Boththe communication rate andthe MACID address can bechanged by the user.

The DeviceNet sensorshave two multicolor LEDs toshow the sensing andnetwork status. The sensingstatus multicolor LEDindicates distance to theobject relative to the spanlimits. The module/networkmulticolor LED indicates thestatus of the sensor with theDeviceNet network. Thesensors are provided withEDS files with which aprogram, such asRSNetwork, can configurethe operation of the sensor.

Analog DeviceNetsensor

The analog version of theDeviceNet sensor reports a

Sensors fordevice-levelnetworks forindustrial au-tomation

numeric value which isproportional between theanalog span limits. The nearand far analog span limitscan be configured along withthe numerical value thatshould be reported at eachlimit. The minimum andmaximum numerical valuecan be set at either analogspan limit. Many parameterscan be specified, such asaveraging, loss-of-echooperation, and alarm limits.

Proximity DeviceNetsensor

The proximity version of theDeviceNet sensor reports thevalue of two independentoutputs. The near and farlimits can be configuredalong with the action of thetwo independent outputs.The outputs can be config-ured to function as a proxim-ity sensor, dual-level high/low, dual-level alarm, or dual-level setpoint. The loss-of-echo operation can be setindependently for bothoutputs. Also, the on and offdelays for the 2 outputs canbe set independently.

These sensors are pro-vided with micro connectormale connectors thatconform to the DeviceNetpoint specification. Thesensors operate over the fullrange of the valid DeviceNetvoltage specifications (+11to 25 volts).

4-150

Model Reference Guide - DeviceNet SeriesUse the guide below to ensure the correct model number is specified for the application. Please note that not allsensor model combinations are available.

EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL:EXAMPLE MODEL: SM9 5 6DN-152 9 1 1 -SM9 5 6DN-152 9 1 1 -SM9 5 6DN-152 9 1 1 -SM9 5 6DN-152 9 1 1 -SM9 5 6DN-152 9 1 1 -SUPERPROX

® Product Series

SM6...Flat-profile sensorSM9…30mm threaded barrel

Power/Connection Type5...12 to 24 VDC / connector style

Sensing Type0DN-153...Discrete6DN-152…Analog

Housing6…Flat-profile sensor9…30mm threaded barrel

Measurement Units1…English2…Metric

Sensing RangeSM6 Flat-profile0…31.8 mm to 254 mm (1.25" to 10")SM9 30mm barrel1...51 mm to 1 m (2" to 39")4...120 mm to 2 m (4.7" to 79")6…120 mm to 1 m (4.7" to 39") - FS option [only valid range]7…120 mm to 1 m (4.7" to 39") - ST option [only valid range]8…203mm to 8 m (8" to 26’)

Options ...No designator indicates no optionsST...Stainless transducer (must specify stainless housing) Available in SM9-1m range onlyFS...Fluorosilicone transducer face Available in SM6 or SM9 (120 mm to 1 m range only)

Housing TypesSM6 Flat-profileFP…Flat-profile - Must be specifiedSM9 30mm barrel...No designator indicates standard ULTEM

®* plastic housing

1nn..125K2nn..250K5nn..500KS...SS303 stainless steel

* ULTEM is a registered trademark of The General Electric Company.

Wiring Connections

Wiring Guidelines

2

3

1

4

RedV+

W hiteC AN_H

Shield

D rain

BlackV-

+ 12 to 24 VDC

CAN - H

CAN - L

DC Com

Red

W ht

Blk

Blu

ShieldDrain

BlueC AN_L5

MAXIMUM LENGTHSMAXIMUM LENGTHSMAXIMUM LENGTHSMAXIMUM LENGTHSMAXIMUM LENGTHS 125KBPS 125KBPS 125KBPS 125KBPS 125KBPS 250KBPS 250KBPS 250KBPS 250KBPS 250KBPS 500KBPS 500KBPS 500KBPS 500KBPS 500KBPSThick Trunk 500m (1640ft) 250m (820ft) 100m (328ft)Thin Trunk 100m (328ft) 100m (328ft) 100m (328ft)Single Drop 6m (20ft) 6m (20ft) 6m (20ft)Cumulative of all Drops 156m (512ft) 78m (256ft) 39m (128ft)

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® T

HR

U-B

EA

M

SE

NS

OR

S I

NT

RO

MICROSONIC® 100/400/700/800 Series Introduction

UltrasonicThru-beamSensors

Introducing theworld’s finest ultra-sonic thru-beamsensors

From the early MICROSONIC®

SM100 Series to the latestMICROSONIC® SM400 MiniatureSeries and SS100 Web SensingSystem, these Hyde Parknoncontact sensors have earnedthe reputation as the bestperforming, ultrasonic, thru-beam sensors on the market.Wet, harsh environments, dust,ambient light, high noise levels,frequent high-pressurewashdowns, and severe-dutyapplications are everydayworking conditions for the tens ofthousands of MICROSONIC®

thru-beam sensors in operationtoday.

These sensors offer significantbenefits, primary of which are

MICROSONIC®

Model SM100 SeriesStainless steel31.8 mm (1.25")barrel styleRange:up to 1829 mm (72")

MICROSONIC®

Model SM400 SeriesULTEM® plastic12 mm (0.47")barrel or flat-profile styleRange: up to 203 mm (8")

MICROSONIC®

Model SM700 SeriesStainless steel31.8 mm (1.25")barrel style with13 mm (0.5") x 25 mm(1") remote probesRange: 381 mm (15")

MICROSONIC®

Model SM800 SeriesULTEM® plastic18 mm (0.71")barrel style orFlat-profile styleRange:up to 1016 mm (40")

accuracy and reliability. Onceset up and operating, theMICROSONIC® sensors needvery little attention. Even industy and messy environments,these sensors reliably detectmost materials...especially clearglass, plastic, film, and irregular-shaped objects...an importantadvantage over many photoelec-tric sensors. Changing lightconditions and colors have noeffect on sensing capability andno sensitivity adjustments arerequired to compensate forinconsistent materials.

Rugged and robust, allMICROSONIC® thru-beamsensors offer a wide varietyof sensing ranges, signalstrengths and transmitter/receiver combinations to satisfycountless sensing needs whilecontributing significantly toincreased productivity.

5-1

OperationThe MICROSONIC® sensors are

continuous-wave devices that consist ofan ultra-high-frequency transmitter andreceiver positioned opposite each other,illustrated at right, at a distance of up to1829 mm (72"). During operation, thetransmitter sends a continuous ultrasonicbeam which is picked up by the receiver.When an object of any material or shapepasses between the transmitter andreceiver and breaks the beam, objectpresence is detected and the output ofthe receiver switches. Or, when a holeas small as 3 mm (1/8") diameter allowsthe beam to pass through to the receiver,the output of the receiver switches.

ApplicationsIn general, the Hyde Park line of

MICROSONIC® ultrasonic thru-beamsensors are an excellent solution forapplications requiring the accurate andreliable detection of objects of anymaterial or shape within a range of1829 mm (72"). While the kinds ofapplications are almost unlimited, theMICROSONIC® sensors are of particularvalue in tough sensing situations wherethe environment renders many othertypes of sensors inaccurate andunreliable. Take, for example, a proces-sion of just-filled glass bottles movingrapidly from the capper on a packagingline. A sensor is detecting the leadingedge of each bottle to ensure that, at theprecise split second, accurate inspec-tion will be made of the caps’ presence.The line stops suddenly. It is discov-ered, upon inspection, that the sensor iscovered with product or some othercontaminant. The result is a false signalindicating a possible line backup thatisn’t really there...and a loss in valuableproduction time. The MICROSONIC®

thru-beam sensor is an excellent solutionin this particular application.

For applications specific to the variousseries of MICROSONIC® sensors, seeeither the product information sectionsthat follow or the Application/SensorSelection Chart on page 2-1.

OBJECT


5-2

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M1

00

SE

RIE

S

Model SM100 Series

MICROSONIC®

Thru-beamSensors

• Self contained

• Meets NEMA 4X &IP67 standards

• Survives harshenvironments

• No sensitivityadjustments

• Sensing ranges upto 1829 mm (72")

Industry proven,these MICROSONIC®

sensors increase“uptime” withreliable, thru-beamsensing in harsh,high-speedenvironments

In response to problemsdirectly attributed to the harshenvironments in which sensorsoperate today, Hyde Park offersbroad application solutions withthis industry-proven line ofultrasonic thru-beam sensors.First produced in 1974, theMICROSONIC® SM100 seriessensors is the “workhorse” of theHyde Park product line with tensof thousands of units continuingto perform a variety of thru-beamsensing functions throughout theworld.

Using the world’s leadingultrasonic sensing technology,

the MICROSONIC® SM100series sensors performs preciseobject detection...from transpar-ent containers to metal parts assmall as 6.4 mm (1/4") diameterat speeds in excess of 2000units per minute.

Unlike photoelectrics, thesestainless steel sensors arevirtually unaffected by splashingfood, caustic cleaning solutions,frequent high-pressurewashdowns, humidity, changinglight conditions or colors, dust,and ambient noise. The ruggedsensors need no maintenanceand require no sensitivityadjustments to compensate forinconsistent product materials.

Response times range from4 ms down to 0.6 ms. The 12 to24 VDC circuitry and outputsignal make these sensorsdirectly compatible with manyprogrammable logic controllers,computers, and other logiccontrol systems.

5-3

OBJECT



continuous-wave devices that consist ofan ultra-high-frequency transmitter andreceiver positioned opposite each other,illustrated below, at a distance of up to1829 mm (72"). During operation, thetransmitter sends a continuous ultrasonicbeam which is picked up by the receiver.When an object of any material or shapepasses between the transmitter andreceiver and breaks the beam, objectpresence is detected and the output ofthe receiver switches. Or, when a holeas small as 3 mm (1/8 inch) diameter


up to 1829 cm (72")

TRANSMITTED BEAM EFFECTIVE RECEIVED BEAM

10o


TRANSMITTER

RECEIVER

allows the beam to pass through to thereceiver, the output of the receiverswitches.

With all circuitry compactly sealed inthe stainless steel transmitter andreceiver probes, the MICROSONIC®

sensors boast a narrow, constant,high-frequency sonic beam for highsensing resolution.

The thru-beam sensing mode is set upby mounting the sensors on the sameaxis opposite each other as shown inFigure 1. The distance (range) betweenthe transmitter face and receiver face

can be up to 1829 mm (72"), dependingon the model and range selected.

Positioning of the transmitter andreceiver for operation is extremelyimportant for the reliable detection ofobjects, particularly small ones. As thefigure also shows, the width of thetransmitted sound beam initially expandsat a rate of 10 degrees (5 degrees eachside of the common axis) as the distancebetween the transmitter and receiverincreases. This means that, if thedistance between the transmitter andreceiver is too great and the object is toosmall, it is possible for the beam to“wrap around” the object enough to notcause the receiver output to switch, asshown in Figure 2.

Therefore, reliable detection of 13 mm(0.5") inch wide or smaller objects isachieved when the objects are allowedto pass near the face of either thetransmitter or receiver. An alternativeapproach is to position the transmitterand receiver on parallel axes, as shownin Figure 3, so as to reduce the amountof beam reaching the receiver.

Where sensing distances are ad-versely affected as the environmentbecomes more contaminated, theMICROSONIC® sensors remain constantunder adverse conditions where othersensor types fail.

Transmitter/ReceiverCombinations andSensing Ranges

Because specific sensing needs varyfrom one type of application to another,the MICROSONIC® SM100 series offersa variety of sensing ranges, connec-tions, and signal strengths to maximizeefficiency and productivity. See theSensor Selection Chart in this section forthe best transmitter and receivercombination.

MountingThe MICROSONIC® thru-beam

sensors should be mounted in bracketsthat allow them to be adjusted for properalignment on the same axis. Hyde Parkoffers the Model AC201 stainless, rightangle, single-thru-beam, mountingbracket, which is illustrated, withdimensions, on Page 5-6.

Figure 1, Thru-beam Pattern and Range

Figure 2

Figure 3

5-4

1 1/4-18 EFTHREADS

RED (12-24 VDC)

BLK (GRD)

SHD (GRD)

NPN

LED INDICATORON RECEIVER

SHD (GRD)

RED (12-24 VDC)

WHT (OUT SIG)

BLK (GRD)

5/8-24 EF

Variable-power potentiometer onModel SM128 only

1 1/4-18 EF1A THREADS

BLK (COM.) PIN A

SHD (SOURCE GRD)

RED (12-24 VDC) PIN B

5/8-24 EF




BLK (COM.) PIN A

SHD (SOURCE GRD)

WHT (OUT SIG) PIN C

Electrical WiringCable Style**

Transmitter Models, Standard CableLength 3 m (10')

SM121, 126, 139, 141, 145, 147

Receiver Models, Standard CableLength 3 m (10')

SM171*, 176, 187, 189, 191, 193, 195,198, 199, 251, 258, CS101

Quick-disconnect (Amphenol) Style**Transmitter Models with Model AC100 Amphenol, 2-conductor, 3 m (10')

Mating Connector Cable:SM120, 125, 128, 138, 140, 146

Receiver Models with Model AC150 Amphenol, 3-conductor, 3 m (10')Mating Connector Cable:

SM170, 175, 182, 186, 188, 190, 193C, 194, 198C, 199C, 250

* Operates only on 15 VDC power** Use Belden Cable No. 8423 and No. 9154 to extend receiver and transmitter cable length,

respectively. Maximum recommended cable length is 152 m (500').

Quick-disconnect(watertight) Style

Transmitter Models with Model AC107“Mini” 2-conductor, 7/8-16 mini, 4 m(12') Mating Connector Cable

SM138WTC, 140WTC, 146WTC

VIEW OFPLUG END

BROWN (12-24 VDC) PIN B

BLUE (GRD) PIN A

VIEW OFSENSOR END

BLUE (GRD)

BROWN (12-24 VDC)

Receiver Models with Model AC1083-conductor, 7/8-16 mini, 4 m (12')Mating Connector Cable

SM186WTC, 190WTC, 250WTC,252WTC, 256WTC

BLACK (OUT SIG) PIN C

BLUE (GRD) PIN A

BROWN (12-24 VDC) PIN B

VIEW OFPLUG END


VIEW OFSENSOR END

BROWN (12-24 VDC)

BLUE (GRD)

BLACK (OUT SIG)

Receiver Outputs

LOAD

+VRed or Brn

Blk or Blu

Wht or BlkPNP

Internal External

PNP SOURCING ***

+VLOAD

+VBrn or Red

Blk or Wht

Blu or Blk

NPN

NPN SINKING

Internal External

***

*** Cable conductor colors vary, dependentupon the sensor model number.

5-5

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M1

00

SE

RIE

S


Transmitter Models: SM121, 126, 139, 141, 145, 147

1/2' PTS

NUT, XA438 (ONE FURNISHED)

CABLE END10' LONG ORCONNECTOR

1 1/4-18THREADS

1/2 NPT

SENSING FACE 1 1/4-18 THREADSCABLE END10' LONG ORCONNECTORNUT, XA438

(ONE FURNISHED)


2.8757.30 cm

1.1252.86 cm

1.3753.50 HEX

2.8757.30 cm 1.125

2.86 cm

Receiver Models: SM171, 176, 187, 189, 191, 193, 195,198, 199, 251, CS101


3.5759.08 cm

2.8807.30 cm

1.1422.90 cm

1.3753.50 HEX

3.5759.08 cm

2.8807.30 cm 1.142

2.90 cm

5/8-24 EF


NUT, XA438 (ONE FURNISHED)

LED INDICATORON RECEIVERNUT, XA438 (ONE FURNISHED)


SENSING FACE5/8-24 EF

Quick-disconnect (Amphenol) StyleTransmitter Models: SM120, 125, 128, 138, 140, 146


NUT, XA438 (ONE FURNISHED)1 1/4-18 EF1A THREADS

7/8-16 UNF7/8-16 UNF SENSING FACE

1 1/4-18 EF1A THREADSNUT, XA438 (ONE FURNISHED)

3.5759.08 cm

2.8807.30 cm

1.1422.90 cm

1.3753.50 HEX

3.5759.08 cm

2.8807.30 cm 1.142

2.90 cm

32 mmDIA

Receiver Models: SM170, 175, 182, 186, 188, 190,193C, 194, 198C, 199C, 250

Quick-disconnect (Watertight) StyleTransmitter Models: SM138WTC, 140WTC, 146WTC, 260WTC

Receiver Models:SM186WTC, 190WTC, 250WTC, 252WTC, 256WTC

1.266" DIA3.22 cm

2.25"5.715 cm

2.00"5.08 cm

1.00"2.54 cm

1.50"3.81 cm

Mounting AccessoryFor all of the above transmitters and

receivers.

Model AC201 Sensor Mounting Bracket

5-6


Ranges:381 mm (15"), 508 mm (20"), 635 mm

(25"), 1016 mm (40"), 1829 mm (72")Sonic Frequency: 180 kHzMinimum-size Detection:

13 mm (0.5") at 381 mm (15") range13 mm (0.5") at 508 mm (20") range19 mm (0.75") at 635 mm (25") range19 mm (0.75") at 1016 mm (40") range25 mm (1.0") at 1829 mm (72") range

Repeatability: 0.79 mm (0.031") typical

Power Requirements


Current Consumption: 60 mA max.(excluding load) per set

Power Consumption: 1.2 W max.(excluding load) @ 15 VDC per set

Output

NPN Sinking: 0 to 50 V, max.Maximum on state voltage 100 mA @ 0.2 VPNP Sourcing: 100 mA @ 24 VDC, max.Receiver red LED “on” when beam is received

Response Time

“On” 0.6 ms or 4 ms (model dependent -see selection chart)

“Off” 0.6 ms or 4 ms (model dependent -see selection chart)

Indicators

Transmitter: NoneReceiver:

Red LED: Illuminated when sonic energy isreceived, regardless of output state.

Connections

Cable Style Models:Transmitter:

305 cm (10'), 20 AWG, foil shield, lead-free,PVC jacket, 2-conductor

Receiver:305 cm (10'), 22 AWG, foil shield, lead-free,PVC jacket, 3-conductor

Connector Style Models:Amphenol (nonwatertight) quick-disconnect styleModels:

Model AC100, Transmitter: 305 cm (10'), 20 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket, 2-conductorModel AC150, Receiver: 305 cm (10'), 22 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket, 3-conductor

Watertight (WTC) quick-disconnect style models:Model AC107, Transmitter: 7/8-16 mini, 4 m (12'), 18 AWG, 2- conductorModel AC108, Receiver: 7/8-16 mini, 4 m (12'), 18 AWG, 3- conductor

Protection

Power Supply: ESDOutputs: ESD

Environmental

Operating Temperature Range:0° to 60°C



Cable Style: NEMA 4X, IP67Amphenol quick-disconnect: NEMA 1Watertight quick-disconnect: NEMA 4X, IP67

Chemical Resistance: Resists most acids andbases, including most food products. Polypropylene transducer face is available to provideresistance to corrosive chemicals, solvents, andsteam.

Construction

Housing:Shock and vibration resistantCase: stainless steelTransducer Face: Buna rubber with sealed

fiberglass, standard; Polypropylenetransducer face available

Power Cable: Nontoxic PVC jacketLED: Polycarbonate

AccessoriesModel AC100,Model AC100,Model AC100,Model AC100,Model AC100, 2-conductor, transmitter connector

cable, 3 m (10'), for all SM100 series Amphenolconnector-style transmitters

Model AC107,Model AC107,Model AC107,Model AC107,Model AC107, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 2-pin, 2-conductor, mating connector cable, 4 m (12'), forall SM100 series, watertight, connector-styletransmitters

Model AC108, Model AC108, Model AC108, Model AC108, Model AC108, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 3-pin, 3-conductor, mating connector cable, 4 m (12'), forall SM100 series, watertight, connector-stylereceivers

Model AC150,Model AC150,Model AC150,Model AC150,Model AC150, 3-conductor, receiver connectorcable, 3 m (10'), for all SM100 series Amphenolconnector-style receivers

Model AC160, Model AC160, Model AC160, Model AC160, Model AC160, Cable grip for all cable-style,thru-beam sensors

Model AC201, Model AC201, Model AC201, Model AC201, Model AC201, Stainless, right-angle, single-thru-beam-sensor mounting bracket, slotted foradjustment


5-7

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M1

00

SE

RIE

S

5-8

SM100 SeriesMICROSONIC® Thru-Beam

SM120 SM170 15VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Amphenol connectorSM188 15VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 508mm(20") Amphenol connector

SM121 SM171 15VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM189 15VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 508mm(20")

SM125 SM175 24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Amphenol connectorSM182 24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Amphenol connector

SM126 SM176 24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM128 SM186 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") Variable power, amphenol connector

SM190 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Variable power, amphenol connectorSM250 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") Variable power, Amphenol connector

SM138 SM186 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 1829mm(72") High power, amphenol connectorSM190 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 1016mm(40") High power, amphenol connectorSM250 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 1829mm(72") High power, amphenol connector

SM138-WTC SM186-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 1829mm(72") High power, watertight connectorSM190-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") High power, watertight connectorSM250-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 1829mm(72") High power, watertight connectorSM252-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 1829mm(72") High power, watertight connector

SM139 SM187 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1829mm(72") High powerSM191 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") High powerSM193 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") High powerSM195 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") High powerSM198 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") High powerSM199 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") High powerSM251 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1829mm(72") High power

SM140• SM186 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") Amphenol connectorSM190 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Amphenol connectorSM193C 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Amphenol connectorSM194 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Amphenol connectorSM198C 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Amphenol connectorSM199C 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Amphenol connectorSM250 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") Amphenol connector

SM140-WTC SM186-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") Watertight connectorSM190-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") Watertight connectorSM250-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") Watertight connectorSM252-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") Watertight connector

SM141• SM187 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25")SM191 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM193 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM195 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM198 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM199 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM251 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25")

SM145 SM187 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25")SM191 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM193 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM195 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM198 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM199 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM251 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25")

SM146 SM186 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 1016mm (40") Amphenol connectorSM190 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") Amphenol connectorSM193C 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") Amphenol connectorSM194 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") Amphenol connectorSM198C 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") Amphenol connectorSM199C 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") Amphenol connectorSM250 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 1016mm (40") Amphenol connector

Rece

iver

Mod

el No

.

Powe

rVe

rsion

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

NEM

A Ra

ting

Tran

smitt

er/

Rece

iver

Hous

ing

Sens

ing R

ange

Rem

arks

TransmitterModel No.

Tr a n s m i t t e r S e l e c t i o n C h a r t

5-9

Rece

iver

Mod

el No

.

Powe

rVe

rsion

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

NEM

A Ra

ting

Tran

smitt

er/

Rece

iver

Hous

ing

Sens

ing R

ange

Rem

arks


SM100 Series (cont.)MICROSONIC® Thru-Beam

SM147 SM187 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm (40")SM191 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25")SM193 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25")SM195 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25")SM198 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25")SM199 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25")SM251 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm (40")CS101 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm (40") Receiver has polypropylene coupler

Tr a n s m i t t e r S e l e c t i o n C h a r t

• = Most commonly stocked sensorsAll possible sensor configurations are not listed here.

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M1

00

SE

RIE

S

5-10


Tran

smitt

erM

odel

No.

Powe

rVe

rsion

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

NEM

A Ra

ting

Tran

smitt

er/

Rece

iver

Hous

ing

Sens

ing R

ange

Resp

onse

tim

e

Rem

arks

(Out

puts

N.O.

unles

s no

ted)

ReveiverModel No.SM170 SM120 15VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN/ Pull-up Res./Amphenol connectorSM171 SM121 15VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN/Pull-up Res.SM175 SM125 24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN/Pull/up Res./Amphenol connectorSM176 SM126 24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN/Pull-up Res.SM182 SM125 24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On 1ms, Off 1ms NPN/Pull/up Res./Amphenol connectorSM186 SM128 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, amphenol connector

SM138 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 1829mm(72") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, amphenol connectorSM140 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, amphenol connectorSM146 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 1016mm(40") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, amphenol connector

SM186-WTC SM138-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 1829mm(72") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, watertight connectorSM140-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, watertight connectorSM146-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, watertight connector

SM187 SM139 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1829mm(72") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinkingSM141 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinkingSM145 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinkingSM147 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking

SM188 SM120 15VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 508mm(20") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN/ Pull-up Res./ Amphenol connectorSM189 SM121 15VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 508mm(20") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN/Pull-up Res.SM190• SM128 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, amphenol connector

SM138 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 1016mm(40") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, amphenol connectorSM140 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, amphenol connectorSM146 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, amphenol connector

SM190-WTC SM138-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, watertight connectorSM140-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, watertight connectorSM146-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, watertight connector

SM191• SM139 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinkingSM141 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinkingSM145 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinkingSM147 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking

SM193 SM139 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm (40") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcingSM141 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcingSM145 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcingSM147 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcing

SM193C SM140 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcing, amphenol connectorSM146 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcing, amphenol connector

SM194 SM140 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms NPN sinking, amphenol connectorSM146 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") On .6ms, Off .6ms NPN sinking, amphenol connector

SM195 SM139 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") On .6ms, Off .6ms NPN sinkingSM141 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms NPN sinkingSM145 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms NPN sinkingSM147 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") On .6ms, Off .6ms NPN sinking

SM198 SM139 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, no LED, with test pointSM141 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, no LED, with test pointSM145 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, no LED, with test pointSM147 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, no LED, with test point

SM198C SM140 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, no LED, with test point,amphenol connector

SM146 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, no LED, with test point,amphenol connector

SM199 SM139 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") On .6ms, Off .6ms PNP sourcingSM141 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms PNP sourcingSM145 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms PNP sourcingSM147 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") On .6ms, Off .6ms PNP sourcing

SM199C SM140 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms PNP sourcing, amphenol connectorSM146 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") On .6ms, Off .6ms PNP sourcing, amphenol connector

SM250 SM128 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcing, amphenol connectorSM138 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 1829mm(72") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcing, amphenol connectorSM140 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcing, amphenol connectorSM146 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 1016mm(40") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcing, amphenol connector

SM250-WTC SM138-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 1829mm(72") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcing, watertight connectorSM140-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcing, watertight connectorSM146-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcing, watertight connector

SM251 SM139 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1829mm(72") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcingSM141 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcingSM145 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcingSM147 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcing

R e c e i v e r S e l e c t i o n C h a r t

5-11

SM252-WTC SM138-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 1829mm(72") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, N.C., watertight connectorSM140-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 635mm(25") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, N.C., watertight connectorSM146-WTC 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN sinking, N.C., watertight connector

CS101 SM147 12-24VDC 305cm(10') Cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 1016mm(40") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP sourcing, polypropylene coupler

Tran

smitt

erM

odel

No.

Powe

rVe

rsion

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

NEM

A Ra

ting

Tran

smitt

er/

Rece

iver

Hous

ing

Sens

ing R

ange

Resp

onse

tim

e

Rem

arks

(Out

puts

N.O.

unles

s no

ted)

ReveiverModel No.



• = Most commonly stocked sensorsAll possible sensor configurations are not listed here.

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M1

00

SE

RIE

S

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M4

00

SE

RIE

S



Current LED New LED

Object Blocking Beam Orange Amber

No Object

Amber G

reen

Model SM400 Series

MICROSONIC®

MiniatureThru-beamSensors

Extremely reliablethru-beam sensing inan extremely smallpackage with a rangeup to 203 mm (8")

The miniature SM400 series ispowerful in sensing capabilityand employs the same reliable,world-leading ultrasonic technol-ogy built into the originalMICROSONIC® SM100 series.The SM400 series of thru-beamsensors is available in FDA-ratedULTEM® plastic flat-profile and12 mm threaded barrel housingsdesigned for small objectapplications where installationspace is limited. An extremelyreliable “across-the-line” sensingcapability of up to 205 mm (8") ispossible with this miniature thru-beam sensor series.

The MICROSONIC® SM400thru-beam sensors are ideal fordetecting small objects of anycolor or material, transparent oropaque, regular or irregularshaped, as well as those witheither poor reflective or fullysound-absorbing surfaces. Anoutput response time of 4 msallows for the detection ofobjects moving at speeds of over2000 units per minute. “Smart”sensor enhancements includesolid-state sink and sourceoutputs in normally open or

• Ideal for smallobject detection


• Available in 12mmbarrel or flat-profilehousings

• Ideal for limitedspace installations

• CE certified

closed configurations.With protection ratings of

NEMA 4X and IP67, these CEcertified sensors are resistant todust, 100% humidity, most acidsand bases, and high-pressurewashdowns that often timesleave water buildup on thesensing face. Unlikephotoelectrics, these miniaturethru-beam sensors are virtuallyunaffected by splashing food,caustic cleaning solutions, andchanging light conditions orcolors. Shielding and filteringmake the fully encapsulatedsensors highly immune toradiated or conducted energy.The sensors are also tolerant ofhigh noise levels and vibrationwith an operating temperaturerange of -20o to 70oC. 12 to 24VDC circuitry with sinking (NPN)and sourcing (PNP) outputsmakes these sensors directlycompatible with most program-mable logic controllers, comput-ers, and other logic controlsystems. Available in both acable and two connector styles(micro or pico), the receiver unitshave a dual color LED statusindicator. An orange illuminationindicates when sonic energy isbeing received from the transmit-ter. An amber illuminationindicates when the sonic energyis not being received from thetransmitter due to a blocking

object or a misalignmentbetween the two sensors.

Rugged, robust, and easy toset up, these sensors need nomaintenance and require nosensitivity adjustments tocompensate for inconsistentproduct materials.

The SM400 series is a cost-effective solution for a widevariety of leading-edge, trailing-edge and gap sensing applica-tions, no matter the color of theobject or material, whether clearor opaque, where repeatableand reliable performance is aday in and day out requirement.Some applications include smallclear plastic or glass containerdetection; web registration holeor notch detection; web edgeguide detection of plastic film,cellophane, photographic film,metallic foils, paper, textilefabrics, and many more.

5-13

5-14

OperationThe MICROSONIC® SM400 series

sensors are continuous-wave devicesthat consist of a high frequency transmit-ter and receiver positioned oppositeeach other, illustrated at right, at adistance of up to 205 mm (8"). Duringoperation, the transmitter sends acontinuous ultrasonic beam which ispicked up by the receiver. When anobject of any material or shape passesbetween the transmitter and receiverand breaks the beam, object presenceis detected and the output of thereceiver switches. Or, when a hole allowsthe beam to pass through to the receiver,the output of the receiver also switches.

The thru-beam sensing mode is set upby mounting the sensors on the sameaxis opposite each other as shown inFigure 1.

Positioning of the transmitter andreceiver is extremely important for thereliable detection of objects, particularlysmall ones. As the figure also shows, thewidth of the transmitted sound beaminitially expands at a rate of 10 degrees(5 degrees each side of the commonaxis) for the 500 kHz models as thedistance between the transmitter andreceiver increases. If the object is toosmall, it is possible for the beam to“wrap around” the object enough toprevent the output from switching, asshown in Figure 2.

Reliable detection of 13 mm wide (0.5")or smaller objects is achieved when theobjects pass near the face of either thetransmitter or receiver. An alternativeapproach is to position the transmitterand receiver on parallel axes, as shownin Figure 3, so as to reduce the amountof beam reaching the receiver. Even inharsh, messy environments,MICROSONIC® thru-beam sensorsmaintain their full range where othersensor types fail.

5-15


should be mounted in brackets thatallow them to be adjusted for properalignment on the same axis. HydePark offers the following mountingaccessories:Flat-profile: Model AC246 small

right-angle stainless mounting bracket;Model AC247 stainless and polyamideconveyor-rail clamp/bracket (illustratedwith dimensions on Page 5-20).12mm barrel: Model AC235 small

right-angle stainless mounting bracket;Model AC236 stainless and polyamideconveyor-rail clamp/bracket; ModelAC237 straight stainless mountingbracket (illustrated with dimensions onPage 5-20).

Electrical Wiring



EXAMPLE MODEL: SM4 0 1 A - 08 - 00 FPMICROSONIC® Product SeriesPower/Connection Type0...12 to 24 VDC / Cable style3...12 to 24 VDC / 3-pin “PICO” connector w/PNP output4...12 to 24 VDC / 3-pin “PICO” connector w/NPN output5...12 to 24 VDC / 4-pin “PICO” connector6...12 to 24 VDC / 4-pin “PICO” connector – output pins reversed8...12 to 24 VDC / 4-pin “MICRO” connector9...12 to 24 VDC / 4-pin “MICRO” connector – output pins reversed

Flat-Profile sensors with either connector and Threaded Barrel sensors with a “Micro” connector have a 152 mm (6") pigtail

Sensing Function0...Transmitter1...ReceiverDesign LevelA...Applies to all modelsSensing Range04...Low-power: 102 mm (4")*08...Standard: 203 mm (8")Sensing Variations - Transmitter00...StandardSensing Variations - Receiver***00...N.O. Output, 4 ms on & off01...N.O. Fast response, 0.4 ms on & off10...N.C. Output, 4 ms on & off11...N.C. Output, fast response, 0.4 ms on & offHousing Types...No letter indicates standard ULTEM®** plastic - 12 mm barrel housingFP...ULTEM®** flat-profile housing

Power Cable Length/nn...Cable lengths other than 10 feet, cable style only* Used to detect narrow objects

** ULTEM® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Company.

*** N.O. – “Normally Open” when object breaks the beam

*** N.C. – “Normally Closed” when object breaks the beam

Receiver OutputsNPN Sinking and PNP Sourcing

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M4

00

SE

RIE

S



Current LED New LED


No Object

Amber G

reen

5-16

Receiver Outputs

DimensionsBarrel Cable Style(ULTEM® plastic)

Transmitter Models:SM400A-XXX-XX

Receiver Models:SM401A-XXX-XX

5-17

DimensionsBarrel Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic)

Transmitter Models:SM430-, SM440-, SM450A-XXX-XX

Receiver Models:SM431-, SM441-, SM451A-XXX-XX

Transmitter Models:SM480A-XXX-XX

Receiver Models:SM481A-XXX-XX

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M4

00

SE

RIE

S

5-18

DimensionsFlat-Profile Cable/Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic)

Transmitter Models:SM400A-XXX-XXFP

Receiver Models:SM401A-XXX-XXFP

Transmitter Models:SM430-, SM440-, SM450A-XX-XXXFP

Receiver Models:SM431-, SM441-, SM451A-XX-XXXFP

Transmitter Models:SM480A-XXX-XXFP

Receiver Models:SM481A-XXX-XXFP

5-19

Accessories





BLACK REF.



BLUE

BROWN12

34 BLACK

WHITE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

1 2

34

AC141AC141AC141AC141AC141Right-angle, M8 pico, 3 conductor cable/connector

assembly, 5m (16') - (for barrel connector-stylesensors)

AC142AC142AC142AC142AC142Straight, M8 pico, 3 conductor cable/connector

assembly, 5m (16') - (for barrel connector-stylesensors)

AC134AC134AC134AC134AC134Right-angle, M8 pico, 4 conductor cable/

connector assembly, 5m (16').

AC135AC135AC135AC135AC135Straight, M8 pico, 4 conductor cable/

connector assembly, 5m (16').

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M4

00

SE

RIE

S



22.4mm(0.880)

11.2mm(0.440)

51.9mm(2.045)

11.1mm(0.437)

5.6mm(0.219)

4.8mm(0.188)

12.7mm(0.500)

¯ 12.5mm (0.493)¯ 12.1mm(0.488)

2.3mm0.090

R 3.2mm TYP.(R 0.125)

R 2.9mm TYP.(R 0.084)

R 11.2mm(R 0.440)

40.8mm(1.608)

AC247AC247AC247AC247AC247Stainless and polyamide

conveyor-rail clamp/bracket set(for Flat-Profile sensor)

AC246AC246AC246AC246AC246Stainless and polyamide conveyor-rail

clamp/bracket set (for Flat-Profile sensor)

5-20

58.4mm(2.36)

Rail

88.9mm(3.500)



[0.250 x 1.000 x 3.500 (or 5.00)]


bracket set (for 12mm barrel sensor)



¯ 12.5mm (0.493)¯ 12.1mm(0.488)

22.4mm(0.880)

7.9mm(0.312)

R 11.2mm(R 0.440)

30.2mm(1.190)

19.0mm(0.750)

11.2mm(0.440)

1.5mm(0.06)

2.3mm(0.090)

R 3.2mm(R 0.125)

R 3.4mm(R 0.094)

11.1mm(0.437)

5.6mm(0.220)

25.4mm(1.000)

12.7mm(0.500)

+0.4mm-0.0mm4.8mm+0.015-0.000

(0.188

TYP.

TYP.)

TYP.

TYP.



Current LED New LED


No Object

Amber G

reen


Ranges:102 mm (4.0"), 204 mm (8.0")


12.2 mm (0.50") at 102 mm (4.0") range25.4 mm (1.0") at 204 mm (8.0") range

Repeatability: 0.79mm (0.031") typical

Power Requirements


Current Consumption:50 mA per set max.

Power Consumption:1.2 W max. @ 24 VDC per set

Output


Sourcing Output (PNP):Maximum on-state voltage drop: 1.10 V @ 100mAMaximum load current: 100mAOutput voltage: VSupply - 1.10 V @ 100mA

Response Time

“On” 0.4 ms or 4 ms(Model dependent - see selection chart)

“Off” 0.4 ms or 4 ms(Model dependent - see selection chart)

Indicators

Transmitter: GreenReceiver:

Orange LED: Illuminated when sonic energy is received, reagardless of output state

Amber LED: Indicates sonic beam is blocked

Connections

Transmitter cable style model SM400 series:28 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket2-conductor, 3M (10') long

Transmitter connector style model SM450 series:Flat-profile pigtail 150 mm (6.0") longpico-connector

Transmitter connector style model SM480 series:Flat-profile pigtail 150 mm (6.0") longpico-connector

Receiver cable style model SM401 series:28 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket4-conductor, 3M (10') long

Receiver connector style model SM451 series:Barrel style pico-connectorFlat-profile pigtail 150 mm (6.0") longpico-connector

Receiver connector style model SM481 series:Flat-profile pigtail 150 mm (6.0") longpico-connector

Protection


Outputs: Current-limited over-voltage, ESD, over-current

Environmental




Cable Style: NEMA 4X, IP67Watertight “micro” quick-disconnect:NEMA 4X, IP67

Chemical Resistance: Resists most acids andbases, including most food products.

Agency Approvals

EMC: EN 61326:1997 (industrial includingamendment A1:1998

Safety: En 61010-1Declaration of Conformity available upon request

Construction

Case (barrel and flat-profile types):ULTEM®* plastic (FDA Approved)

Transducer Face: EpoxySensor Cables: Lead-free, PVC jacketed, blackLED lens: Polycarbonate


Co.

AccessoriesModel AC118, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-pin, 2-

conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), forSM480 series micro connector transmitters

Model AC128, Straight, M12 micro, 4-pin, 2-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), forSM480 series micro connector transmitters

Model AC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for SM481micro connector receivers

Model AC134, Right-angle, M8 pico, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5m (16') for SM350 andSM451 series sensors

Model AC135, Straight, M8 pico, 4-conductor,connector/ cable assembly, 5m (16') for SM350 andSM451 series sensors

Model AC137, Pico-to-micro pigtail adapter cablefor barrel connector-style sensors

Model AC138, Pico-to-micro pigtail adapter cable,output pins reversed for barrel connector-stylesensors

Model AC141, Right-angle, M8 pico, 3-conductorpico connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') for SM431connector-style receivers

Model AC142, Straight, M8 pico, 3-conductor picoconnector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') for SM431connector-style receivers

Model AC143, Right-angle, M8 pico, 3-pin, 2-conductor connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') forSM430 connector-style transmitters (same housingas AC141)

Model AC144, Straight, M8 pico, 3-pin, 2-conductorconnector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') for SM430connector-style transmitters (same housing asAC142)

Model AC145, Right-angle, M8 pico, 4-pin, 2-conductor connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') forSM450 connector-style transmitters (same housingas AC134)

Model AC146, Straight, M8 pico, 4-pin, 2-conductorconnector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') for SM450connector-style transmitters (same housing asAC135)

Model AC235, Right-angle stainless mountingbracket for barrel connector-style sensors

Model AC236, Stainless and polyamide conveyor-railclamp/bracket set for barrel connector-style sensors

Model AC237, Straight stainless mounting bracketfor barrel connector-style sensors

Model AC246, Right-angle, stainless, mountingbracket for flat-profile style sensors

Model AC247, Stainless and polyamide conveyor-railclamp/bracket set for flat-profile style sensors


5-21

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M4

00

SE

RIE

S

5-22

Tran

smitt

er

Rece

iver

Powe

rVe

rsio

n

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Sens

ing

Rang

e

12m

m

Flat-p

rofile

Stan

dard

Stan

dard

Fast

Resp

onse

.4m

s on

& o

ff

N.C.

Ou

tput

N.C.

Ou

tput

Fast

Resp

onse

Mod

elNo

.

Mat

erial

s

Sens

ingVa

riatio

ns

Housing

SM400A-04-00 SM401A-04-00 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■

SM400A-04-00FP SM401A-04-00FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■

SM400A-04-00 SM401A-04-01 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■


SM400A-04-00 SM401A-04-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■


SM400A-04-00 SM401A-04-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■


SM400A-08-00 SM401A-08-00 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■


SM400A-08-00 SM401A-08-01 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■


SM400A-08-00 SM401A-08-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■


SM400A-08-00 SM401A-08-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■


SM430A-04-00 SM431A-04-00 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-04-00FP SM431A-04-00FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-04-00 SM431A-04-01 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-04-00FP SM431A-04-01FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-04-00 SM431A-04-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-04-00FP SM431A-04-10FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-04-00 SM431A-04-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-04-00FP SM431A-04-11FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-08-00 SM431A-08-00 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-08-00FP SM431A-08-00FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-08-00 SM431A-08-01 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-08-00FP SM431A-08-01FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-08-00 SM431A-08-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-08-00FP SM431A-08-10FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-08-00 SM431A-08-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM430A-08-00FP SM431A-08-11FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/PNP output onlySM440A-04-00 SM441A-04-00 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-04-00FP SM441A-04-00FP 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-04-00 SM441A-04-01 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-04-00FP SM441A-04-01FP 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-04-00 SM441A-04-10 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-04-00FP SM441A-04-10FP 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-04-00 SM441A-04-11 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-04-00FP SM441A-04-11FP 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-08-00 SM441A-08-00 12-24VDC Pico 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-08-00FP SM441A-08-00FP 12-24VDC Pico 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-08-00 SM441A-08-01 12-24VDC Pico 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-08-00FP SM441A-08-01FP 12-24VDC Pico 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-08-00 SM441A-08-10 12-24VDC Pico 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-08-00FP SM441A-08-10FP 12-24VDC Pico 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-08-00 SM441A-08-11 12-24VDC Pico 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM440A-08-00FP SM441A-08-11FP 12-24VDC Pico 8" ■ ■ ■ 3-pin pico (8 mm) connector w/NPN output onlySM450A-04-00 SM451A-04-00 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-04-00FP SM451A-04-00FP 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-04-00 SM451A-04-01 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-04-00FP SM451A-04-01FP 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-04-00 SM451A-04-10 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-04-00FP SM451A-04-10FP 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-04-00 SM451A-04-11 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-04-00FP SM451A-04-11FP 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connector

Transmitter Receiver

All possible sensor configurations are not listed here.Also available with 4-pin pico connectors, output pins reversed (SM460)Also available with 4-pin micro connectors, output pins reversed (SM490)



5-23

Tran

smitt

er

Rece

iver

Powe

rVe

rsio

n

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

Sens

ing

Rang

e

12m

m

Flat-p

rofile

Stan

dard

Stan

dard

Fast

Resp

onse

.4ms O

n & O

ff

N.C.

Out

put

N.C.

Out

put

Fast

Resp

onse


cont'tds

Mod

elNo

.

Mat

erial

s

Sens

ingVa

riatio

ns

Housing

SM450A-08-00 SM451A-08-00 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-08-00FP SM451A-08-00FP 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-08-00 SM451A-08-01 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-08-00FP SM451A-08-01FP 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-08-00 SM451A-08-10 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-08-00FP SM451A-08-10FP 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-08-00 SM451A-08-11 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM450A-08-00FP SM451A-08-11FP 12-24VDC Pico 4" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin pico (8 mm) connectorSM480A-04-00 SM481A-04-00 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-04-00FP SM481A-04-00FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-04-00 SM481A-04-01 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-04-00FP SM481A-04-01FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-04-00 SM481A-04-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-04-00FP SM481A-04-10FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-04-00 SM481A-04-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-04-00FP SM481A-04-11FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-08-00 SM481A-08-00 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-08-00FP SM481A-08-00FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-08-00 SM481A-08-01 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-08-00FP SM481A-08-01FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-08-00 SM481A-08-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-08-00FP SM481A-08-10FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-08-00 SM481A-08-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connectorSM480A-08-00FP SM481A-08-11FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 8" ■ ■ ■ 4-pin micro (12 mm) connector



All possible sensor configurations are not listed here.Also available with 4-pin pico connectors, output pins reversed (SM460)Also available with 4-pin micro connectors, output pins reversed (SM490)

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M4

00

SE

RIE

S

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M7

00

SE

RIE

S

Model SM700 Series

MICROSONIC®

RemoteThru-beamSensors

MICROSONIC®

remote ultrasonicsensors put precise,thru-beam sensing inhard-to-reach areas

Utilizing the same world-leading ultrasonic sensingtechnology built into the SM100series of MICROSONIC® thru-beam sensors, the SM700 seriesof remote thru-beam sensorstakes the accurate detection ofobjects almost anywhere.Stainless steel armor cables,available in three differentlengths, 508 mm (20"), 1016 mm(40") and 1270 mm (50"), linkselected standard SM100 seriesthru-beam transmitters andreceivers with the remotestainless steel probes. Designedfor extremely tight areas where itis either difficult or impossible tomount and use the SM100 seriessensors, these remote sensorshave right-angle style probes tofurther facilitate thru-beam setupand operation.

• Ideal for limitedspaces

• High repeatabilityand reliability

• Self contained

• Sensing range381 mm (15")

• Meets NEMA 4X/IP67 standards

Unlike photoelectrics, thesestainless steel remote sensorsare virtually unaffected bysplashing food, caustic cleaningsolutions, frequent high-pressurewashdowns, humidity, changinglight conditions or colors, dust,and ambient noise. The ruggedsensors need no maintenanceand require no sensitivityadjustments to compensate forinconsistent product materials.

Response times, rangingfrom 4 ms down to0.6 ms, make the MICROSONIC®

Model SM700 series of remotethru-beam sensors particularlyeffective in critical, high-speed,machine process applications.These applications include:double sheet (tissue) detection,film and web hole detection,lead-edge gating, edge-guidemonitoring, and transparentobject detection.

The 12 to 24 VDC circuitry andoutput signal make thesesensors directly compatible withmany programmable logiccontrollers, computers, andother logic control systems.

5-25


continuous-wave devices that consist ofan ultra-high-frequency transmitter andreceiver positioned opposite each other,illustrated at right, at a distance of up tothe range of 381 mm (15"). Duringoperation, the transmitter sends acontinuous ultrasonic beam which ispicked up by the receiver. When anobject of any material or shape passesbetween the transmitter and receiverand breaks the beam, object presenceis detected and the output of thereceiver switches.

With all circuitry compactly sealed inthe stainless steel transmitter andreceiver probes, the MICROSONIC®

sensors boast a narrow, constant, high-frequency sonic beam for high sensingresolution.


OBJECT

TRANSMITTER RECEIVERup to 381 mm (15")


10o



The thru-beam sensing mode is set upby mounting the sensors on the sameaxis opposite each other as shown inFigure 1. The distance (range) betweenthe transmitter face and receiver facecan be up to 381 mm (15").

Figure 1, Thru-beam Pattern and Range

Positioning of the transmitter andreceiver for operation is extremelyimportant for the reliable detection ofobjects, particularly small ones. As thefigure also shows, the width of thetransmitted sound beam initially expandsat a rate of 10 degrees (5 degrees eachside of the common axis) as the distancebetween the transmitter and receiverincreases. This means that, if thedistance between the transmitter andreceiver is too great and the object istoo small, it is possible for the beam to“wrap around” the object enough to notcause the receiver output to switch, asshown in Figure 2.

Figure 2

Therefore, reliable detection ofsmall objects is achieved when theobjects are allowed to pass near theface of either the transmitter or receiver.This may also be achieved by movingthe probes closer together as shown inFigure 3.

Figure 3


5-26

1 1/4-18 THREADS

SENSING FACE

WHT (OUT SIG)

SHD (GRD)

BLK (GRD)

RED (12-24 VDC)


BLK (COM.) PIN A

SHD (SOURCE GRD)





WHT (OUT SIG) PIN C

SHD (SOURCE GRD)

BLK (GRD) PIN A



VIEW OFPLUG END

BROWN - PIN B(12-24 VDC)

BLUE - PIN A(GRD)

VIEW OFPLUG END

BLUE (GRD)

BROWN (12-24 VDC)

Variable-power potentiometer onModel SM705WTC only.


BLACK - PIN C(OUT SIG)

BLUE - PIN A(GRD)

BROWN - PIN B(12-24 VDC)

VIEW OFPLUG ENDLED INDICATOR

ON RECEIVER

VIEW OFPLUG END

BROWN (12-24 VDC)BLUE (GRD)

BLACK (OUT SIG)


LOAD

+VRed or Brn

Blk or Blu

Wht or BlkPNP

+VLOAD

+VBrn or Red

Blk or Wht

Blu or Blk

NPN

Internal External

PNP SOURCINGNPN SINKING

Internal External

* *Remote Receiver Models, StandardCable Length 3 m (10')

SM751, 755, 756, 756R4, 759

Quick-disconnect(Amphenol) Style*

Remote Transmitter Models with ModelAC100 Amphenol, 2-conductor,

3 m (10') Mating Connector Cable:SM700, 705

Remote Receiver Models with ModelAC150 Amphenol, 3-conductor,

3 m (10') Mating Connector Cable:SM750, 754, 757, 758

* Use Belden Cable No. 8423 and No. 9154 to extend receiverand transmitter cable length, respectively. Maximum recom-mended cable length is 152 m (500").

Quick-disconnect(Watertight) Style

Remote Transmitter Models with ModelAC107, 7/8-16 mini, 2-conductor,

4 m (12') Mating Connector CableSM700WTC, 705WTC

Remote Receiver Models and ModelAC108, 7/8-16 mini, 3-conductor,

4 m (12') Mating Connector CableSM750WTC

Receiver Outputs

* Cable conductor colors vary, dependentupon the sensor model number.

5-27

RED (12-24 VDC)

SHD (GRD)

BLK (GRD)

SENSING FACE

1 1/4-18 THREADS

Mounting AccessoriesThe Model SM700 series remote thru-

beam sensors should be mounted inbrackets that allow them to be adjustedfor proper alignment on the same axis.

Hyde Park offers the Model AC201stainless, right-angle, single-thru-beam-sensor, mounting bracket and the ModelAC213 stainless and Teflon, remotesensing probe mounting bracket whichare illustrated, with dimensions, onPage 5-28.

Electrical WiringCable Style

Remote Transmitter Models, StandardCable Length 3 m (10')

SM701, 701R4, 701R5

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M7

00

SE

RIE

S

1 1/4-18 THREADS

CABLE END10' LONG ORCONNECTOR NUT, XA438

(ONE FURNISHED)

1/2 NPT


1/2 NPT

NUT, XA438(ONE FURNISHED)

CABLE END10' LONG ORCONNECTOR

1 1/4-18 THREADS

SENSING FACE

STAINLESS STEELARMOR CABLE LENGTHS508mm (20")1016mm (40")1270mm (50'")

2.875(7.30 cm)

1.125(2.86 cm)

2.875(7.30 cm)

1.125(2.86 cm)

1.000(25 mm)

.500(13 mm)


Remote Transmitter Models: SM701,701R4, 701R5

Remote Receiver Models: SM751, 755,756, 756R4, 759

VIEW OFPLUG END




VIEW OFPLUG END


SENSING FACE

STAINLESS STEELARMOR CABLE LENGTHS508mm (20")1016mm (40")1270mm (50")

5/8-24 EF

1.142(2.90 cm)

1.142(2.90 cm)

3.575(9.08 cm)

2.88(7.32 cm)

1.000(25 mm)

.500(13 mm)

3.575(9.08 cm)

2.88(7.32 cm)

5/8-24 EF

Quick-disconnect(Amphenol) Style

Remote Transmitter Models: SM700, 705

7/8-16 UNF7/8-16 UNF


VIEW OFPLUG END


1 1/4-18 EF1A THREADS VIEW OF

PLUG END

STAINLESS STEELARMOR CABLE LENGTHS508mm (20")1016mm (40")1270mm (50")

SENSING FACE

Variable-power potentiometeron Model SM705WTC only

3.375(8.57 cm)

2.88(7.32 cm)

1.142(2.90 cm)

1.000(25 mm)

.500(13 mm)

3.375(8.57 cm)

2.88(7.32 cm)

1.142(2.90 cm)

Remote Receiver Models: SM750, 754,757, 758

Quick-disconnect(Watertight) Style

Remote Transmitter Models:SM700WTC, 705WTC

Remote Receiver Model: SM750WTC

Mounting AccessoriesModel AC201, Stainless, right-angle,

single-thru-beam-sensor, mountingbracket, slotted for adjustment

1.266 DIA3.22 cm

1.503.81 cm

1.002.54 cm

2.255.715 cm

2.005.08 cm


R .7501.91 cm

.7501.91 cm

.3760.96 cm

1.1863.01 cm

.0640.16 cm

.4381.11 cm

.1280.33 cm

Model AC213, Stainless and Teflon,remote sensing probe mounting bracket

5-28


Range: 381 mm (15")Sonic Frequency: 180 kHzMinimum-size Detection:

9.5 mm (0.375") with object close to sensorRepeatability: 0.30 mm (0.012") max.

Power Requirements


Current Consumption: 60 mA max.(excluding load) per set

Power Consumption: 1.2 W max.(excluding load) @ 15 VDC per set

Output

NPN Sinking: 0 to 50 V, max.Maximum on state voltage 0.2 V @ 100 mAPNP Sourcing: 100 mA @ 24 VDC, max.Receiver red LED “ON” when beam is received

Response Time

“On” 0.6 ms or 4 ms (Model dependent - see selection chart)“Off” 0.6 ms or 4 ms (Model dependent - see selection chart)

Indicators


Red LED: Illuminated when sonic energy isreceived, regardless of output state.

Connections

Cable Style Models:Transmitter:

305 cm (10'), 20 AWG, foil shield,lead-free, PVC jacket, 2-conductor

Receiver:305 cm (10'), 22 AWG, foil shield,lead-free, PVC jacket, 3-conductor

Connector Style Models:Amphenol (nonwatertight) quick-disconnect style models:

Model AC100, Transmitter: 305 cm (10'), 20 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket, 2-conductorModel AC150, Receiver: 305 cm (10'), 22 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket, 3-conductor

Watertight (WTC) quick-disconnect style models:Model AC107, Transmitter: 7/8-16 mini, 4 m (12'), 18 AWG, 2- conductorModel AC108, Receiver: 7/8-16 mini, 4 m (12'), 18 AWG, 3- conductor

Protection

Power Supply: ESDOutputs: ESD

Environmental




Cable Style: NEMA 4X, IP67Amphenol Quick-disconnect: NEMA 1Watertight Quick-disconnect: NEMA 4X, IP67

Chemical Resistance: Resists most acids andbases, including most food products. Polypropy-lene transducer face is available to provideresistance to corrosive chemicals, solvents,and steam.

Construction

Housing:Shock and vibration resistantCase: Stainless steelRemote Cable: Stainless steel armorTransducer Face: silicone rubber, standardSensor Cables: Nontoxic PVC jacketLED: Polycarbonate

AccessoriesModel AC100, 2-conductor, transmitter connector

cable, 3 m (10'), for all SM700 series Amphenolconnector-style transmitters

Model AC107, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 2-pin, 2-conductor, mating connector cable, 4 m (12'), forall SM700 series watertight, connector-style,transmitters

Model AC108, Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 3-pin, 3-conductor, mating connector cable, 4 m (12'), forall SM700 series watertight, connector-stylereceivers

Model AC150, 3-conductor, receiver connectorcable, 3 m (10'), for all SM700 series Amphenolconnector-style receivers

Model AC160, Cable grip for all cable-style,thru-beam sensors

Model AC201, Stainless, right-angle, single-thru-beam-sensor, mounting bracket, slotted foradjustment

Model AC213, Stainless and Teflon, remotesensing probe, mounting bracket


5-29

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M7

00

SE

RIE

S

5-30

SM700• SM750 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Amphenol connectorSM754 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Amphenol connectorSM757 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Amphenol connectorSM758 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Amphenol connector

SM701• SM751 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM755 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM756 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM754 R4 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM759 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")

SM701 R4 SM751 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") 1016mm(40")SM755 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM756 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM756 R4 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM759 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")

SM701 R5 SM751 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") 1270mm(50")SM755 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM756 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM756 R4 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")SM759 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15")

SM705 SM750 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Variable power, Amphenol connectorSM754 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Variable power, Amphenol connectorSM757 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Variable power, Amphenol connectorSM758 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") Variable power, Amphenol connector

Rece

iver

Mod

el No

.

Powe

rVe

rsion

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

NEM

A Ra

ting

Tran

smitt

er/

Rece

iver

Hous

ing

Sens

ing R

ange

Rem

ote A

rmor

Cabl

e

Rem

arks


SM700 SeriesMICROSONIC® Remote Thru-Beam

T r a n s m i t t e r S e l e c t i o n C h a r t

• = Most commonly stocked sensors


5-31

Tran

smitt

erM

odel

No.

Powe

rVe

rsion

Conn

ectio

nSt

yle

NEM

A Ra

ting

Tran

smitt

er/

Rece

iver

Hous

ing

Sens

ing R

ange

Rem

ote A

rmor

Cabl

e

Resp

onse

Time

Rem

arks

(Out

puts

N.O.

unles

s no

ted)

ReceiverModel No.

SM700 Series (cont.)MICROSONIC® Remote Thru-Beam

SM750• SM700 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN Sinking,Amphenol connector

SM705 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN Sinking,Amphenol connector

SM751• SM701 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN SinkingSM701 R4 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN SinkingSM701 R5 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms NPN Sinking

SM754 SM700 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms NPN Sinking,Amphenol connector

SM705 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms NPN Sinking,Amphenol connector

SM755 SM701 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms NPN SinkingSM701 R4 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms NPN SinkingSM701 R5 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms NPN Sinking

SM756 SM701 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP SourcingSM701 R4 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP SourcingSM701 R5 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP Sourcing

SM756 R4 SM701 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") 1016mm(40") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP SourcingSM701 R4 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP SourcingSM701 R5 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP Sourcing

SM757 SM700 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms PNP Sourcing,Amphenol connector

SM705 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms PNP Sourcing,Amphenol connector

SM758 SM700 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP Sourcing,Amphenol connector

SM705 12-24VDC Quick Disconnect Stainless 381mm(15") On 4ms, Off 4ms PNP Sourcing,Amphenol connector

SM759 SM701 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms PNP SourcingSM701 R4 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms PNP SourcingSM701 R5 12-24VDC 305cm(10') cable 4X, IP67 Stainless 381mm(15") On .6ms, Off .6ms PNP Sourcing


• = Most commonly stocked sensors


MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M7

00

SE

RIE

S

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M8

00

SE

RIE

S

Model SM800 Series

MICROSONIC®

Thru-beamSensors

Extremely reliablethru-beam sensing ina smaller packageand ranges up to1016 mm (40")

They are miniature in size,powerful in sensing capability,and the product of the samereliable, world-leading ultrasonictechnology built into the originalMICROSONIC® SM100 series.The SM800 series of thru-beamsensors is available in 18 mmFDA rated ULTEM® plastic andstainless steel barrel housingsand ULTEM® plastic “flat-profile”housings designed for small-object applications whereinstallation space is limited.“Across-the-line” sensingversatility includes standardsensing ranges of 102 mm (4")and 305 mm (12") and extendedsensing ranges of 610 mm (24")and 1016 mm (40").

The MICROSONIC® SM800thru-beam sensors are ideal fordetecting small objects of anycolor or material, transparent or

• Ideal for smallobject detection


• Available in barrelor flat-profile types

• Ideal for limitedspace installations

• CE certifiedopaque, regular or irregularshaped, as well as those witheither poor reflective or fullysound-absorbing surfaces.Response times of either 4 ms or0.4 ms allows for the detection ofobjects moving at speeds of over2000 units per minute. “Smart”sensor enhancements includeclean switching delay and outputpolarity variations.

With protection ratings ofNEMA 4X and IP67, the sensorsare resistant to dust, 100%humidity, most acids and bases,and high-pressure washdownsthat often times leave waterbuildup on the sensing face.Unlike photoelectrics, theseminiature thru-beam sensors arevirtually unaffected by splashingfood, caustic cleaning solutions,and changing light conditions orcolors. Shielding and filteringmakes the fully encapsulatedsensors highly immune toradiated or conducted energy.They are also tolerant of highnoise levels, vibration, and astorage temperature range of-10o to 100o C.

Equipped with sinking type(NPN) and sourcing type (PNP)outputs, the 12 to 24 VDCcircuitry and output signal makethese sensors directly compat-ible with many programmablelogic controllers, computers,and other logic control systems.Available in either cable or“micro” connector style, thereceiver units of the CE certifiedsensors have an amber LED thatilluminates when sonic energy isreceived, regardless of outputstate. The micro connector stylereceivers are also equipped witha green LED to indicate thatpower is being supplied to thesensor.

Rugged, robust, and easy toset up, these sensors need nomaintenance and require nosensitivity adjustments tocompensate for inconsistent

5-33

product materials.Applications include the detection of

such objects as clear 2-liter P.E.T.bottles, metal parts as small as 6.4 mm(0.25") diameter, powdery products, thenew shaped cans, photographic films,fabrics, and corrugated boxes up to 991mm (39") wide. They are the solution forlead-edge detection and a wide varietyof applications that require repeatableand reliable, cost-effective, sensingperformance day in and day out.

OperationThe MICROSONIC® SM800 series

sensors are continuous-wave devicesthat consist of a high-frequencytransmitter and receiver positionedopposite each other, illustrated at right,at a distance of up to 1016 mm (40").During operation, the transmitter sends acontinuous ultrasonic beam which ispicked up by the receiver. When anobject of any material or shape passesbetween the transmitter and receiver andbreaks the beam, object presence isdetected and the output of the receiverswitches. Or, when a hole allows thebeam to pass through to the receiver, theoutput of the receiver switches.

With all circuitry compactly sealed inthe plastic and stainless steel transmitterand receiver probes, the MICROSONIC®

sensors boast a narrow, constant, ultra-high-frequency sonic beam for highsensing resolution. The sensors areavailable in two different operatingfrequencies: 500 kHz for a standardsensing range of up to 305 mm (12")and 200 kHz for an extended sensingrange of up to 1016 mm (40").

The thru-beam sensing mode isset up by mounting the sensors on thesame axis opposite each other as shownin Figure 1.

10o



up to305 mm (12")


up to 1016 mm (40")

20o



500 kHz Standard Sensing Range Models

200 kHz Extended Sensing Range Models

Figure 1, Thru-beam Patterns and Ranges

Positioning of the transmitter andreceiver for operation is extremelyimportant for the reliable detection ofobjects, particularly small ones. As thefigure also shows, the width of thetransmitted sound beam initially expandsat a rate of 10 degrees(5 degrees each side of thecommon axis) for the 500 kHzmodels (and 20 degrees for the200 kHz models) as thedistance between the transmitter andreceiver increases. This means that, ifthe distance between the transmitter andreceiver is too great and the object is toosmall, it is possible for the beam to“wrap around” the object enough to notcause the receiver output to switch, asshown in Figure 2.

Figure 2

OBJECT


5-34

TRANSMITTER

RECEIVER

Therefore, reliable detection of 13 mm(0.5") inch wide or smaller objects isachieved when the objects are allowedto pass near the face of either thetransmitter or receiver. An alternativeapproach is to position the transmitterand receiver on parallel axes, as shownin Figure 3, so as to reduce the amountof beam reaching the receiver.



should be mounted in brackets thatallow them to be adjusted for properalignment on the same axis. Hyde Parkoffers the Model AC226 stainless andpolyamide conveyor-rail clamp/bracketset, Model AC227 large, right-angle,stainless mounting bracket, ModelAC228 small, right-angle, stainless,mounting bracket, Model AC231straight, stainless, mounting bracket andModel AC232 s-shaped, stainless,mounting bracket which are illustrated,with dimensions, on Pages 5-37 and5-38.

Figure 3



EXAMPLE MODEL: SM8 0 1 A - 40 - 01 SMICROSONIC® Product SeriesPower/Connection Type0...12 to 24 VDC / cable style5...12 to 24 VDC / “micro” connector styleSensing Type0...Transmitter1...ReceiverDesign LevelA...Applies to all modelsSensing Range04...Low-power: 102 mm (4")*12...Standard: 305 mm (12")24...Extended-range: 610 mm (24")40...Extended-range: 1016 mm (40")Sensing Variations - Transmitter00...Standard02...Variable powerSensing Variations - Receiver***00...N.O. Output, 4 ms on & off01...N.O. Fast Response, 0.4 ms on & off10...N.C. Output, 4 ms on & off11...N.C. Output, Fast Response, 0.4 ms on & offHousing Types ... No letter indicates standard ULTEM®** - 18 mm dia. housing

FP...ULTEM®** flat-profile housing

S...SS303 stainless steel - 18 mm dia. housing* Used to detect narrow objects

** ULTEM® is a registered trademark of the General Electric Co.

*** N.O. – “Normally Open," outputs off when beam broken

*** N.C. – “Normally Closed," outputs on when beam broken


conduit free of any AC power orcontrol wires.

Transmitters


Brn +VDC

Blu DCCom


Brn +VDC

Blu DCCom

Blk

Wht

NPN/Sinking

PNP/Sourcing

PNP

NPN

BROWN

BLACK

WHITE

BLUE

LOAD

INTERNAL EXTERNAL

LOAD

DCCom

DC(+)

CurrentLimit


BLUE 3DC Com



Receivers

Receiver (SM801, SM851)OutputsNPN Sinking and PNP Sourcing

Receiver Connector Pins

5-35

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M8

00

SE

RIE

S

DimensionsBarrel Cable Style(ULTEM® plastic and stainless steel)

TransmitterModels:SM800A-04-XX, 800A-12-XX,800A-24-XX, 800A-40XXSM800A-04-XXS, 800A-12-XXS,800A-24-XXS, 800A-40XXS

Receiver Models:SM801A-04-XX, 801A-12-XX, 801A-24-XX, 801A-40-XXSM 801A-04-XXS, 801A-12-XXS, 801A-24-XXS, 801A-40-XXS

TransmitterModels:SM850A-04-XX, 850A-12-XX,850A-24-XX, 850A-40-XXSM850A-04-XXS, 850A-12-XXS,850A-24-XXS, 850A-40-XXS

Barrel Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic and stainless steel)

Receiver Models:SM851A-04-XX, 851A-12-XX, 851A-24-XX, 851A-40-XXSM851A-04-XXS, 851A-12-XXS, 851A-24-XXS, 851A-40-XXS

“Flat-profile” Cable Style (ULTEM® plastic)Transmitter Models:SM800A-04-XXFP, 800A-12-XXFP, 800A-24-XXFP,800A-40XXFP

“Flat-profile” Cable Style (ULTEM® plastic)Receiver Models:SM801A-04-XXFP, 801A-12-XXFP, 801A-24-XXFP,801A-40-XXFP

5-36

Mounting AccessoriesAC117 Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-

conductor, connector/cable assemblywith built-in LEDs (for SM851 seriesReceivers)

AC226 Stainless and polyamideconveyor-rail clamp/bracket set(for 18 mm barrelsensors)

YELLOW


4

3

2

1

WHITE+BROWN

BLACK

- BLUE

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR GREEN LED

AMBER LED

GREEN

38.0 mm(1.50)

28.5 mm(1.12) 14.7 mm

(.58)

1 2

34

57.2 mm(2.25")

28.6 mm(1.125")

50.8 mm(2.00")

25.4 mm(1.00")

18.52 mm (.729") DIA18.14 mm (.714") DIA

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

38.0 mm(1.50)

28.5 mm(1.12) 14.7 mm

(.58)


4

3

2

1

NC+BROWN

NC- BLUE

1 2

34

“Flat-profile” Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic)Transmitter ModelsSM850A-04-XXFP,SM850A-12-XXFP,SM850A-24-XXFP,SM850A-40-XXFP

AC118 Right-angle, M12 micro, 2-conductor, connector/cable assembly(for SM850 series Transmitters)

“Flat-profile”Connector Style(ULTEM® plastic)Receiver ModelsSM851A-04-XXFP,SM851A-12-XXFP,SM851A-24-XXFP,SM851A-40-XXFP

5-37




BLACK REF.



BLUE

BROWN12

34 NC

NC

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

1 2

34

AC127 Straight,M12 micro, 4-conductor, connec-tor/cable assembly,5 m (16'), with built-in LEDs (for SM851series connector-style Receivers)

AC128 Straight,M12 micro, 2-conduc-tor, connector/cableassembly,5 m (16') (forSM850 Series,flat-profile,connector-styleTransmitters)

88.9 mm(3.50)



RAIL

58.42 mm(2.30)

YELLOW


4

3

2

1

WHITE+BROWN

BLACK

- BLUE

GREEN

4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

AMBER LED

GREEN LED




BLACK REF.


1 2

34




BLACK REF.



4-POLEFEMALE

CONNECTOR

BLUE

BROWN12

34 BLACK

WHITE

1 2

34

6.35 mm (.250" ) TYP.+.38-0

+.015-0

12.7 mm (.50")

12.70 mm (.500")

9.7 mm(.38")

38.10 mm(1.500")

2.3 mm(.093")

AC227 Large, right-angle, stainless,mounting bracket (for 18 mm barrel sensors)

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M8

00

SE

RIE

S

AC130 Straight,M12 micro, 4-conductor, connec-tor/cable assembly,5 m (16') (forSM851 Series, flat-profile, connector-style Receivers)


Ranges:102 mm (4"), 305 mm (12"),610 mm (24"), 1016 mm (40")

Sonic Frequency:500 kHz: 102 mm (4") & 305 mm (12") ranges200 kHz: 610 mm (24") & 1016 mm (40") ranges

Minimum-size Detection:12.7 mm (0.50") at 102 mm (4") range25 mm (1.0") at 305 mm (12") range38 mm (1.5") at 610 mm (24") range114 mm (4.5") at 1016 mm (40") range

Repeatability: 0.79 mm (0.031") typical

Power Requirements

Supply Voltage: 12 to 24 VDC ± 10%, regulated supplyCurrent Consumption: 90 mA per setPower Consumption: 2.2 W max. @ 24 VDC per set

Output

NPN Sinking: 0 to 30 VMaximum on state voltage 0.2 V @ 100 mAPNP Sourcing: 100 mA @ 24 VDC, max.Receiver amber LED “ON” when beam is received

Response Time

“On” 0.4 ms or 4 ms (Model dependent - see selection chart)“Off” 0.4 ms or 4 ms (Model dependent - see selection chart)

Indicators


Amber LED: Illuminated when sonic energy isreceived, regardless of output state.Green LED: Indicates that power is beingsupplied (“micro” connector style only).

Connections

Transmitter cable style model SM800 series:3 m (10'), 24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket2-conductor

Transmitter connector style model SM850 series:Model AC118 M12 micro, watertight quick-disconnect, right-angle, 5 m (16'), 12 mm,24 AWG, 2-conductor, foil shield

Receiver cable style model SM801 series:3 m (10'), 24 AWG, foil shield, lead-free, PVC jacket 4-conductor

Receiver connector style model SM851 series:Model AC117 M12 micro, watertight quick-disconnect, right-angle, 5 m (16'), 12 mm,24 AWG, 4-conductor, foil shield(Note: Connector-style sensor does not haveLEDs. The cable assembly provides thisfeature.)

Protection


Outputs: Current-limited over-voltage, ESD,over-current

Environmental




Cable Style: NEMA 4X, IP67Watertight “micro” quick-disconnect: NEMA 4X, IP67

Chemical Resistance: Resists most acids andbases, including most food products.



(2.220)56.40 mm

(.221)5.64 mm

(1.575)40.00 mm(.217)

5.50 mm

(3.110)79.00 mm

(.920)23.36 mm

(.828)21.00 mm

(.291)7.40 mm (1.440)

36.58 mm

(.281)7.14 mm

(.390)9.90 mm

(.108)2.74 mm


R 1.57mm(.062)TYP.

(2.220)56.40 mm

(.221)5.64 mm

(1.575)40.00 mm(.217)

5.50 mm

(3.110)79.00 mm

(.920)23.36 mm

(.828)21.00 mm

(.291)7.40 mm (1.440)

36.58 mm

(.281)7.14 mm

(.390)9.90 mm

(1.00)REF.

25.40 mm(1.750)

44.45 mm

(.108)2.740 mm

(1.500)38.10 mm


Mounting Accessories(cont.)

Agency ApprovalsCE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:

EN61010-1:1990 including amend. No. 1:1992and amend. No.2:1995, EN50082-1, EN55011Group 1 Class B.


Construction

Housing:Shock and vibration resistant

Case (barrel and flat-profile types): ULTEM®* blue plastic (FDA Approved)

(SS303 stainless steel available for barrel types)Transducer Face: Silicone rubber - graySensor Cables: Lead-free PVC jacket,

black (Model AC117)LED: Polycarbonate


Co.

Accessories18 mm Barrel Mounting Hardware andCables

Model AC117, Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'),with built-in LEDs, for SM851 series receivers

Model AC118, Right-angle, M12 micro, 2-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), forSM850 series transmitters

Model AC127, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), with built-inLEDs for SM851 series connector-style receivers

Model AC226, Stainless and polyamide conveyor-rail clamp/bracket set


Model AC228, Small, right-angle, stainless,mounting bracket


Model AC128, Straight, M12 micro, 4-pin, 2-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), forSM850 series, flat-profile, connector-styleTransmitters

Model AC130, Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), for flat-profile, for SM851 series, flat-profile, connector-style receivers

Model AC231, Straight, stainless, mountingbracket

Model AC232, S-shaped, stainless, mountingbracket


5-38

AC228 Small, right-angle, stainless, mounting bracket(for 18 mm barrel sensors)

39.7 mm(1.56")

25.4 mm(1.00")

28.6 mm (1.13")

14.3 mm (.56")

18.52 mm(.729")

18.14 mm(.714")

4.78 mm (.188" ) TYP.+.38-0

+.015-07.92 mm (.312")

12.70 mm(.500")

5.6 mm (.22") 17.48 mm(.688")

2.3 mm(.090")

38.1 mm(1.50")

5-39

Tran

smitt

er

Rece

iver

Powe

rVe

rsio

n

Conn

ecto

nSt

yle

Sens

ing R

ange

Silic

one*

18mm

ULT

EM® *

18m

mSt

ainles

s

Flat-p

rofil

e

Stan

dard

Varia

ble P

ower

Stan

dard

Fast

Resp

onse

.4m

s on

& o

ff

N.C.

Ou

tput

N.C.

Ou

tput

Fast

Resp

onse


Mod

elNo

.

Mat

erial

s

Sens

ingVa

riatio

ns

Transducer Housing

SM800A-04-00• SM801A-04-00• 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ ■

SM800A-04-00FP• SM801A-04-00FP• 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ ■

SM800A-04-00S• SM801A-04-00S• 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ ■

SM800A-04-00 SM801A-04-01 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ ■

SM800A-04-00FP SM801A-04-01FP 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ ■

SM800A-04-00S SM801A-04-01S 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ ■

SM800A-04-00 SM801A-04-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-04-00 SM801A-04-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-04-02 SM801A-04-00 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-04-02 SM801A-04-01 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-04-02 SM801A-04-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-04-02 SM801A-04-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 4" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-12-00 SM801A-12-00 12-24VDC 10' cable 12" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-12-00• SM801A-12-01• 12-24VDC 10' cable 12" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-12-00 SM801A-12-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 12" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-12-00 SM801A-12-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 12" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-12-02 SM801A-12-00 12-24VDC 10' cable 12" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-12-02 SM801A-12-01 12-24VDC 10' cable 12" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-12-02 SM801A-12-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 12" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-12-02 SM801A-12-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 12" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-24-00• SM801A-24-00• 12-24VDC 10' cable 24" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-24-00 SM801A-24-01 12-24VDC 10' cable 24" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-24-00 SM801A-24-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 24" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-24-00 SM801A-24-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 24" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-24-02 SM801A-24-00 12-24VDC 10' cable 24" ■ ■ ■ ■





MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M8

00

SE

RIE

S

5-40

Tran

smitt

er

Rece

iver

Powe

rVe

rsio

n

Conn

ecto

nSt

yle

Sens

ing R

ange

Silic

one*

18mm

ULT

EM® *

18m

mSt

ainles

s

Flat-p

rofil

e

Stan

dard

Varia

ble P

ower

Stan

dard

Fast

Resp

onse

.4m

s on

& o

ff

N.C.

Ou

tput

N.C.

Ou

tput

Fast

Resp

onse


Mod

elNo

.

Mat

erial

s

Sens

ingVa

riatio

ns

Transducer Housing Transmitter Receiver

SM800A-24-02 SM801A-24-01 12-24VDC 10' cable 24" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-24-02 SM801A-24-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 24" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-24-02 SM801A-24-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 24" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-40-00• SM801A-40-00• 12-24VDC 10' cable 40" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-40-00 SM801A-40-01 12-24VDC 10' cable 40" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-40-00 SM801A-40-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 40" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-40-00 SM801A-40-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 40" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-40-02 SM801A-40-00 12-24VDC 10' cable 40" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-40-02 SM801A-40-01 12-24VDC 10' cable 40" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-40-02 SM801A-40-10 12-24VDC 10' cable 40" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM800A-40-02 SM801A-40-11 12-24VDC 10' cable 40" ■ ■ ■ ■



SM850A-04-00• SM851A-04-00• 12-24VDC Micro connector 4" ■ ■ ■ ■

SM850A-04-00FP• SM851A-04-00FP• 12-24VDC Micro connector 4" ■ ■ ■ ■

SM850A-04-00S• SM851A-04-00S• 12-24VDC Micro connector 4" ■ ■ ■ ■

SM850A-04-00 SM851A-04-01 12-24VDC Micro connector 4" ■ ■ ■ ■

SM850A-04-00FP SM851A-04-01FP 12-24VDC Micro connector 4" ■ ■ ■ ■

SM850A-04-00S SM851A-04-01S 12-24VDC Micro connector 4" ■ ■ ■ ■

























5-41


Tran

smitt

er

Rece

iver

Powe

rVe

rsio

n

Conn

ecto

nSt

yle

Sens

ing R

ange

Silic

one*

18mm

ULT

EM® *

18m

mSt

ainles

s

Flat-p

rofil

e

Stan

dard

Varia

ble P

ower

Stan

dard

Fast

Resp

onse

.4m

s on

& o

ff

N.C.

Ou

tput

N.C.

Ou

tput

Fast

Resp

onse

Mod

elNo

.

Mat

erial

s

Sens

ingVa

riatio

ns

Transducer Housing


































































MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

M8

00

SE

RIE

S

5-42


Tran

smitt

er

Rece

iver

Powe

rVe

rsio

n

Conn

ecto

nSt

yle

Sens

ing R

ange

Silic

one*

18mm

ULT

EM® *

18m

mSt

ainles

s

Flat-p

rofil

e

Stan

dard

Varia

ble P

ower

Stan

dard

Fast

Resp

onse

.4m

s on

& o

ff

N.C.

Ou

tput

N.C.

Ou

tput

Fast

Resp

onse

Mod

elNo

.

Mat

erial

s

Sens

ingVa

riatio

ns

Transducer Housing







• = Most commonly stocked sensors* = See definition in Sensing Terms.All possible sensor configurations are not listed here.

MIC

RO

SO

NIC

® S

S1

00

SE

RIE

S

Model SS100

5-43

Microsonic®

Thru-BeamWeb SensingSystem

Web inspectingapplications

• Eliminates damageto embossing rolls

• Monitors the entirewidth of the embossedweb as it leaves theembossing rolls

• Alarm signal canalert operator, auto-matically shear thepaper ahead of theembossing roll, orautomatically stopthe machine

• Uses up to threepairs (transmitter/receiver) ofMICROSONIC®ultrasonic thru-beamsensors

This innovative sensingsolution is applicable to indus-tries that convert plies ofmaterials into embossednapkins, paper towels, plastic-lined paper table cloths, andother consumer products. TheModel SS100 Web SensingSystem uses MICROSONIC®,thru-beam sensors to eliminatethe costly problem of brokenplies wrapping around, heatingup, and damaging embossingrolls, as well as the resultingdowntime required to makenecessary repairs. False trips orno trips at all resulting from dustyenvironments, or problemsassociated with sensors notimmune to changing colors andmaterials, are also eliminated.

What does theSS100 Web SensingSystem do?

Equipped with up to three pairs(transmitter and receiver) ofMICROSONIC®, thru-beamsensors, the SS100 systemmonitors the entire width of theembossed web as it leaves theembossing rolls. Machinespeeds in excess of 26 feet persecond as well as dust, differentcolors and textures have noeffect on the sensing capability

of these sensors. Duringoperation, when one of thesensors detects a tear in theweb, a missing ply or even ahole in the web of predeter-mined size, the SS100 systemimmediately outputs an alarmsignal. The signal can be usedto alert an operator, automati-cally shear the paper ahead ofthe embossing rolls, or automati-cally stop the machine. As aresult, the embossing rolls aresaved from severe damage andtime-consuming repairs. Afterthe web is rethreaded, theembossing part of the operationcan resume.

Using the amount of soundenergy transmitted through theplies of material to calibrate thesystem and detect the breaks,the SS100 system operates on asupply voltage of 85 to 270 VAC(50/60 Hz). The supply currentranges from 10 to 40 (typical)mA. Three push-buttons areprovided to calibrate thedetector, set and reset theindications of a ply break, andview and sometimes change thevarious settings. A digital displayprovides various information oneach of the sensor pair channelsand a numeric display shows,sequentially, the signal strength

SS100 DISPLAY

SENSORS

#1 #2 #3

CALIBRATE RESETINDICATORS

+ VIEW SETTTINGS -

SENSORS15 VOC MAX

POSITIONSENSOR

TRANSMITTERPOWER

CONNECT NOTHING ELSE TO THESE TERMINALS

#1 #2 #3

OUTPUT

O VDC - 380 VAC5 A MAX

FAULT

OUTPUT

O VDC - 380 VAC5 A MAX

BROKEN PLY

POWER

100 - 240 VAC

AC AC

PWR

COM

PWR

COM

PWR

COM

INPU

T

+15V

COM

INPU

T

+15V

COM

INPU

T

+15V

COM

#1 #2 #3

+15V

COM

EXTE

RNAL

CAL

IBRA

TE

INPU

T

PositionSender

TO ACPOWER

TOPLC

TOPlC

TO PLC

#1 #2 #3

NOTCONNECTED

®

How does it work? Ultrasonic energy can be transmitted

through certain materials, even numer-ous plies of paper. With the SS100, theuser calibrates the amount of energypassing through the plies. This calibra-tion automatically adjusts the gain toobtain an output which is about 25% offull scale. Because many factors canaffect the transmission through the goodplies of paper, a threshold percentage isset which is then automatically adjustedto track the average signal transmittedthrough the paper. For example, say thecalibrated gain for three plies of em-bossed paper being run is 25%. With athreshold setting of 10% if the variationreadings are continuously above thethreshold level of 35% (25% + 10%), theSS100 signals a break. A second settingavailable to signal a break involves theminimum duration of time (displayed inhundredths of a second) the variationreadings are continuously above thethreshold level. A third setting, minimumlength, is the distance traveled by theplies (displayed in pulses of the positionsensor) when the readings are continu-ously above the threshold level.

For the user’s convenience, theSS100 Web Sensing System provides:

• three push-buttons (CALIBRATE,VIEW SETTINGS, RESET INDICATORS) tocalibrate the detector, set and reset theindications (minimum duration andminimum length) of a ply break and viewand sometimes change the varioussettings.

• a digital display for various informa-tion on each of the sensor pair channels.The numeric display shows, sequentially,the signal strength and signal variationfor each channel.

• an LED for each transmitter/receiverpair to indicate the operational status ofthe particular sensor pair duringoperation. For example, solid greenmeans normal operation; solid redmeans this particular transmitter/receiverpair has detected a ply breakage.

Hyde Park also offers anSS100-13 Splice Sensing Systemwhich uses the same operatingprinciple as the SS100 WebSensing System.

SpecificationsPARAMETER Minimum Maximum

Environmental

Operating 5°C (40°F) 50°C(120°F)Temperature Operating 10% 90% Humidity (non condensing)

Power

Supply Voltage 85VAC 270 VAC(50/60 Hz) (50/60 Hz)

Supply Current 10 mA 140 mA (typical)

Physical

Weight 0.5Kg (1.1 lbs)Depth 21 mm (0.825 in) top to panelHeight 159 mm (6.25 in) bottom to top

of mountingWidth 210 mm (8.25 in) side to side

of mounting panel

ExternalConnections

5-44

PY

TH

ON

PO

WE

R™

Python PowerTM

• Self-contained,AC/DC powerconverter

• Integral isolatedTRIAC output

• Sleek design

• Stored in or pulledthrough a 1" straightconduit

• IP67 enclosurerating

• CE certified

PYTHONPOWER

TM

AC/DCPower Supply/OutputConverter

6-1

Accepting universal AC inputvoltages from 85VAC to 265VAC,the encapsulated housing andintegral cables are resistant tomost acids, bases, and food andbeverage.

Python is UL listed toUL61010C-1 and CE certified toEN61010C-1. Python's IP67enclosure rating ensures it willwithstand washdown environ-ments.

Python supports many sensingapplications where DC power isunavailable. Because of thisversatility, it is a solid candidatefor almost every application in anAC environment. Python is anideal converter for retro-fitinstallations and a cost-effective,time-saving solution for newinstallations. Python accommo-dates all Hyde Park DC-poweredsensors, as well as most otherbrands. Python can be used withmost any sensing technology,including ultrasonic, photoelec-tric, and inductive proximity.

A cost-effective powerand output conversionaccessory for DCsensors...

Python Power is an accessorythat allows a DC sensor to beinstalled in locations where onlyAC power is available or to simplymaximize installation efficiency.

Python consists of a universal,in-line AC/DC power supply andTRIAC switch. The integral TRIACoutput switch is controlled by thesensor's low-voltage output,automatically detecting a sinkingor sourcing output. The TRIAC isthen actuated.

The DC output will power mosttypes of sensors, allowing users totake advantage of the advancedfeatures available in DC sensorsthat are not available in ACsensors. Unlike other products,Python has a sleek design andcan be pulled through and storedin a 1-inch straight conduit.

Python is a powerful performerand an ideal converter for retro-fitinstallations.

patent pending

6-2

SENSOR

AC/DCTRIAC

L N

AC

ACCABLEPM100-XX

PYTHON POWERCABLE

DC

DRIVING POWER RELAY

COM15VDC

CONTROL

LOA

DPOWERLOAD

RED/WHITERED/BLACK

VIOLETYELLOW

SENSOR

AC/DCTRIAC

PLC

ACINPUTS 3 2 1 C N L

L N

AC

ACCABLEPM100-XX

PYTHON POWERCABLE

DC

TYPICAL PLC CONNECTION

RED/WHITERED/BLACK

VIOLETYELLOW

COM15VDC

CONTROL

OperationDepending on the type of sensor you are using, Python's model number will vary (see Model Reference Guide on page

6-3). The sensor you are using must operate on a 15VDC to 18VDC supply, consume 100mA or less of operating current,and have a sink or source output.

WHITENC

BLACKCONTROL

BLUECOM

BROWN15VDC

PM100-10BLACK WIRE SPECIFICATIONS

YELLOW TRIAC SW

VIOLET TRIAC SW

RED/WHT AC SUPPLY

RED/BLK AC SUPPLY

PM100-XXBLUE WIRE SPECIFICATIONS

Dimensions

6.000in

(152.4mm)

.285in

18 AWG BLUE

CABLE22 AWG BLACK

CABLE

OVERALL LENGTH

10.5ft. (3.2m)

( 7.24mm)

AC79" (2m)

DC39" (1m)

NOTE: Python can be pulledthrough 1in E.M.T.

.200in( 5.08mm)

.950in

( 24.13mm)

WARNING: Applied ACload must limit Python'sTRIAC switch to rated

current.

WARNING: Applied ACload must limit Python'sTRIAC switch to rated

current.

Model Reference Guide - Python Power

6-3

General SpecificationsAC Power Requirements

Supply Voltage:85VAC to 265VAC, 50/60Hz

Current Consumption:35 mA max.

Power Consumption:4 VA max.

Installation category: II (IEC 60364-4-443)Input fusing: non-replaceable, non-repairable

DC Output Ratings (to sensor)

Output voltage:Minimum at rated current: 15VDCMaximum at no load: 20VDCRegulation: 40 V/ACurrent, max. rated: 100mACurrent fault, max.: 200 mAPri/sec. isolation: 2200VAC, 1 min.Turn-on delay, 100mA load, 90% final

voltage: 10ms typicalTurn-off delay, 0mA load, 10% full

voltage: 1s typical

TRIAC Switch Ratings (switch AC current

only)Features: optically isolated, zero-crossingSwitch voltage, maximum: 230VACSwitch Current, maximum: 50mA@230VAC,

100mA@120VACIsolated from AC line

Peak repetitive surge current: 1 A (100μs, 120pps) On-state voltage: 3v max, @ 100 mA Off-state leakage: 500nA max.

Holding current: 250μA typical

Critical rate of rise of off-state voltage: 600v/us

min.

Isolation surge voltage: 7500VAC min., 60Hz.1 sec.

Turn-on time, full load, max voltage: 15ms max.(zero-crossing)

Turn-off time, full load, max voltage: 15ms max.(zero-crossing)

Over-current protection: internal fuse (non-

replaceable, non-repairable)

Environmental

Operating Temperature Range:-25° to 60°C (-13° to 140°F)


Operating Humidity: 100%, non-condensingProtection Ratings: Type 1 (UL50), IP67

V SUPPLY COM M ON

NCCONTROL*SW ITCH

2

1

*SW ITCHCONTROL

4 3

21

COM M ON

NCV SUPPLY

V SUPPLY NC

COM M ON*SW ITCHCONTROL

COM M ON V SUPPLY

*SW ITCHCONTROL

CONTROL

V SUPPLY

NC*SW ITCH

COM M ON

1 2

34

3

4

3

4

1

3

4 2

1

W HITE NC

BLACK CONTROL

BLUE COM

BROW N 15VDC

Agency Approvals

CE Mark: CE conformity is declared to:EN55011:1998 Group 1, Class AEN61010C-1EMC: EN61326:1997 Measur., Lab., and ControlFCC Class A (USA)UL61010C-1 "Industrial Control Equipment"

File#E238344FDA: Cables and over-mold are FDA compatible

non-contactDeclaration of Conformity available upon request

Construction

Dimensions: (length x diameter)152 mm (6.0 in) x 24 mm (0.95 in)

AC cable: 4-wire, 18AWG, 300V, PVC:2 m (79.0 in) x 7 mm (0.28 in) dia.

DC cable: 4-wire, 22AWG, 300V, PVC1 m (39.0 in) x 5.2 mm (0.21 in) dia.

Material: PVCInput fusing: non-replaceable, non-repairable

Model Connector Female Contacts Pinout, sensor connector

PM100-00 M8 3

PM100-01 M8 4

PM100-02 M12 4

M12PM100-03 Green LED - Power 4

Amber LED - Output (sink)

PM100-04 Mini 4 (7/8-11 thread)

PM100-10 No connector n/a

PY

TH

ON

PO

WE

R™

AC

CE

SS

OR

IES

Accessories

Model AC108Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 3-pin, 3-conductor, mating connectorcable, 4 m (12'), used with allMICROSONIC® SM100 serieswatertight and SM700 serieswatertight, connector-style,thru-beam receivers

Model AC1002-conductor, transmitterconnector cable, 3 m (10'), for allMICROSONIC® SM100 seriesAmphenol and SM700 seriesAmphenol connector-style, thru-beam transmitters

Model AC105Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 4-conduc-tor, mating connector cable, 4 m(12'), used with SUPERPROX®

SM500 family connector-style,prox sensors

Model AC117Right-angle, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cableassembly with built-in LEDs, 5 m(16'), used with SUPERPROX®

SM650 series and SM657 seriesminiature prox sensors andMICROSONIC® SM851 seriesminiature, connector-style, thru-beam receivers

Model AC105-50Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 4-conduc-tor, mating connector cable, 15m (50'), used with allSUPERPROX® SM500 familyconnector-style, prox sensors

Model AC115Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 5-conduc-tor, mating connector cable, 4 m(12'), used with SUPERPROX®

SM552A-X7X series dual-level,connector style, prox sensorswith alarms, SM554B-XXX seriessynchronized/gate-controlled,connector-style, prox sensorsand SM556A-X9X series analog,connector-style, prox sensorswith alarms

Model AC115-50Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 5-conduc-tor, mating connector cable, 15m (50'), used with SUPERPROX®

SM552A-X7X series dual-level,connector-style, prox sensorswith alarms, SM554B-XXX seriessynchronized/gate-controlled,connector-style, prox sensorsand SM556A-X9X series analog,connector-style, prox sensorswith alarms

Model AC107Straight, 7/8-16 mini, 2-pin, 2-conductor, mating connectorcable, 4 m (12'), used with allMICROSONIC® SM100 serieswatertight and SM700 serieswatertight, connector-style,thru-beam transmitters

Model AC118Right-angle, M12 micro,2-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'), usedwith MICROSONIC® SM850series miniature, connector-style, thru-beam transmitters

Model AC119Right-angle, M12 micro,4-conductor, connector/cableassembly, 5 m (16'), with built-inLEDs used with SUPERPROX®

SM656 series miniature,connector-style, analog proxsensors

Model AC127Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor, connector/cableassembly with LED, 5 m (16'),with LEDs, used withSUPERPROX® SM650 seriesand SM657 series miniature,connector-style prox sensorsand MICROSONIC® SM851series connector-style, thru-beam receivers

Model AC128Straight, M12 micro, 4-pin, 2-conductor, connector/cableassembly, 5 m (16'), used withMICROSONIC® SM850 seriesminiature, connector-style, thru-beam transmitters and SM850FPseries miniature, flat-profile,connector-style, thru-beamtransmitters

Model AC129Straight, M12 micro, 4-conduc-tor, connector/cable assembly, 5m (16'), with LEDs used withSUPERPROX® SM656 seriesminiature, connector-style,analog prox sensors

7-1

Model AC130Straight, M12 micro, 4-conductor,connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16'),used with SUPERPROX® SM650FP,SM656FP, SM657FP, SM950, SM952,SM956 and CT1500 series sensors,connector style, and MICROSONIC®

SM851FP series thru-beam receivers,connector style

Model AC132Right-angle, M12 micro,4-conductor, connector/cableassembly, 5 m (16'), used withSUPERPROX® SM950, SM952, SM956and CT1500 series sensors, connector

7-2

4-conductor,conector/cable assembly,5 m (16'), used with all SUPERPROX®

SM350 series proximity sensors

Model AC138Pico-to-micro pigtail adapter cable withreversed output pins, 0.2 m (7.9"), usedwith all SUPERPROX® SM350 seriesproximity sensors

Model AC134Right-angle, M8 pico,4-conductor,connector/cableassembly, 5 m (16'),used with allSUPERPROX® SM350series proximitysensors

Model AC141Right-angle, M8 pico,3-conductor, connec-tor/cable assembly, 5m (16'), used with allSUPERPROX® SM330and SM340 seriesproximity sensors

ModelAC142Straight, M8pico, 3-conductor,connector/cableassembly, 5 m (16'), usedwith all SUPERPROX® SM330 andSM340 series proximity sensors

Model AC135Straight, M8 pico,

Model AC143Right angle, M8 pico, 3-pin,2-conductor, connector/cable assembly, 5 m (16') forSM430 connector-styletransmitters

ModelAC144Straight,M8 pico, 3-pin, 2-conductor,connector/cableassembly, 5 m (16') forSM430 connector-style transmit-ters

Model AC1503-conductor connector cable, 3 m (10'),used with all MICROSONIC® SM100series Amphenol and SM700 seriesAmphenol connector-style receivers

Model AC160Cable Grip used withall MICROSONIC® SM100and SM700 series cable-style, thru-beam sensors

Model AC172DB9, RS232 straight-through cable, 2 m(6'), used with Model AC441A

Model AC137Pico-to-micro pigtailadapter cable, 0.2 m (7.9"),used with all SUPERPROX®

SM350 series proximity sensors

Model AC136Straight, 5-pin M12micro connector/cableassembly, 5m (16') O.D.V.A.compliant. Used with DeviceNetsensors.

Model AC145Right-angle, M8 pico,4-pin, 2-conductor,connector/cableassembly, 5 m (16') forSM450 connector-styletransmitters

ModelAC140Mini-to-micro4-conductorpigtail adaptercable, 0.2 m (7.9").Used with all SM600series proximity sensors.

Model AC146Straight, M8 pico, 4-pin, 2-conductor, con-nector/cable assembly, 5 m(16') for SM 450 connector-styletransmitters

Model AC149Straight, 5 conductor/cable assmbly, 2 m(6.6"). Used with SM650 with "AA" option,SM652 with "AA" option, and SM900series with connector and "AA" option.

Model AC229Plate-style, right-angle,

stainless, mountingbracket, with base slotted

for forward/reverseadjustment and side

slotted for sensoradjustment, used

with all SM500family sensors

7-3

Model AC201Stainless, right-angle,single-thru-beam-sensor, mountingbracket, slotted foradjustment, for allMICROSONIC®

SM100 seriesand SM700series transmitters andreceivers and CS107 WebSensing System transmitter and CS108Web Sensing System receiver

Model AC228Small, right-angle, stainless,mounting bracket used with

all SUPERPROX® SM600series miniature, prox

sensors and allMICROSONIC® SM800series miniature, thru-

beam sensors

Model AC227Large, right-angle,stainless, mountingbracket used with allSUPERPROX® SM600series miniature,prox sensors andall MICROSONIC®

SM800 seriesminiature, thru-beamsensors

Model AC235Right-angle, stain-less, mountingbracket, used withall SUPERPROX®

SM300 seriesproximity sensors

Model AC236Stainless andpolyamideconveyor-railclamp/bracketset, used with allSUPERPROX®

SM300 seriesproximity sensors

Model AC231Straight, stainless, mountingbracket, with side slotted for sensoradjustment, used with all flat-profilesensors.

Model AC226Stainless and polya-mide conveyor-railclamp/bracket set,used with allSUPERPROX®

SM600 seriesminiature, proxsensors andMICROSONIC® SM800series miniature thru-beam sensors

Model AC222Standard, stainless mountingbracket assembly, slotted forvertical adjustment, used with allSUPERPROX® SM500 family proxsensors

Model AC230Three-piece, stainless

mounting bracketassembly with O-ring

mount used with allSUPERPROX® SM500

family sensors w/remote heads

AC

CE

SS

OR

IES

Model AC213Stainless and Teflon, remote sensingprobe mounting bracket, used with allSUPERPROX® SM500 family proxsensors and all MICROSONIC® SM700series remote thru-beam transmittersand receivers

Model AC233Small, right-angle,stainless, mountingbracket, with cableclearance slot, forall SUPERPROX®

SM900

Model AC234Right-angle,stainless,mountingbracket,used with allSUPERPROX® CT1000series counting sensors

Model AC232 S-shaped, stainless, mounting bracket, with base slotted for sensor adjustment, used with all flat-profile sensors

7-4

Model AC250-nTank sensor mountingreducer, available withfour different outsidediameters; used withall SUPERPROX®

SM900 familysensors. n = 1 (1 1/4" NPT); 2 (2" NPT);3 (3" NPT);4 (4" NPT)

Model AC251-nTank sensor mounting flange, availablewith three different pipe thread diam-eters, furnished with matching AC250tank sensor mounting reducer; usedwith all SUPERPROX® SM900 familysensors. n = 2 (2" NPT); 3 (3" NPT);4 (4" NPT)

Model AC441AHANDHELDCONFIGURATORUsed, without acomputer, to setwindow and spanlimits of 30 mm long-range discrete andanalog sensors anddisplay object dis-tance, or with acomputer to configureSC model sensors withSUPERPROX+ software

Model PB100In-line accessory push-button forteaching window limits for Virtu seriessensors.Model AC242

Pair of hex nuts for adapting all 12 mmdiameter SUPERPROX® SM300 seriesproximity sensors to 18 mm diametermounting bracketModel AC243Pair of hex nuts for adapting all 12 mmdiameter SUPERPROX® SM300 seriesproximity sensors to 30 mm diametermounting bracket

Model AC246Right-angle, stainless, mountingbracket, used with all SUPERPROX®

SM300FP flat-profile series proximitysensors

Model AC247Stainless and polyamideconveyor-rail clamp/bracket set, usedwith allSUPERPROX®

SM300FP seriesproximity sensors

ModelAC237Straight,stainlessmounting bracket,used with allSUPERPROX® SM300 seriesproximity sensors

ModelAC240Straight,stainlessmountingbracket, used with allSUPERPROX® SM600series proximity sensors

Model AC241Steel/black oxide, 45o angle, labeledge mounting bracket used withSUPERPROX® SM6X7A-A08-01FP orSM6X7A-A08-11FP flat-profile labelsensors

Model AC43924 VDC Power Supply, 700 mA, withAC and DC screw terminals, used withall DC-powered Hyde Park sensors

Need a sensing solution today?Fax Hyde Park Electronics

for a recommendation.Fax No. (937) 258-5830

(Copy this form in order to maintain the original in your catalog.)

To:

From (Your Name): ____________________________________________________________________

Company: ___________________________________________________________________________

Telephone No. (including Area Code): ____________________________________________________

Fax No. (including Area Code): _________________________________________________________

Our problem is this:

The environment in the immediate area is (dry, wet, dusty, humid, etc.):

What we need to accomplish is:

Here’s a rough sketch (if helpful) of the machinery/equipment involved:

I understand that asking for this recommendation involves no obligation of any kind.

7-5

Limitations and Exclusionsof Warranty

All Goods purchased from HydePark Electronics LLC, shall be freefrom defects in the materials, design andworkmanship under normal conditionsof use for one year from the date ofshipment. THIS WARRANTY IS THESOLE WARRANTY AND IS EXPRESSLYIN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIESEXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUTNOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WAR-RANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OFFITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PUR-POSE. THE LIABILITY OF HYDE PARKTO ANY PURCHASER SHALL BELIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO THE COSTOF REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR OFDEFECTIVE PARTS, AND SHALL NOTINCLUDE LIABILITY FOR ANY DEFEC-TIVE PARTS, AND SHALL NOT INCLUDELIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, CONSE-QUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGESWHATSOEVER, WHETHER FORESEENOR UNFORESEEN, INCLUDING BUTNOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS, LOSTSALES, OR INJURY TO PERSONS ORPROPERTY.

Warranty Terms and ConditionsProcedure for making awarranty claim1. Contact the Hyde Park distributor

from whom the product waspurchased. If purchased directlyfrom Hyde Park, call Hyde Parkat (937) 252-2121.

2. Obtain from either the distributor orHyde Park a Return Authorizationnumber.

3. Return product, with the ReturnAuthorization number, to the distribu-tor or directly to Hyde Park at:

Hyde Park Electronics LLC1875 Founders DriveDayton, OH 45420-4017Attn: Service & Repair

Department

4. After confirming Warranty Applicabil-ity, the distributor or Hyde Park willdetermine the appropriate action tobe taken.

7-6

DeviceNetisatrademarkofOpenDeviceNetVendorAssociation,Inc.

Continually Building a Distributor NetworkThat Helps Meet Your Sensing Needs

Where You Are.

Reaching Across the GlobeAnd Yet As Close As Your Phone

Call Hyde Park for more information and forthe contact information of your nearest distributor

(937) 252-2121or go to our website at: www.hpsensors.com

Hyde Park Electronics LLCCorporate Headquarters1875 Founders DriveDayton, Ohio 45420-4017, U.S.A.Phone: (937) 252-2121Fax: (937) 258-5830E-mail: [email protected] Web: www.hpsensors.com

Hyde Park CanadaChartwell Electronics, Inc.140 Duffield DriveMarkham, Ontario L6G 1B5Phone: (905) 513-7100Toll free: (877) 513-7769 Fax: (905) 513-7101Web: www.chartwell.ca

Distributor Information:

Ultrasonic Sensors - Mercado Ideal HYDEPAR… · ultrasonic sensors As a result of ......

Documents

Transcript of Ultrasonic Sensors - Mercado Ideal HYDEPAR… · ultrasonic sensors As a result of ......